Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2446 TOWN GARDEN RD; ; FPC2018-0071; Permit
J iJIIflii 1 i']ffI Ocity of Carlsbad 1 Print Date: 10/05/2022 Permit No: FPC2018-0071 Job Address: 2446 TOWN GARDEN RD, CARLSBAD, CA 92009-1742 Status: Closed - Finaled Permit Type: FIRE-Construction Commercial Work Class: Fire Sprinklers Parcel #: 2132601000 Track #: Applied: 03/06/2018 Valuation: $14,205,778.00 Lot #: Issued: 06/05/2018 Occupancy Group: Project #: Finaled Close Out: 04/15/2021 #01 Dwelling Units: Plan #: Bedrooms: Construction Type: Final Inspection: Bathrooms: Orig. Plan Check #: INSPECTOR: Wong, Cindy Plan Check #: Project Title: Description: VIASAT PARKING STRUCTURE #2 P2 5-TIER OPEN PARKING STRUCTURE - 188,156 SF Applicant: FPContractor: WESTERN FIRE PROTECTION INC WESTERN FIRE PROTECTION INC MARIO MACK 13630 DANIELSON ST 13630 DANIELSON ST P0 WAY, CA 92064-6830 POWAY, CA 92064-6830 (858) 513-4949 (858) 513-4949 FEE AMOUNT FIRE NFPA 13 System> 100 heads (includes 1 riser) $832.00 FIRE NFPA 13 SYSTEM EACH ADDITIONAL RISER $690.00 FIRE Plan Resub (3rd&Subsequent Submittal/hr) $132.00 FIRE PUMP (first pump) $766.00 Total Fees: $2,420.00 Total Payments To Date: $2,420.00 Balance Due: $0.00 Fire Department Page 1 of 1 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad CA 92008-7314 1 760-602-4665 1 760-602-8561 1 I www.carlsbadca.gov I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS & MATERIAL SUBMITTAL VIASAT BRESSI RANCH P2 - PARKING STRUCTURE '24 -2-5-0-6 GATEWAY ROAD CARLSBAD, CA 92009 1 2630 DANIELSON ST. FPC20I8-0071 4A 95241 2446 TOWN GARDEN RD 3-4949 VIASAT: P2 5-TIER OPEN PARKING STRUCTURE - 1-1322 188.156 SF 2132601000 31612018 FPC20I 8-0071 I I 1 I I HYDRAULIC I CALCULATIONS I I I CLASSIFICATION uj ol C-16 LICENSED NO. 588039 OF I I I I Li I I I I No. 114 0 CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMENT Fire Prevention Division 1635 Faraday Avenue - Carlsbad, CA 92008 760.602.4665 SECTION A: TO BE COMPLETED BY CUSTOMER PROJECT NAME: ViaSat Bressi Parking Structure P1 SR#: (Assigned upon plan submittal) PROJECT ADDRESS: 2456 Town Garden Road CITY: Carlsbad PHONE: ( 858 ) 513-4949 x1311 FAX NUMBER: (858) 513-1322 Largest Building (ft.2): 54,366 Sprinkled? Yes Construction Type: I-B SECTION B: TO BE COMPLETED BY LOCAL WATER COMPANY. CUSTOMER TO PROVIDE RESULTS TO CFD. Water Purveyor: City of Carlsbad Location of test (reference map required): TownCenterRoadwestof AlicanteRoad TEST INFORMATION IS VALID FOR 6 MONTHS FROM DATE PERFORMED Flow Test Results Static pressure: 115 PSI Hydrant Number (if applicable): H20158 Elevation of test: 285 Feet Date/Time of Test1: Pitot Tube Reading: PSI Corresponding Flow: - GPM Total Flow: 6,750 GPM Residual Pressure 97 PSI At peak demand, this water system is capable of providing a fire flow discharge at 20 psi in excess of 8,000 gpm. However, this exceeds the District's criteria of no more than 10 fps in pipelines. Therefore, the maximum allowable ire flow based on District criteria is 6,750 gpm. 'Test to be performed as close as possible to the time the most conservative flows and pressures are expected. Note: If the water availability information was obtained in a manner other than a flow test (i.e. computer modeling), fill out the information above as applicable and check here: x I have witnessed and/or reviewed this water flow information and by personal knowledge and/or on-site observation certify that the above information is correct. Name: Jennifer R. Mael, P.E. Eng. Lic. No. (if applicable):C69606 Signature:__________________________________________ 1' Title/Org:P9 ct Manager Date: 7/11/2017 I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I - - Will - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I I' a12 I I I I I a a IT' a a I2 N TEWAYRD a IT' a a DI sCOVERYID 8] _ __ N NGLETONAV Fire Flow Test a a Location - H20158 IT' TOWN GARDEN 0 a _ - A,44DELAV b 8a Legend 12 a w_Hydrant I Pipe N 0LL ZONE __ - 550 + 17 - 375 8 'I I I II 2456 Town Garden Road - Fire Flow Analysis UBMITTAL PROVIDED FOR HYDRAULIC REFE S - . . FIRE&WATERvZRi(S I TAE AM cwaL I COLT FEATL.RES - -- BACKFLOW ASSEMBLIES AMES offers the best I U Closest competitor is more than vi 360% heavier . 3 i pL.&. tit111L U Most compact desig] in the industry - S . I Entire valve body and closure sleeve manLiactured from 300 - - Series itainless Steel I U Approved with gat - - - I - or valves UUFM Ku :terfly1valves - -- • Approved los haiisntil,'vericalor'. N patts.rn in r ilLtins5 - I - - .-_-, -. - .&• -. . - -- r h • ---- ____ ----. Utilizes groove conrecticns for se [ - - of installation &,p alignthent' - I -. - .L.---------- ----'ç •' Patented Link-check modules allow ease of serviceability,'" 0 Smallest enclosure N—Eliminates flows i[E fluctuation INTERIOR INSTALLATION ENCLOSURE INSTALLATION 1 I I I I I I I I I I ISUBMITTAL PROVIDED FOR HYDRAULIC REFERENCE ONLY -NOT IN SCOPE I THE AMES CHALLENGE BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY WEIGHT (LBs) % HEAVIER BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY LAYLENGTH (IN) % LONGER THAN AMES THAN AMES COLT 200 W/BFG 61 COLT 200 W!BFG 29.3 FEBCO850WI0S&Y-GPC5I 312 411% FEBc0850W105&Y.GPCS!0I 46.2 59% WILKINS 350 WIOS&Y. BF 350 281 360% WILKINS 350 WIOS&Y - BF 350 37.7 29% ENGINEERING THE CURVE Z16 14 U) 12 010 18 W U) wo Ir 0 0. Most field problems occur because dirt or debris present in the system at the time of installation becomes trapped in the 1st check seating area resulting in a low or zero differ- ential across the 1st check. The system should be flushed before the backflow valve is installed. If the system is not flushed until after the backflow valve is installed, remove both check modules from the valve and open the inlet shut-off to allow water to flow for a sufficient time to flush debris from the water line. If debris in the water system continues to cause fouling, a strainer can be installed upstream of the backflow assembly. AMES models 200 & 300 may be installed in either horizontal, vertical, or "N" position as long as the back- flow assembly is installed in accordance with the direc- tion of the flow arrow on the assembly and the local water authority approves the installation. The assembly should be installed with adequate clearance around the valve to allow for inspection, testing, and servic- ing. Twelve inches should be the minimum clearance between the lower portion of the assembly and the floor or grade. I I I I I I I 100 200 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 300 400 500 0 500 1000 FLOW RATE IN GALLONS PER MINUTE 1500 2000 2500 SUBMITTAL PROVIDED FOR HYDRAULIC REFERENCE ONLY - NOT IN SCOPE COLT 200/300 DI MENSIONS & W [1 .. 11 1 .1. — E LH11 II U& A - I A Ii 1300 WITH GATE VALVES (INCHES) WITH UL/FM BUTTERFLY VALVES (INCHES) SIZE • .1 •• S •I 311 411 611 I • S. I .1 • • 1011 •: i UL/FM BUTTERFLY VALVES AVAILABLE FOR SHUTOFF VALVES ADVANTAGES OF UL/FM BUTTERFLY VALVES / Butterfly valves have built-in tamper i • switch wiring • - U Backflow assembly is lighter & more compact I Groove couplings allow ease of installation & pipe alignment All butterfly valves display flow 4 indicator flag . Ail of — - -••— /. 4 . . • ._ . - . - ,c: • • . • . ., . . - . •• XL Wi:kj : I*1 1 ISUBMIT1 I 300 SERIES STAINLESS I STEEL BODY AND SLEEVE REPLACEABLE SEAT-DISCS QUICK ACCESS SLEEVE I\ I I 1E I 1 #3 TEST-COCK LINK-CHECK MODULES NORMAL OPERATION I In normal flowing operation, the independent Link-check remains closed until there is a water demand. Each check will then open and maintain an approximate ipsi differential in I the direction of flow. In a nonflow or backflow condition, both checks will close until the resumption of normal flow. I APPLICATIONS - COLT 200 Double Check Assemblies are used to prevent backflow of pollutants that are objectionable but not toxic. Double I checks may be installed under continuous pressure service and may be subject to backpressure. E ONLY - NOT IN SCOP systems without chemical additives, industrial in-plant plumbing systems and other systems requiring low hazard protection. Local codes may vary, consult authorities for specific approved applications. APPLICATIONS - COLT 300 Double Check Detector Check Assemblies are used to prevent backflow of pollutants that are objectionable, but not toxic. Double Check Detector Check Assemblies may be installed under continuous pressure service and may be subject to backpressure. The Double Check Detector Check Assembly is used pri- marily on fireline sprinkler systems when it is necessary to monitor unauthorized use of water. APPROVALS Contact the factory or visit the website: www.amesfirewater.com SPECIFICATIONS The Backflow Assembly shall consist of two independent Link-check modules within a single housing with sleeve access, requited test cocks and drip tight shut-off valves. Link-checks may be removed and reinstalled in housing without any special tools. The housing shall be constructed of 300 Series stainless steel with groove end connections. Link-checks shall have reversible elastomer disks and in operation shall produce drip tight closure against the reverse flow of liquid caused by back pressure or back siphonage. Device shall be manufactured in the USA. Device shall be COLT 200 or 300 manufactured by AMES of Sacramento, California. CHARACTERISTICS AND MATERIALS RATED WORKING PRESSURE HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE 175psi 350psi TEMPERATURE RANGE BODY CONSTRUCTION 33°F-i 10°F 300 Series Stainless Steel END CONNECTION Groove per AWWA C-606 (IPS) or Flange per ANSI B16.1, Class 125 Patent Nos. 6,220,282, 6,443,181, and 6,478,047 I 16k, A M E S FIRE &WATERWoRKs A Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. www.amesfirewater.com 1427 North Market Blvd. • Suite #9 • Sacramento, CA 95834 • Phone: 916-928-0123 • Fax: 916-928-9333 F-COLT-200/300 0814 ©Ames Fire & Waterworks, 2008 L] I I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Rg cgrt flpscrintinn ARFA#1 I I1-ilydrau1ic Overview I Job Job Number Design Engineer 17-0905 R. HOEKSTRA Job Name: IAS VAT BRESSI RANCH Phone 916.202.1504 FAX Address 1 PARKING STRUCTURE P-2 State CetdgoedontLioense Number C-16 588039 Address 2 2506 GATEWAY ROAD AHJ CARLSBAD FIRE DISTRICT Address 3 Job Sttetguilding CARLSBAD, CA 92009 P-2 PARKING GARAGE System Density Area of Applioadon 0.200gpm/ft2 1500.00ft2 (Actual 11.56f12) Most Demanding Sprinkler Data Hose Streams K-Factor at 0.00 Coverage Per Sprinkler Number Of Sprinklers calculated 0.00ft2 0 System Pressure Demand System Flow Demand 100.885 1000.00 Total Demand 1000.00 © 100.885 Pressure Result +13.589(11.9%) Supplies Check Point Gauges Node Name Flow(pr)m) Hose Ftow(pøm( Static(psi) Residual(psi( Identifier Pressure(psi) K-Factor(K) Flow(ppm) 1 Water Supply 6750.00 115.000 97.000 7 1000.00 Pump 70.000 60.000 CLASSIFICATION 0 C-16 ~5 LICENSED NO. 588039 Pumps: Static = Churn (Pressure © Zero Flow) FP5-VBR_P2_L2_FP Water Supply at Node 1(6750.00, 0.00, 115.000, 97.000) -- 150-t Stafic 135 120 sure 115.000- 105 90 75 VSysttem 60 mand curve 45 30- 15- IIllL'iliii.LU.iJ.LU (.jJ•j_jJJ_J_j_jj_ljijjJ_j__jJ_i 111111111 111111111 7800 10400 17oRQ9oo52006soo 9100 13000 11700 Water flow, gpm ,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. i, , fil AutoSPRlNK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:44:05PM Page 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I 1 I I 1 1 I I I I 111 IHydrau1ic Summary I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Renort Descrintion: AREA #1 Job Job Number Design Engineer 17-0905 R. HOEKSTRA Job Name VIASAT BRESSI RANCH State CerHocatronlLicenoo Number C-16 588039 Address I PARKING STRUCTURE P-2 AHJ CARLSBAD FIRE DISTRICT Address 2 Job Site/Building 2506 GATEWAY ROAD P-2 PARKING GARAGE Address 3 Drawing Name CARLSBAD, CA 92009 FP5-VBR_P2_L2_FP System Remote Area(s) Most Demanding Sprinkler Data Occupancy Job Scffio K-Factor at Other BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Hose Aflowanoe At Source Density Area etApplicadon 0.00 0.200gpm/ft2 1500.00ft2 (Actual 11.56ft2) Additional Hose Supplies Number DI Sprinklers Calculated Coverage Per Sprinkler Node Flow(pr)m) 0 O.Ooft° Hose At Node 2001 250.00 Hose At Node 1001 250.00 Hose At Node 3001 250.00 Hose At Node 3002 250.00 Total Hose Streams 1000.00 System Flow Demand Total Water Required (Including Hose Allowance) 1000.00 1000.00 Maximum Pressure Unbalance In Loops 0.000 Maximum Velocity Above Ground 16.75 between nodes 1000 and 1001 Maoimum Velocity Under Ground 11.82 between nodes 1 and 2 Volume capacity of Viet Pipes Volume capacity of Dry Pipes 517 1.40ga1 Supplies Hose Flow Static Residual Flow Available Total Demand Required Safety Margin ,. -' ,_ Node Name (gpm) (psi) (psi) (gpm) '— (psi) (gpm) (psi) (psi) 1 Water Supply 115.000 97.000 6750.00 114.474 1000.00 100.885 13.589 7 Pump 70.000 60.000 1000.00 147.051 1000.00 133.461 13.589 Pumps: Static = Churn (Pressure @ Zero Flow) Contractor Contractor Number WFP INC. Contact Name RAY LAMBERT ContaotTitie DESIGN MANAGER Name of ConPoctor WESTERN FIRE PROTECTION, INC. Phone 858.5153.4949 Extension Address I 13630 DANIELSON ST. FAX 858.513.1322 Address 2 E-mail POWAY, CA. 92064 Address 3 Web-Site , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:44:07PM Page 2 Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Rennrt flesrrintinrr ARFA 1 I 11 fydrauIic Graph I Water Supply at Node I 150- 135- 120— Static Pressure 115.000 105 — Static Pressure 103.500( 0%) 000.00 @ 100.885 675000 97.000 6750.00 @ 67.300 (90%) 75 60—— System demand curve 45— 30— 15— 0_Uflj1LJ.L.1J.LLhhhhhh11111111111 111111111 111111111 111111111 11111 III 111111111 93002600 3900 5200 6500 7800 9100 10400 11700 13000 Water flow, gpm Hydraulis Graph Water Supply at Node 1 Static Pressure 115.000 Residual: Pressure Test Conducted By Test v5tdnessed By 97.000 © 6750.00 CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMEN JENNIFER R. MAEL P.E. Available Pressure at Time sPInet Date of Test 114.474@ 1000.00 07.11.17 System Demand Hydrant Numbers Location 100.885 @ 1000.00 H20158 2456 TOWN GARDEN ROAD System Demard(hc5,dhgyosaAlowarceatSourse) 100.885 @ 1000.00 (,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:44:09PM Page 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Reoort Descriolion: AREA #1 I 111 IHydrau1ic Graph I 1, © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:44:09PM Page 4 Pump at Node 7 200— 180— Combined Static Pressures 160— dump and Supply 140- 1000.00 @ 133.461 120- ily ITT EL = 80 Pump Churn Pressure 70.000 System demand curve 60- 1500.00 c 48.000 40—- 20- 0— - 11111_II_I I_I_I_I_I I_I_I_I I_I_I I_I I_I_I_I I_I 1400 2100 2800 3500 4200 4900 5600 6300 7000 Water flow, gpm Hydraulic Graph Static * Churn Pressure Rated Pump Pressure Pump at Node 7 185.000 60.000 @ 1000.00 Stage: Pressure Churn Pressure 115.000 70.000 Residual: Pressure 97.000 @ 6750.00 Available Pressure at Time chest Available Pressure at Pump Discharge 114.474 @ 1000.00 147.051 @ 1000.00 System Demand 133.461 @ 1000.00 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I Iii Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Report Description: AREA #1 I 111 (summary _Of Outfiowing_Devices I Device Actual Flow (gpm) Minimum Flow (gpm) K-Factor (K) Pressure (psi) Hose 1001 250.00 250.00 25 104.521 Hose 2001 250.00 250.00 25 101.986 Hose 3001 250.00 250.00 25 100.000 Hose 3002 250.00 250.00 25 100.000 c Most Demanding Sprinkler Data ,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRlNK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:44:11PM Page 5 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I 111 Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Reoort Descriotion: AREA #1 I ~jjl jNode Analysis I © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:44:12PM Page 6 Node Elevation(Foot) Fittings Pressure(psi) Discharge(gpm) 1 2-0 S, T(38-11%) 100.885 1000.00 1001 48-6% Hose(-100.000) 104.521 250.00 2001 48-6% Hose(-100.000) 101.986 250.00 3001 48-6% Hose(-100.000) 100.000 250.00 3002 48-6% Hose(-100.000) 100.000 250.00 2 4-0 E(24-2%) 99.749 3 4-0 E(18-2) 93.068 4 4-0 E(24-21/2) 90.486 5 0-6 88.405 6 151,4 P1 73.461 7 1-5% P2(-60.000) 133.461 8 9-71/2 fT(25'-O) 124.499 9 9-6% fT(25'-O) 121.875 1000 48-61/2 P0(12-0) 107.242 2000 48-6% P0(12-0) 104.706 3000 48-61/2 P0(12-0) 102.721 I I I I I I I I I I I [1 I I I I I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Report Description: AREA #1 I 111 IHydrau1ic Analysis Pipe Type Diameter Flow Velocity HWC Friction Loss Length Pressure Downstream Upstream Elevation Discharge K-Factor Pt Pn Fittings Eq. Length Total Length Summary Route ST 2.4690 250.00 16.75 120 0.215409 0-7% Pt 2.721 3001 3000 48-6% 48-6% 250.00 100.000 102.721 Hose(-100.000) P0(12-0) 12-0 12-7% Pe Pv ST 6.3950 500.00 4.99 120 0.007539 222-111/2 Pt 2.246 3000 9 48-6% 9-6% 250.00 102.721 121.875 Flow (q) from Route 2 fT(25'-O), BV(10'-0), 4fE(10-0) 75-0 297-11% Pe Pv 16.908 ST 6.3950 750.00 7.49 120 0.015961 141-3 Pf 2.654 9 8 9-6% 9-7% 250.00 121.875 124.499 Flow (q) from Route 3 fT(25-0) 25-0 166-3 Pe -0.029 Pv ST 6.3950 1000.00 9.99 120 0.027178 97-9% Pt 5.430 8 7 9-7% 1-5% 250.00 124.499 133.461 Flow (q) from Route 4 6fE(10-0), BV(10-0), CV(32'-O) 102-0 199-9% Pe Pv 3.532 Pump Velocity 7 6 0.00 Q1000.00 9.99 133.461 73.461 Rating: 60.000 @ 1000.00 Churn Pressure: 70.000 MS 6.3950 1000.00 9.99 120 0.027178 391-4 Pf 14.522 6 5 1-51/2 0-6 73.461 88.405 GV(3-0), 14fE(10-0) 143-0 534-4 Pe Pv 0.421 UG 6.4000 1000.00 9.97 140 0.020357 3-6 Pt 0.564 5 4 0-6 4-0 88.405 90.486 E(24-2%) 24-2% 27-8% Pe Pv 1.517 UG 5.8800 1000.00 11.82 150 0.027071 59-0 Pt 2.581 4 3 -3-0 4-0 90.486 93.068 2E(18'-2) 36-4% 95-4% Pe Pv UG 6.4000 1000.00 9.97 140 0.020357 10-0 Pt 6.681 3 2 -3-0 4-0 93.068 99.749 3E(24'-21/2), BFP(-5.000) 72-7 82-7 Pe Pv UG 5.8800 1000.00 11.82 150 0.027071 61-0 Pt 3.304 2 1 4-0 2-0 99.749 100.885 GV(3'-101/2), E(18-2), S, T(38-11%) 61-0% 122-0% Pe Pv -2.168 0.00 Hose Allowance At Source 1 1000.00 Route ..... ST 2.4690 250.00 16.75 120 0.215409 0-71/2 Pt 2.721 3002 3000 48-6% 48-6% 250.00 100.000 102.721 Hose(-100.000) P0(12-0) 12-0 12-7% Pe Pv =. ..... Route 3 ..... ST 2.4690 250.00 16.75 120 0.215409 0-7% Pf 2.721 2001 2000 48-6% 48-6% 250.00 101.986 104.706 Hose(-100.000) P0(12-0) 12-0 12-7% Pe Pv ST 6.3950 250.00 2.50 120 0.002091 59-6% Pt 0.260 2000 9 48-6% 9-6% 104.706 121.875 2fT(25-0), BV(10-0), fEE(5-0) 65-0 124-6% Pe Pv 16.908 Route 4 ..... ST 2.4690 250.00 16.75 120 0.215409 0-7% Pt 2.721 1001 1000 48-6% 48-6% 250.00 104.521 107.242 Hose(-100.000) P0(12-0) 12-0 12-7% Pe Pv ST 6.3950 250.00 2.50 120 0.002091 106-0 Pt 0.379 1000 8 48-6% 9-7% .. 107.242 124.499 2tT(25'-0), BV(10-0), fEE(5'-O), fE(1 0-0) 75-0 181-0 Pe Pv 16.879 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) • ( Actual Inside Diameter \487 - .. Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter j - Factor C Value Multiplier • Value 0fC 100 130 140 Multiplying Factor 0.713 1.16 1.33 150 1.51 , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. MlAutoSPRINKO 12 02.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:44:14PM Page 7 I I I 1 I I LI I I I I I I I I I I I 111 fHydrauIic Analysis I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Report Description: AREA #1 Pipe Type Diameter Flow Velocity HWC Friction Loss Length Pressure Downstream Elevation Discharge K-Factor Pt Pn Fittings __j Eq. Length Summary Upstream Total Length Pipe Type Legend Units Legend Fittings Legend AO Arm-Over Diameter Inch ALV Alarm Valve BL Branch Line Elevation Foot AngV Angle Valve CM Cross Main Flow gpm b Bushing DN Drain Discharge gpm BalV Ball Valve DR Drop Velocity fps BFP Backflow Preventer DY Dynamic Pressure psi BV Butterfly Valve FM Feed Main Length Foot C Cross Flow Turn 900 FR Feed Riser Friction Loss psi/Foot cplg Coupling MS Miscellaneous HWC Hazen-Williams Constant Cr Cross Run OR Outrigger Pt Total pressure at a point in a pipe CV Check Valve RN Riser Nipple Pn Normal pressure at a point in a pipe DelV Deluge Valve SP Sprig Pf Pressure loss due to friction between points DPV Dry Pipe Valve ST Stand Pipe Pe Pressure due to elevation difference between indicated points E 900 Elbow UG Underground Pv Velocity pressure at a point in a pipe EE 45' Elbow Eel 11%* Elbow Ee2 22'/.* Elbow Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 900 FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 450 FireLock(TM) Elbow fig Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve P0 Pipe Outlet PRV Pressure Reducing Valve Pry Pressure Relief Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 900 Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap I LI I I [1 I , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRlNK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:44:14PM Page 8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I qIFIow Diagram (Top View) I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE UNEW - - - - Report Description: AREA #1 250.0O 250. Up T' Up 250.00 1 250.00 l 500.500 D0.D0.D0 cttcW6U 00 00 050 OZSO 0O OThO OZSO QTh0 00 0Th0 00 05O 010 0050 0050 00 250.00 1 00000 500.00 1000.0 500.00 50000 100tD000100 1000 Up 1000.0(3 0 0. 10 95002.10 10 1000.00 Dn • 1000 • 1000.00 1000.00 '--on 1000.00 , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:47:02PM Page 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. 11 AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:47:04PM Page 2 I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Renort Descrintion: AREA #2 I ~JjIjHydraulic Overview Job Job Number Design Engineer 17-0905 R. HOEKSTRA Job Nanre: VIASAT BRESSI RANCH Phone 916.202.1504 FAX Address I PARKING STRUCTURE P-2 State CeAfloabonlLicenbe Number C-16 588039 AddrOss 2 2506 GATEWAY ROAD AHJ CARLSBAD FIRE DISTRICT Address 3 Job Siteiltuilding CARLSBAD, CA 92009 P-2 PARKING GARAGE System Density Area of Applicaden 0.150gpm/f12 1500.00ft2 (Actual 1583.47ft2) Most Demanding Sprinkler Data Hose Streams 11.2 K-Factor 60.31 at 29.000 250.00 Coverage Per Sprinkler Number Of Sprinklers Caloularod 400.00ft2 6 System Pressure Demand System Flow Demand 92.611 413.22 Total Demand 663.22 © 92.611 Pressure Result +22.142 (19.3%) Supplies Check Point Gauges Node Name FIow(aDm Hose Flow(am) Static(psi) Residual(psi) Identifier Pressure(Dsil K-Factor(K) Flow(nom) 1 Water Supply 6750.00 250.00 115.000 97.000 7 1000.00 Pump 70.000 60.000 CLASSIFICATION LU C-1 LICENSED NO. 0 588039 Pumps: Static = Churn (Pressure @ Zero Flow) FP5-VBR_P2_L2_FP Water Supply at Node 1(6750.00, 0.00, 115.000, 97.000) -- 150-j SttaticPressuree 135 120 115.000 105- _ 13.22 @ 92.611 90 Z°° @97.000 663.22w) h hose streams CL j 75 In - - --- Systemdemandcurve 45 30 15 0- 1.uhf '(lulL.J.LL1U JJJnJJ IJJJJJJjJ 111111111 11111111 11700 1BR99oo52006500 7800 9100 10400 13000 Water flow, gpm ,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. j1jjAutoSPRINK0 12 02.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:40:27PM Page 1 I I I [1 I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Renort Descriotion: AREA #2 I §11Hydraulic Summary I Job Job Number 17-0905 Design Engineer R. HOEKSTRA Job Name. VIASAT BRESSI RANCH State tertficadonlLicense Number C-16 588039 Address 1 PARKING STRUCTURE P-2 AHJ CARLSBAD FIRE DISTRICT Address 2 2506 GATEWAY ROAD Job SitelBuilding P-2 PARKING GARAGE Address 3 CARLSBAD, CA 92009 Drawing Name FP5-VBR_P2_L2_FP System Remote Area(s) Most Demanding Sprinkler Data 11.2 K-Factor 60.31 at 29.000 Occupancy Ordinary Group I Job Suffix BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Rosa Atowence At Source 250.00 Density 0.150gpm/ft2 Area otApplicaeon 1500.00ft2 (Actual 1583.47ft2) Additional Hose Supplies Node Flow(pom) Number Of Sprinklers Calculated 6 Coverage Per Sprinkler 400.00ft2 Total Hose Steams 250.00 System Flow Demand 413.22 Total Water Required (Including Hose Allowance) 663.22 Maximum Pressure Unbalance In Loops 0.000 Maximum Velocity Above Ground 35.03 between nodes 21 and 22 Maximum Velocity Under Ground 4.88 between nodes 1 and 2 Volume capacity at Wet Pipes 5171.40ga1 Volume capacity of Dry Pipes Supplies Node Name Hose Flow (gpm) Static (psi) Residual , Flow (psi) -' (gpm) Available ,._ Total Demand (psi) L (gpm) Required (psi) Safety Margin (psi) 1 Water Supply 250.00 115.000 97.000 6750.00 114.754 663.22 92.611 22.142 7 Pump 70.000 60.000 1000.00 173.617 413.22 151.475 22.142 Pumps: Static = Churn (Pressure © Zero Flow) Contractor Contractor Number WFP INC. Contact Name RAY LAMBERT Cantact Tide DESIGN MANAGER Name of Contractor: WESTERN FIRE PROTECTION, INC. Phone 858.5153.4949 Extension Address I 13630 DANIELSON ST. FAX 858.513.1322 Address 2 POWAY, CA. 92064 E-mail Address 3 Web.Sile ,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK)! 12 02.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:40:30PM Page 2 LI I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Rrtnrf fl lTrintirbn ARPA2 I ~jjljHydrauflc Graph I Water Supply at Node I 150- 135- 120— Static Pressure 115.000 105— Static Pressure 103.500 (CO%)- 675000 @ 97000 go — -663.22 ith hose streams _&6750 00 87.300(9 CIL 2 75- 60— S stem demand curve 45- 30- 15— lLiULLLW.1iLh1111lllIh1Il 111111111 11111111 111111111 111111111 III 11111 0— 93002600 3900 5200 6500 7800 9100 10400 11700 13000 Water flow, gpm Hydraulic Graph Water Supply at Node 1 Static Pressure 115.000 Residual: Pressure Test Conducted By Test Witnessed By 97.000 @ 6750.00 CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMEN JENNIFER R. MAEL P.E. Available Pressure at Time ofTeet Dote of Test 114.754@663.22 07.11.17 System Demand Hydrant Numbers Locadon 92.611 @413.22 H20158 2456 TOWN GARDEN ROAD System Demand ltroludinQ Hose Aloeeencs at Source) 92.611 @ 663.22 .© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:40:31PM Page 3 I I I I I I 1 I I I I I [I I I I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Rnnrt Deserintion: AREA #2 I 111 IHydrau1ic Graph I Pump at Node 7 200— 180— Pump and Supply Combined Static Pressures 160 413.22 151475 140 120—. 0 ly 100 S temdemandcurve 80__ Pump Churn Pressure 70.000 60- 1500.00 ( 48.000 40- 20— jflflJ IHIIHII 11111111! IlIllIlIl 111111111 111111111 11111 III 1111111 0— °700 1400 2100 2800 3500 4200 4900 5600 6300 7000 Water flow, gpm Hydraulic Graph Study S Chum Pressure Rated Pump Pressure Pump at Node 7 185.000 60.000 © 1000.00 Study: Pressure Churn Pressure 115.000 70.000 Residual: Pressure 97.000 @ 6750.00 Available Pressure at Time of Test Available Pressure at Pump Discharge 114.754 @413.22 173.617 @413.22 System Demand 151.475 @413.22 ,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:40:31PM Page 4 I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Report Description: AREA #2 I 111 Isummary_of Outfiowing_Devices I Device Actual Flow (gpm) Minimum Flow (gpm) K-Factor (K) Pressure (psi) Sprinkler 101 60.31 60.31 11.2 29.000 Sprinkler 102 61.63 60.31 11.2 30.280 Sprinkler 103 66.25 60.31 11.2 34.986 Sprinkler 104 71.41 60.31 11.2 40.647 Sprinkler 105 75.97 60.31 11.2 46.005 Sprinkler 106 77.66 60.31 11.2 48.079 c Most Demanding Sprinkler Data ,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:40:33PM Page 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Report Description: AREA #2 Node Elevation(Foot) Fittings Pressure(psi) Discharge(gpm) 1 I 2-0 5, T(38-11Y2) 92.611 413.22 101 44-4 Spr(-29.000) 29.000 60.31 102 44-4 Spr(-30.280) 30.280 61.63 103 44-4 Spr(-34.986) 34.986 66.25 104 44-4 Spr(-40.647) 40.647 71.41 105 44'-21/2 Spr(-46.005) 46.005 7597 106 43-111/2 Spr(-48.079) 48.079 77.66 2 -3-0 E(24-21h) 94.135 3 4-0 E(18'-2) 88.807 4 4-0 E(24'-2V2) 88.304 5 0-6 86.677 6 1-51/2 P1 83.424 7 1-5% P2(-68.050) 151.475 10 38-0% P0(20-2) 133.659 11 39-9 CV(23-4%) 127.051 20 43-31/2 P0(11-8) 59.939 21 43-8% P0(11-8) 58.766 . © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:40:34PM Page 6 I ~jjl INode Analysis I I I I I 111 I I I I Iii I I ii I I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Report Description: AREA #2 I ~jjjjHydraulic Analysis I Pipe Type Diameter Flow Velocity HWC Friction Loss Length Pressure Downstream Upstream Elevation Discharge K-Factor Pt Pn Fittings Eq. Length Total Length Summary - Routel ..... BL 1.7400 60.31 8.14 120 0.085300 15-0 Pf 1.280 101 102 44-4 44-4 60.31 11.2 29.000 30.280 Sprinkler 15-0 Pe Pv BL 1.7400 121.94 16.45 120 0.313743 15-0 Pt 4.706 102 103 44-4 44-4 61.63 11.2 30.280 34.986 Sprinkler 15-0 Pe Pv BL 1.7400 188.19 25.39 120 0.700138 0-9 Pt 8.686 103 22 44-4 44-4 66.25 11.2 34.986 43.672 Sprinkler, T(11'-8) 11-8 12-5 Pe Pv DY 1.7400 259.60 35.03 120 1.269489 0,-0 Pf 14.824 22 21 44-4 43'-8Y2 71.41 43.672 58.766 Flow (q) from Route 2 P0(11-8) 11-8 11-8 Pe Pv 0.271 FM 3.3160 259.60 9.64 120 0.054918 18-0 Pf 0.989 21 20 43'-8Y2 43'-3Y2 58.766 59.939 18-0 Pe Pv 0.184 FM 3.3160 413.22 15.35 120 0.129777 429-11 Pt 65.573 20 11 4331,4 39-9 153.63 59.939 127.051 Flow (q) from Route 3 4fE(7'-31h), fT(19'-0), fEE(3'-91,4), CV(23'-4'/) 75-4 505-3 Pe Pv 1.540 MS 3.2600 413.22 15.88 120 0.141001 13h/z Pt 5.864 11 10 39-9 38'-0Y2 127.051 133.659 BV(13'-51/2), fE(6'-8Y2), P0(20-2) 40-4 41-7 Pe Pv 0.743 ST 6.3950 413.22 4.13 120 0.005298 193-3% Pt 1.962 10 7 38-DY2 1-5% 133.659 151.475 2fT(25'-O), 2BV(10'-0), fEE(5'-O), 7fE(10'-0), CV(32'-O) 177-0 370-3% Pe Pv 15.854 Pump Velocity 7 6 0.00 0=413.22 4.13 151.475 83.424 Rating: 60.000 @ 1000.00 Churn Pressure: 70.000 MS 6.3950 413.22 4.13 120 0.005298 391-4 Pt 2.831 6 5 1-51/2 0-6 83.424 86.677 GV(3'-O), 14tE(10'-0) 143-0 534-4 Pe 0.421 Pv UG 6.4000 413.22 4.12 140 0.003969 3-6 Pt 0.110 5 4 0-6 -3-0 86.677 88.304 E(24'-2Y2) 24-2% 27-8% Pe Pv 1.517 UG 5.8800 413.22 4.88 150 0.005278 59-0 Pt 0.503 4 3 4-0 4-0 88.304 88.807 2E(18'-2) 36-4% 95-4% Pe Pv UG 6.4000 413.22 4.12 140 0.003969 10-0 Pt 5.328 3 2 4-0 4-0 88.807 94.135 3E(24'-21/2), BFP(-5.000) 72-7 82-7 Pe Pv UG 5.8800 413.22 4.88 150 0.005278 61-0 Pt 0.644 2 1 4-0 2'-0 94.135 92.611 GV(3'101/2), E(18'2), 5, L(38--1 112) 6101/2 122Oh/z Pe Pv -2.168 250.00 Hose Allowance At Source 1 663.22 -Route2 ..... BL 1.7400 71.41 9.63 120 0.116569 14-3 Pt 3.025 104 22 44-4 44-4 71.41 11.2 40.647 43.672 Sprinkler, T(11'-8) 11-8 25-111/2 Pe Pv -0.000 -Route3 ..... BL 1.7400 75.97 10.25 120 0.130714 15-0 Pt 1.961 105 106 44-2% 43'-11'/2 75.97 11.2 46.005 48.079 Sprinkler 15-0 Pe Pv 0.113 BL 1.7400 153.63 20.73 120 0.480990 0-9 Pf 11.584 106 20 43-111/2 43-3% 77.66 11.2 48.079 59.939 Sprinkler, T(11'-8), P0(11-8) 23-4 24-1 Pe Pv 0.276 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) I Actual Inside Diameter 487 Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter ) = Factor C Value Multiplier • Value Of C 100 130 140 Multiplying Factor 0.713 1.16 1.33 150 1.51 M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRlNK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:40:36PM Page 7 I I 1 I I I I I ii I I I I .,ownstream tievation uiscnarge r-i-actor ut in 1-Itlings Jpstream Pipe Type Legend Units Legend AO Arm-Over Diameter Inch BL Branch Line Elevation Foot CM Cross Main Flow gpm DN Drain Discharge gpm DR Drop Velocity fps DY Dynamic Pressure psi FM Feed Main Length Foot FR Feed Riser Friction Loss psi/Foot MS Miscellaneous KWC Hazen-Williams Constant OR Outrigger Pt Total pressure at a point in a pipe RN Riser Nipple Pn Normal pressure at a point in a pipe SP Sprig Pf Pressure loss due to friction between points ST Stand Pipe Pe Pressure due to elevation difference between indicated points UG Underground Pv Velocity pressure at a point in a pipe Length Pressure --I Eq. Length Summary Total Length Fittings Legend ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backfiow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90° cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Eel 11W Elbow Ee2 221/20 Elbow Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow fig Flange FN Floating Node IT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve P0 Pipe Outlet PRV Pressure Reducing Valve PrV Pressure Relief Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90° Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cao I I LI I I I I 11 I 111 IHydrauIic Analysis I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE Report Description: AREA #2 [I iii I I I f, © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:40:36PM Page 8 , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/27/2018 6:40:38PM Page 9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. Fill AutoSPRINK® 12 v1 2.0.61.O 1/27/2018 6:40:40PM Page 10 NIN IFlow Diagram (Isometric View) I Job Number: 17-0905 - BRESSI - P2 GARAGE I I I I F PIPE U I Eli I I I I I I I I I I U I When you specify Allied Schedule-10/Schedule-40 - M-C OAT sprinkler pipe you get a UL listed and FM approved product. Although these products do not require separate approvals, Schedule-10/Schedule-40 - M-COAT gives you the extra quality assurance you demand. Our Sch-10 (11/4 - 8") pipe and Sch-40 (1"- 21/2") pipe have passed the same thorough lab testing as our other listed pipe products, and receive periodic mill inspections from both UL and FM agents to ensure consistent quality. ® Galvanized Pipe Schedule-10/Schedule-40 - M-COAT product can be "hot-dip" galvanized to meet FM requirements for dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A-123. ® Superior Coating Our advanced formula mill coating offers a clean, durable surface. It is also paint-ready for custom color applications without special preparation. The internal surface of all black Allied Tube & Conduit fire sprinkler pipe products up to 4.500" in diameter are coated with M-COAT, an advanced MIC coating that is FM approved for use in hybrid sprinkle systems. ® American made Able to meet "Buy American" requirement and is available through distributors in the USA, Canada, Mexico and Latin America. ® Specifications & Approvals Schedule-10/Schedule-40 - M-COAT pipe are in compliance with the following: ASTM A-135, Type F Grade A, and NFPA 13. All pipe products have a rated working pressure of 300 psi maximum and also meet the stringent requirements for the following applications and tests: Welded Outlets Hydrostatic Pressure I M -COAT Specifications NPS No 4j, Nominal I.D. Nominal Wt. Wt. (H20 i ed) CRR ln;mm 0.0. In; mm jn; mm Wall In; mm Lbs/Ft; kg/rn l,be/F,/ - 1.315 0.133 1.680 2.05 1 25 33.4 26.6 3.38 . 3.05 - 11/4 1.660 1.380 2.270 2.93 1 32 42.1 35.1 3. 3.39 4.36 - 11/2 1.900 1.610 ,.-.145 3.61 40 48.3 40.9,.- 3.68 5.37 - 2.375 -?67 0.154 3.656 5 13 1 50 6o.3-' 52.5 3.91 5.4 21/2" .-2875 2.469 0.203 5.80 7.86 1 73 62.7 5.16 8.6 11.73 -... 6.625 6.357 161.5 1 0.134 9.3 1 1 13.8 23.03 1.0251 I 6" 150 1 168.3 3.40 34.27 - 200 I 219 I 209.50 I 4.78 I 25.2 59.75I - I I I I I I I I I I I dallied TUBE & CONDUIT' I Customer Service (800) 882-5543 Fax: (800) 659-7730 16100 S Lathrop Ave. • 11350 Norcom Rd. • 2525 N 27th Ave. Harvey, IL 60426 Philadelphia, PA 19154 Phoenix, AZ 85009 www.alliedtube-sprinkler.com ©2013 Atkore International, Inc. All Rights Reserved. STP-S4-3-1301 MEGA-FLOW SPECIFICATIONS NPS NOM OD NOM ID UL CRR MEGA-FLOW Mega-Flow Schedule • Schedule ' Schedule Mega-Flow Nominal Pcs./Llft 10 40 a 40 wt./ft. 11/4 1.660 1.530 1.442 1.380 1.80 1.00 1.108 61 11/2 1.900 1.740 1.682 1.610 2.64 1.00 1.556 61 2 2.375 2.215 2.157 2.067 2.14 1.00 1.961 37 21/. 2.875 2.707 2.635 , 2.469 1.43 1.00 2.504 30 3 3.500 3.316 3.260 3.068 1.34 1.00 3.349 19 4 J 4.500 4.316 4.260 4,026 1.00 1.00 4.331 19 6 6.625 6.395 6.357 6.065 .75 1.00 8.000 10 Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, (IL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZYY, The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). MEGA-THREAD SPECIFICATIONS NIPS NOM OD NOM ID UL CRR* MEGA-THREAD Mega-Thread Schedule Mega-Thread Schedule L.W.T. Pipe Nominal Pcs./LItt 40 1 1.315 1.087 1.049 1.00 1.00 .61 1.462 70 1¼ 1.660 1.416 1.380 1.00 1.00 .39 1.989 51 11/2 1.900 1.650 1.610 1.00 1.00 .31 2.370 44 2 2.375 2,117 2.067 1.00 1.00 .25 , 3.094 30 Calculated using Standard (IL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). C@ APPROVED I FM Approved and Fully Listed Sprinkler Pipe Wheatland's Mega-Flow steel fire sprinkler pipe is FM Approved for roll-grooved, plain-end and I welded joints for wet systems; and UL, C-UL and FM Listed for use with roll-grooved, plain- end couplings and welded joints for wet, dry preaction and deluge systems. Mega-Thread is I FM Approved for use in wet systems and is UL, C-UL and FM Listed for wet, dry and preaction sprinkler systems. I Approvals and Specifications Both products meet or exceed these standards: ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A I . NFPA 13 and NFPA 14 Mega-Thread is approved for standard hanger spacing I Manufacturing Protocols Mega-Flow and Mega-Thread are subjected to the toughest possible testing protocols to ensure the highest quality and long-lasting performance. I Finishes and Coatings Mega-Flow black steel fire sprinkler pipe receives a proprietary mill coating to ensure a clean, corrosion-resistant surface that outlasts I standard lacquer coatings. This coating allows the pipe to be easily painted without special preparation. Mega-Thread is hot-dip galvanized to meet FM requirements for dry systems and I is safer to weld than many zinc-coated, light-wall threadable products. Product Marking I Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler pipe is continuously stenciled to show the manufacturer, type of pipe, grade, size and length. Barcoding is acceptable as a - supplementary identification method. - PROJECT: ENGINEER: LOCATIONS: I 700 South Dock Street info@wheatland.com Sharon, PA 16146 wheatland.com P 800.2578182 Follow us on Twitter; I F 724,346.7260 @WheatlandTube CONTRACTOR: DATE: SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: COMMENTS: El MEGA-THREAD-HOT-DIP GALVANIZED WE S '051516 WeatUand Tube /JIJl1 A DIVISION OF ZEKEL MAN INDUSTRIES As the leading supplier of steel sprinkler pipe, we understand that there are no second chances in fire suppression. You need products of ndu ring quality and exceptional strength—plus reliable service. You need Bull Moose. Bull Moose Fire Sprinkler Pipe Product information 0). it 1.663 1.900 2.315 2.815 3.500 4.500 1.530 1.128 2.203 2.105 3.334 4.310 Enpeiglit lb/ft 1.222 1.844 2.330 2.809 3.361 4.968 Wate :l[dwei.1tIb/ft) 2.019 2.860 3.982 5.299 1.144 11.290 C.P.R. 1.98 3.44 2.18 1.66 1.00 1.00 Pieces per Lift 61 61 31 j 30 j 19 19 Lit Weight (Ib) 21 ngths 1,565 1 2,362 1.810 1,710 1,341 1,982 L it Weight (Ibe) 24 lEngths 1,783 1 2,100 2,069 2,022 1,533 2,265 L it Weight (Ibs) 2 engths 1,864 1 2,812 2,155 2,107 1,596 2,360 I EDDY FLOW ADVTAGES: OTHER BENEFITS/SERVICES: UL listec (US & Canada) and FM approved We have the most stocking locations ii the industry, ASM A135 and A795 Type E, Grade A Certified for best delivery and availability Complies with NFPA-13, 13R and 14 Plain end or roll groove I . Ind..stry-leading hydraulic characteristics Eddy Guard tim baterial-resistant internal coating Custom length options CRR of 10 and greater Hot dipped galvanization I . AL p e NDT weld tested Reddi-PipeO red or black pipe eliminates feld painting Compatible for use in wet, dry, preaction and deluge sprinkler systems I i I • _______ The only maker with EPDs (to help earn LEED points) I c®us LISTED (] ONFSA APPROVED NFPA I*4*p JtL 800 325 4461 I - saIesBuUMooselndustries.com :- - . irnl111 111 t I I I I As the .eading suppler of steel sprinkler pipe, we understand that there are no second chances in fire suppression. You need products of enduring quality and exceptional strength—plus reliable service. You need 3u11 Moose. BullII ri'.iiFire Sprinkler TTiProduct I Ifl tillii H'Ii I I I I OR (in)1.295 1.650 1.900 2.315 I.D. (in) 1.083 1.418 1.654 2.123 Empty Weight (Ib/It 1.461 2.010 2.547 3.308 Water Filed Woigrt I Fj/ft) 1.860 2.154 3.468 4.842 I C.R.R. 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Pieces per Lift 70 51 44 30 - Lift Weight (Ibs 21 leigtlIs 1 2,148 2,217 2.353 1 2,064 - Lift Weicilt (lbs; 24 lngths 1 2,454 2,534 2,690 1 2,362 Lift Weight (Ibs 25 lEngths 1 2,557 2,639 2.802 1 2.461 1 EDIJYTHREAD 40 ADVANTAGES: OTHER BENEFITS/SERVICES: UL listed (US & Canada) and FM approved We have the most stocking .ocatiois in the industry, ASTM A135 and A795 Type E, Grade A Certified for best delivery and availability . - . Complies with NrPA-13,13R and 14 Plain end or roll groove I Industry-leading hydraulic characteristics Eddy Guard II' bacterial-resistant internal coating Custom length options CPR of 1.0 and greater I Hot dipped galvanization All pipe NDT weld tested Redd-Pipe® red or black pipe eliminates field painting Com?atible for use in wet, dry, preaction and deluge sprinkler systems I _1IiIiIi The only maker with EPDs (to help earn LEED points) 1 c®us LISTED <@>(] APPROVED NFPA I1' QJ4JJ BOO 325 4461 salesONIJMooseindustries.com I I I I I I I Li I FITTINGS I I I 1 1 I ri I I I I I I Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings -c- "-•., -.- \ _- 1 1 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - --- ----.--.--. SMITHCOOPE.® INTERNATIONAL Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings ITI±t branded ductile iron threaded fittings are UL Listed and FM Approved at 500 psi Rated to 300 WSP Ductile iron castings conform to ASTM A536 c &us LISTED Fitting dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Bushings and plugs conform to ASME B16.14 FM Fittings are 100% air tested APPROVED NPT threads on all fittings conform to ASME 131.20.1 Independent lab verification that fittings meet applicable chemical & physical properties Manufacturing facilities are ISO 9001:2008 and ISO 14001 Temperature Working Pressure, Nonshock psiG Degrees F 3009 Class Threaded Fittings -20to100 500 150 500 200 480 . . 250 - - -- 460 300 440 350 420 400 400 450 •. . 380 500 360 - 550 -, 340 600 320 650 300 I U I B I H Hi c®us APPROVED Fig. 35E3- 900 Elbow LISTED Size in Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1/2 35E 3004 1.13 100 200 0.2 3/4 35E 3006 35E 3010 1.31 1.50 70 40 140 80 0.3 0.5 1 1-1T4 35E 3012 1.75 25 0.8 50 1-1/2 35E3014 1.94 18 36 1.1 2 35E 3020 2.25 10 20 1.8 2-1/2 35E 3024 2.70 4 8 3.2 Fig. 35RE3 - 900 Reducing Elbow Size in Part Number A in B in Packing Weight lb Inner I Master 3/4 x 1/2 35RE3006004 1.20 1.22 80 160 0.3 1 -X1/2 35RE3010004 1.26 1.36 70 140 0.4 50 0.4 - 1 x3/4 35RE3010006 1.38 1.45 - 100 1-1/4x 1/2 35RE3012004 1.34 1.53 35 70 0.5 35 1-1/4x314 35RE3012006 1.45 1.63 70 0.6 1-1/4x1 35RE3012010 1.58 1.67 30 60 0.7 30 1-1/2x1/2 35RE3014004 1.52 1.75 60 0.6 1-1/2x3/4 35RE3014006 1.52 1.75 50 0.7 25 1-1/2x1 35RE3014010 1.65 1.80 20 40 0.8 - 1-1/2x1-1/4 35RE3014012 1.82 1.88 36 1.0 18 2 x 1/2 35R83020004 1.60 1.97 18 36 1.0 2 x 3/4 35RE3020006 1.60 1.97 18 36 1.0 2 x 1 35RE3020010 1.73 2.02 16 32 1.2 2x1-1/4 . 35RE3020012 1.90 2.10 12 24 1.3 2x1-1/2 35RE3020014 2.02 2.16 10 20 1.5 2-1/2x 1-1/2 35RE3024014 2.16 6 12 2.2 2.51 2-1/2'x 2 35RE3024020 2.39 2.60 6 12 2.5 Fit. 35F3- 45° Elbow Size in Part N umber I u A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1/2 35F 3004 0.88 150 300 0.2 3/4 35F 3006 0.98 80 160 0.3- 1 35F3010 1.13 40 80 - 0.5 1-1/4 -. - 35F 3012 1.29 - 25 -, - 50 . 0.7 1-1/2 35F3014 1.44 20 40 1.0 2 35F 3020 1.69 - 10 - 20 -_1.6'- 2-1/2 35F 3024 1.95 4 8 2.7 Size ' in Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1/2 35T 3004 1.13 80 160 0.3 - 3/4 351 3006 1.31 30 - 60 - 6.-5 1 3513010 1.50 25 50 0.7 1-1/4 35T3012 1.75 10 20 1.1 1-1/2 35T3014 1.94 10 20 1.5 2 35T 3020 2.25 - 6 - 12 2A 2-1/2 35T 3024 2.70 4 8 4.3 I 1 111 SMITH-COOPER INTERNATIONAL® 9 TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX (323)890-4456 • www.smithcooper.com Size in Part Number A in B in C in Packing i Weight lb Inner I Master 3/4 x1/2 35RT3006004 1.20 1.20 1.22 60 120 0.4 lx 1/2 35RT3010004 1.26 1.26 136 30 60 0.6 lxl/2x1 35RT3010004010 35RT3010006 1.50 1.38 1.36 1.50 1.45 30 25 60 50 0.6 0.6 1 x3/4 1.38 1 x 3/4 x 3/4 35R13010006006 1.38 1.31 1.45 35 70 0.6 1x3/4x1 35RT3010006010 1.50 1.50 25 50 0.7 1.45 1-1/4 x 1/2 35RT3012004 1.34 1.34 1.53 20 40 0.8 1-1/4x1/2x1-1/4 35RT3012004012 1.75 1.53 1.75 25 50 0.9 1-1/4 x3/4 35RT3012006 1.45 1.45 1.62 15 30 0.9 1-1/4 x3/4x1-i/4 35RT3012006012 1.75 1.62 1.75 20 40 1.0 1-1/4x1 35R13012010 1.58 1.58 1.67 15 30 1.0 1-1/4x lx 1/2 35RT3012010004 1.34 1.26 1.53 25 50 0.7 1-1/4x 1 x3/4 35RT3012010006 1.45 1.38 1.63 20 40 0.8 1-1/4xlxl 35RT3012010010 1.58 1.50 1.69 20 40 0.9 1-1/4 x1x1-1/4 35RT3012010012 1.75 1.69 1.75 15 30 1.0 1-1/2x 1/2 35RT3014004 1.41 1.41 1.66 16 32 1.0 1-1/2x1/2x1-1/4 35RT3014004012 1.81 1.56 1.88 24 48 1.1 1-1/2x 1/2x 71/2 35RT3014004014 1.94 1.66 1.94 12 24 1.2 1-1/2x3/4 35R13014006 1.52 1.52 1.75 16 32 1.1 1-1/2x3/4x 1-1/4 35R13014006012 1.94 1.66 1.88 20 40 1.1 1-1/2x3/4x1-1/2 35RT3014006014 1.94 1.75 1.94 18 36 1.2 1-1/2x1 35RT3014010 1.65 1.65 1.80 12 24 1.2 1-1/2x lx 1/2 35RT3014010004 1.44 1.25 - 1.69 20 40 0.8 1-1/2 x1x3/4 35R13014010006 1.50 1.44 1.75 16 32 -0-9- 1-1/2 x 1 x l 35RT3014010010 1.65 1.50 1.80 16 32 1.0 1-1/2x lx 1-1/4 35RT3014010012 1.82 1.67 1.88 12 24 1.2 1-1/2x1x1-1/2 35R13014010014 1.94 1.80 1.94 12 24 1.3 1-1/2x 1-1/4 35At3014012 1.82 1.82 1.88 12 24 1.4 1-1/2x1-1/4 x1/2 35R13014012004 1.41 1.34 1.66 16 32 0.9 1-1/2 x 1 1/4x3/4 35RT3014012006 152 145 175 16 32 10 1-1/2x1-1/4x1 35RT3014012010 1.65 1.58 1.80 16 32 1.1 1-1/2x1-1/4x1-1!4 35RT3014012012 1.82 1.75 1.88 14 28 . 13 1-1/2x1-1/4 x1-1/2 35R13014012014 1.94 1.88 1.94 14 28 1.4 2x1/2 35R13020004 1.49 1.49 1.88 10 20 1.5 2x3/4 35RT3020006 1.60 1.60 1.97 10 20 1.6 2x 1 35RT3020616 - 1.73 1.73 2.02 8 16 1.7 2x 1 x2 35RT3020010020 2.25 2.02 2.25 8 16 1.9 -. 2x 1-1/4 35RT3020012 - 1.90 1.90 2.10 8 16 1.9 2x1-1/4x2 35RT3020012020 2.25 10 _2. 2.25 8 16 2.0 2x1 1/2 35RT3020014 202 202 216 8 16 21 2x1-1/2x1/2 35RT3020014004 1.49 1.41 1.88 10 20 1.3 2 x 1-1/2 x 3/4 35RT3020014006 1.60 1.52 1.97 10 20 1.4 2x1-1/2x1 35R13020014010 1.73 1.65 2.02 8 16 1.5 2x1-1/2x1-1/4 35RT3020014012 1.90 1.82 2.10 8 16 1.7 2x1-1/2x1-1/2 35RT3020014014 2.02 1.94 2.16 8 16 1.8 Fig. 35BT3 - Bull Head Tee I I I U I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I I I I Size in Part Number ____ A in B in C in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 3/4x1 35B13006010 1.45 1.45 1.37 30 60 0.6 1x1-1/4 35BT3010012 1.67 1.67 1.58 20 40 0.9 1 x 1-1/2 35BT3010014 1.80 1.80 1.65 15 30 1.0 1-1/4x1 x1-1/2 35BT30120i00i4 1.8 1.80 1.82 15 30 1.2 1-1/4x1-1/2 35BT3012014 1.88 1.88 1.82 15 30 1.3 1-1/4 x 2 35B13012020 2 10 2 10 1.9.0 10 20 1.6 1-1/2x1-1/4x2 35813014012020 2.16 2.10 2.02 10 20 1.8 l-1/2x2 35BT3014020 2.16 8 16 1.8 2.16 2.02 SMITH-COOPER INTERNATIONAL® 9 TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 9 FAX (323) 890-4456 0 www.smithcooper.com 112 Fig. 35RT3 - Reducing Tee C@Ul APPROVED LISTED Size I in Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 35CP3004 1.38 200 400 0.1 11 3'4 _ O6 163 100 200 02 1 350P3010 35CP3012 _200 60 -5 120 70 0.5 ___0.4 - - _i-1/4 1-1/2 35CP3014 2.19 25 0.7 2 35CP3020 .62 5 - 30 2-1/2 35CP3024 3.00 9 18 2.2 Fig. 35RC3 - Hex Reducing Coupling Size in Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1 x 1/2 35RC3010004 1.69 80 160 0.3 1 x3/4 35R63010006 1.69 60 120 0.4 2.06 - - 40 80 0.6 1-1/4x3/4 35Rç3012006 2x 1(not hex) 35RC3020010 2.81 20 40 1.0 Fig. 35HB3 -Hex Bushing Size I in Part Number ___ A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master L1x1/2 35HB3010004 1.06 -- 180 360 0.2 35HB3010006 1.06 180 360 0.1 1-1/4x1 FT%4.2cL1L 1.19 90 180 0.2 1-1/2x1 35HB3014010 75 150 - 0.4 1-1/2x1-1/4 35HB3014012 1.25 150 0.3 2 x 1 35HB3020010 1.38 40 0 0.6 2x1-1/4 35HB3020012 1.38 40 80 0.6 2x1-1/2 35HB3020014 1.38 40 80 0.6 Fig. 355P3 - Square Head Plug Size in Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1/2 35SP3004 0.94 600 1200 0.07 3/4 35SP3006 1.12 350 700 0.1 1 35SP3010 1.25 200 400 0.1 11/4 35SP3012 - 137 100 200 03 1-1/2 35SP3014 1.44 80 160 0.4 2 35S153020 1.50 45 90 0.6 Fig. 35U 3- Union with Brass Seat Size in Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1 35U 3010 2.19 20 40 1.0 1 1/4 35U 3012 250 15 30 1.2 1-1/2 35U 3014 2.62 10 20 1.7 2 35U 3020 3.12 6 12 2.4 FUN I I I c®uS zE Fig. 35CP3 - Straight Coupling with Ribs LISTED APPROVED F I 113 SMITH-COOPER INTERNATIONAL® • 'TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX (323) 890-4456 9 www.smithcooper.com Fig. 35X 3- Cross COW <e> APPROVED LISTED Size Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner I Master 1 X3010 1.50 20 40 0.9 35X30 1.75 12 24 1.4 1-1/2 35X3014 1.9 8 16 1.8 2 355 3020 2.25 6 12 2.8 Fig. 35RX3 - Reducing Cross Size Part Number A in B in Packing Weight lb Inner I Master 1-1/4x1 35R 1.67 1.58 15 30 1.2 1-1/2x1 35RX3014010 1.8 5 12 24 1.4 2 x 1 35RX3020010 2.02 1.73 16 2.0 Fig. 35C 3- Cap Size in Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1/2 350 3004 0.87 300 - 600 0.1 3/4 35C 3006 0.97 200 400 - 0.1 1 35C 3010 1.16 110 220 0.2 11/4 -35C 301-2 1.28 70 140 -- 0.4 -- 1-1/2 35C 3014 1.33 50 - 100 - 0.5 - 35C 3020 - 1.45 25 - 50 - - - 0.8 2-1/2 3503024 1.70 18 36 1.6 At. 35BC3 - Beam Clamp I I I I I I ') II II ____ Part Number Inner~ ___________ ______ Weight lb ____________ Master____ ________ 0.3 35B03004 --Zi 160- b.~ Al lie SMITH-COOPER INTERNATIONAL® • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX (323) 890-4456 0 www.srnithcooper.com 114 FireLock® Rigid Coupling F31I*I.11 WITH VIC-PLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) FireLock® Style 005 rigid coupling has a unique, patented angle-pad design which allows the housings to offset while clamping the grooves. By permitting the housings to slide on the angled bolt pads, rigidity is obtained. Support and hanging requirements correspond to NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems. Angle-pad design permits assembly by removing one nut/bolt and swinging the housing over the gasket. This reduces components to handle during assembly. Style 005 FireLock coupling are designed and recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. VicPIusTM Gasket System: In North America, Victaulic® offers a gasket system which requires no field lubrication on wet pipe systems that are hydrostatically tested. The Vic-PlusTM System (patented) is dry, clean, and non-toxic. It reduces assembly time substantially and eliminates the mess and chance of over- lubrication. Please refer to the latest copy of the Victaulic Field Installation Handbook (1-100) for supplemental lubrication requirements and dry pipe fire protection system notes. 1I.c S,§LPCoaodV1S Approved, tes on page 4 SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS :II;ATENTED (cPIus Caet System I I I I I I I I LISTING/APPROVALS The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. 5 1 ¼ -3 ILI 175 175 Related1'!IlRelated1Working 175 EL Pressure i psi la L IL 1 1/4- 2 300 N/A N/A 1Related IYI t7TJaaa.i ULL MT 'l ¼ -2 300 N/A N/A 11A-4 350350 350 ET 1¼_2._çp N/A STE /_ //A 300 10,40 5-8 BLT 1¼-2 DF 11/4-4. 300 9 300 300 -- 300 300 300 N/A 300 EZ 4-6 I 3008 N/A I 300 —1 —#------ FF L11t-41 N/A , N/A 300 GAL-7 1¼-2 300 N/A N/A 5YThd ',/2 N/A - —4-- TF 3-8 N/A WLS 1¼-2' 300 N/A -•- N/A 300 300 - 300 N/A DT 1¼-2 300 300 N/A MLT 'TS-2 300 ' N/A I N/A XL '1¼-3 300 300 300 EF 1Y-4 175@ N/A 175 MF '1¼-4' 300 I N/A 300" "FM approved for service in 1 ½ - 4 pipe. if US Listed for service up to 4 pipe only. @ US Listed for service up to 3' only. I I I JOB/OWNER System No. Location CONTRACTOR ENGINEER Submitted By Spec Sect Date Approved Pa ra___________ I www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. REV-1 1llll.,AC_t;a_U1iCr 10.02_i I [1 I I I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.02 FireLock® Rigid Coupling STYLE 005 WITH VICPLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) I DIMENSIONS Y Z .JLL!L.J a 1 0 X I 1A 1.660 350 755 ___ 44*I J - 50 88 1 2 424 2413 3370 1.2 I 1 48 05 :: :i::::: 2.75 4-•---•- 40 48.3 2413 4415 1.2 76 121 148 0.5 Rated for wet and dry sprinkler systems at 2 1 2.375 350 1550 0.07 '2/x211305'25 1.88 1.6 350psi/2413kPa for 14-4732-100mm 50 60.3 2413 6900 1.7 89 133 148 07 sizes and 300 psi /2068kPa for 41/4 -8/108 21/2 2.875 350 2270 I 0.07 4.00 5.75 1.88 1.9 - 200mm sizes; Schedule 10 roll grooved or 65 73.0 2413 10110 I 17 2- /a x 2,5 , 102 146 148 .09 Schedule 40 cut or roll grooved steel pipe. 3000 T -'- 2475 007 413 - Style 005 is rigid and does not accommodate 76.1 mm 76.1 2413 11010 I 1.7 i 2-Vax 2½ 105 146 148 0'9 expansion, contraction or angular deflection. --. - ----.-- . ....... 3 3.500 350 ' 3365 0.07 4.63 . 6.13 1.88 2.1 80 . 88.9 2413 . 14985 1.7 2-/a52/a 118 156 148 1.0 4 4.500 350 5565 0.16 5.75 7.25 2.13 3.1 100 114.3 2413 24770 4.1 2- /ax2/z 146 184 , 54 1.4 4.250 300 4255 0,16 5.63 7.25 2,13 3.1 108.0 mm 108.0 ' 2068 1 18940 4.1 2- /a x 2/s 143 184 , 54 1.4 5 5.563 300 7290 0.16 6.88 9.00 2.13 45 125 I 141.3 2068 32445 I 4.1 2-/s x 3 175 229 54 2.0 5.250 300 6495 0.16 6.63 9.00 2.13 4.5 133.0mm 133.0 2068 28900 I 4.1 2-/s x2 168 229 54 2.0 5.500 300 7125 0.16 6.88 9.00 2.13 4.8 139.7mm 139.7 2068 31715 4.1 2- /ax2/a 175 229 54 2.2 6 ' 6.625 300 10340 0.16 2 V 3 8.00 10.00 2.13 ' 5.0 150 168.3 2068 46020 4.1 - zX , 203 254 53 2.3 6.250 300 1 9200 I 0.16 ' 7.63. 10.00 2.13 5.5 159.0 mm 159.0 2068 40955 4.1 , 2-/a x2 Ia 194 254 54 2.5 I ---..---__,- -.-.--- - 6.500 300 9955 0.16 ' 8.15 10.00 2.13 5.5 165.1 mm 165.1 2068 44295 4.1 -, 2-,5x3 207 254 - 54 2.5 8 8.625 ' 300 17525 0.19 10.50 ' 13.14 2.63 11.3 200 219.1 2068 I 78000 . 4.8 . 2- 5/a x 4,4 267 334 67 5.1 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for perfor- mance on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. t The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 005 couplings are con- sidered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. § Style 005 couplings are VdS and LPC Approved to 12 Bar/175 psi. 1] I I 1 I www.victaulic.com I VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 10.022 j4tau IiC REV_I I 1 I I I I I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.02 I FireLock® Rigid Coupling STYLE 005 WITH VICPLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. I Housing Coating: Orange enamel (North America); red enamel (Europe) Optional: Hot dipped galvanized I Gasket: Grade "E" EPDM - Type A Vic-Plus°° Gasket System (Violet color code). FireLock products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services up to the rated working pressure using the Grade "E" Type A Vic-Plus°° Gasket System, requiring no field I lubrication for most installation conditions. Grade "L" Silicone I Recommended for dry heat, air without hydrocarbons to +350°F and certain chemical services. For dry services, Victaulic continues to recommend the use of Grade E" Type A FlushSeal® Gasket. Contact Victaulic for details. I Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. Standard gasket and FlushSeal gasket approved for dry pipe systems to —40°F/-40°C. Based on typical" pipe surface conditions, supplemental lubricant is recommended for services installed I below 0°F/-18°C and for all dry pipe systems or systems to be subjected to air tests prior to being filled with water. Supplemental lubrication may also be required on pipe with raised or undercut weld seams or pipe that has voids and/or cracks at the weld seams. Victaulic continues to recommend the use of FlushSeal gaskets for dry services. I I I I I I L I www.victaulic.com I VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, PRINTED IN THE USA. XA—c—ta U —1i ce REV-1 10.603 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I FireLock® Rigid Coupling STYLE 005 WITH VICPLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) GENERAL NOTES WARNING: Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. III lIl IlllhllIIllIlIIIIIlll IlIllIl Ill ll WCAS-697KR4 For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.02 1538 REV I UPDATED 9/2006 ictauliC VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 vIcTAuLIc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, PRINTED IN THE USA. 10.02 I FireLock EZ® Rigid Coupling STYLE OO9N The FireLock EZ Style 009N coupling is a rigid, installation-ready coupling for fire protection pipe joining. The coupling's unique design eliminates loose parts, insures consistent installation and provides substantial gains in productivity. IMPORTANT FireLock EZ Style 009N couplings are recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. PATENTED LISTINGS/APPROVALS * The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Standard Pipe 1¼ 175 365 365 365 365 32 120L 517 2517 2517 2517 1½ 175 365 365 365 365 40 1206 2517 2517 2517 2517 2 175 365 365 365 365 120_ 2517 2517 /17 4._/7 . . 2½ N/A 365 365 365 . 365 65 . 2517 2517 2517 . 2517 365 365 365 76.1 mm N/A 365 2565/__,._2j7_,__2517/5i?_ N/A 3 365 365 365 80 2517 2517 . 2517 2517 108 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 N/A 365 365 . 365 365 100 - 2517 2517 2517 2517 133 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 139.7 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 165.1 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 Refer to Submittal 10.61 150 * Listed/Approved for wet and dry pipe systems (>4O*F/40*C) for continuous use in freezing conditions, use of silicone gaskets is recommended. Please refer to the Victaulic Installation Manual (1-009N/009H) for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. I I U I I I I I H I I I I I I U JOB/OWNER System No. Location CONTRACTOR ENGINEER Submitted By Spec Sect Date Approved Para Iwww.victaulic.com VICTAuLIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAUC COMPANY. 0 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVS I \4taulicr 10.64_i I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.64 I I I FireLock EZ® Rigid Coupling STYLE 009N LISTINGS/APPROVALS Speciality Pipe BL 111/4 -2 300 300 EZT 1 '4 2 300 300 MT 11/4 2 300 300 14 + 2O68_2068 300 300 - 11/4-4 300 2068__,_2068 300 ' 1 V 2 2068 N A 2068 300 OF FF MLT " - 1 ¼ - 2 2068 300 2068 300 1 ¼ - 4 2068 N/A 2068 300 1 ¼ - 2 N/A 2068 300 DT FLF ST 1¼-4 11 7 06 5 2068.120-68- 175 FLT 1¼-2 N/A 2068 300 1¼-4 N/A 2068 300 EF STF 300 t6 300 2¼4 N/A 300 EL 300 1 '4 -2 300 300 L 1 ,4 -2 300 300 '4-2 300 2068 300 40 3-4 2068 306 2068 360 faw 2068 300 2068 360 1¼-4 175 ILS1 2068 2068 F 2068 2068 2068'2068 1¼-2N/A 1¼-2 I I I I I STYLE 009N DIMENSIONS 1 Y-7 Z~ STYLE 009N PRE-ASSEMBLED (PUSH ON CONDITION) I STYLE 009N JOINT ASSEMBLED I I I [1 1 ¼ 1.660 365 1 790 1 0.10 2 - 3/s x2 1 3.10 4.90 2.70 4.90 1.92 . 1.4 32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 -MID x2 79 124 t' 69 124 49 0.7 1½ 1.900 365 1035 ------H------------ 0.10 2 - ~ x2 3.30 5.10 3.00 - 5.10 1.92 1.5 40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 - MID 2 84 129 76 129 49 0.7 2 2.375 365 1616 0.12 2 2 3.90 5.60 3.50 5.60 1.95 1.9 50 60.3 25 .....j....2193 _3.05 -M1Ox299 142 89 142 50 0.9 21/2 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 - 3/a x2½ 4.50 6.10 4.00 6.10 1.95 2.1 65 73.0 2517 10542 ' 3.05 -M10s 2 1/2 114 155 102 155 50 1.0 .---- _ - - _± ...... 76.1 mm 3.000 365 2580 I 0.12 2 - ¼ x 2½ 4.56 6.00 4.05 6.06 1.94 2.1 76.1 2517 11476 3.05 _-MID x2½ I 115.7 152.5 102.8 153.9 49.2 1.0 3 3.500 365 3512 0.12 2 - 3/a x 2½ 5.10 6.70 4.60 . 6.70 1.95 2.3 80 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 -M10x21/2 129 170 117 170 50 1.0 108 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 4 4.500 365 5805 0.17 2-¼x2½ 55r 7.80 5.54 7.47 2.14 2.9 100 114.3 2517 , 25822 ' 4.32 - Mb x2½ 151 199 141 190 55 1.3 133 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 139.7 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 165.1 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 Refer to Submittal 10,61 150 * Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See page 1 of this document for Listed/Approved ratings on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1½ times the figures shown in the chart on page 1, specific to pipe schedule and size. The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. FireLock EZ couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. I www.victaulic.com vIcTAuLIc IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vIcTAuLIc COMPANY. © 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.642 I A-c-ta-ulicr REV _B I I STYLE 009N I. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM I A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific) I . Red enamel (Europe) Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: Grade 'E" EPDM (Type A) FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters I Laboratories of Canada Limited, and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical I requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. I I GENERAL NOTES NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009N couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps con- taining the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the l Style 009N coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. USE OF FLUSHSEAL GASKETS FireLock EZ couplings are supplied with FireLock EZ Grade "E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets FOR DRY PIPE SYSTEMS include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the same benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard FlushSeal gaskets are not compatible and cannot be used with the FireLock EZ couplings. I. V INSTALLATION See publication: 1-009N/009H. Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field I Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without I incurring obligations. I For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.64 7072 REV B UPDATED 0212013 xo iCtaUIiC viclAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAILLIC COMPANY. Q 2013 VICTALILIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.64 I MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS I I 1 I I I I I I I JOB/OWNER System No. Location I Coupling ® 19 ILPCBI 1 STYLE 75 SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS I I I I Style 75 is available where moderate pressures are expected or weight considerations are a factor. Up to 50% lighter in weight than the Style 77, the Style 75 coupling is recommended for service up to 500 psi/3450 kPa depending on size. Housings are cast in two identical pieces in all sizes. Hot-dip galvanized and special coatings are available for all sizes. Exaggerated for clarity Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel. Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice*) Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. Recommended for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F/+30°C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "T" nitrile Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°FI-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; except hot, dry air over +140°F/+60°C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR HOT WATER SERVICES. * Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. CONTRACTOR ENGINEER Submitted By Spec Sect Para Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com I VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. REV_H ' Ac ta ui ii ° 06.05_i CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.05 • STYLE 75 I DIMENSIONS I R II 1 1.315 1 500 660 1 0-0.06 2 - 43 I 0.57 2 - V x 7 I 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3 25 33.4 3450 3025 0- 1.6 48 61 108 45 0.6 - - - - 11A 1.660 . 500 1080 0-0.06 2 -10' 0,45 2-V x 2 2.68 4.61 1.77 1,4 32 . 42.2 3450 4805 0-1.6 38 . 68 117 45 0.6 11/2 1.900 500 ' 1.420 0 -0.06 1 , 56 0.40 _/ax2 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 40 48.3 _3450 6320 0-1.6 33 , 2- 74 _122 45 0.6 2 1 2.375 ' 500 1 2.215 0 -0 * 06 , 0.32 2 - /a x 2 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7 50 60.3 3450 9860 01_-31__26 87 _13348 0.8 21/2 ' 2.875 500 3.245 0-0.06 , 1 -15 0.26 2- /8x2 3.88 I 5.68 1.88 1.9 65 ' 73,0 3450 14440 0-1,6 , -I--- 22 98 _14448 •0.9 761 mm t 3.000 500 3.535 0- 0. 06 1 -12' _ 0.26 s 2-V x 2 4,00 5.90 1.88 , 1.9 76.1 3450 15730 '0-1,6 - ____22 102 150 _48 _0.9 3 3.500 500 4.800 0-006 , 0.22 2-/sx24 4,50 7.00 ' 1.88 2.9 80 -- 88.9 3450 21360 0-1.6 _1_-2 18 114 178 _48 _1.3 4.000 500 6.300 ' 0-0.06 - , ' 0-54 0.19 2-/2x24 5.00 7.50 ' 1.88 2.9 3½ 90 101.6 3450 28035 0-1.6 16 127 191 48 13 4 4,500 500 7,950 0-0.13 , ' 0.34 ' 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 100 114.3 3450 35380 ' 0-3.2 - - 28 - _2X __'147 204_ _ 54 1.9 4,250 450 108.O mm 6.380 0-0.13 _ , - 0.35 ' __X 70.0 5,55 7.79 ' - - . 2.13 3.7 108.0 3100 28395 0-3.2 -29 ' - I 1 41 19854 1.7 41/2 5.000 450 8.820 0-0.13 I , 1 ' - 0.25 ' -/ax 31/4 _2 6.13 9.43 2,13 5.5 120 127,0 3100 39250 0- 3.2 -- - I156 240 I 54 --- 2.5 -- ------ 1 10.935 0-0.13 ' I 1* -18' 0.27 __4 175 I 2 V 3V _- _ax 6.88 , 10.07 2.13 5.8 5 5.563 . 450 125 141.3 _3100 48660 - 0-3.2 _23 256 54 2.6 133.0mm 5.250 450 9.735 - 0-0.13 , ' 1 '- 21 ' 0.28 ' _2-16x82.5 __166 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0 133.0 _3100 _43325 0-3.2 24 238 54 2.7 139.7 mm 8 5.500 ' 450 10.665 1 0-0.13 1 -18 , 0.28 2- 18 x __173 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3 139.7 3100 47460 0-3.2 24 _ 244 54 2.9 1524mm 6.000 450 - 12.735 - 0-013 1 -12 021 2- V x 3 / 738 1048 188 62 152.4 I I 3100 56670 - -- 0-3.2 -----.- - 18 187 266 ' 48 - --------- 2.8 6 6.625 450 i 15.525 0-0.13 . 1'S' 0.23 . - aX 4 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0 150 168.3 3100 69085 0-3.2 - 18 203 281 54 3.2 Continued on page 3. t @ * Refer to notes on page 3 101 1 im 44 v I I I I www.victaulic.com I VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, PRINTED IN THE USA. 06.05_2 \4taulicr REVH i Coupling I I I I I I I I I I I CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.05 I Coupling STYLE 75 I DIMENSIONS Deflect. Fr. CLf Dimensions - Inches/mm _ _ _ 6.250 450 13.800 0-0.13 0.24 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8 159.0mm '__ 159.0 3100 61405 0- 3.2 1 9 20 2-16 x 82.5 194 266 54 3.1 - 6.500 450 14.940 0-0.13 1 -6 2-%x3¼ 0.23 7.84 10.66 2.06 7.2 165.lmm4 165.1 3100 66483 0-3.2 19 199 271 52 3.3 .4-- 8.000 450 22.635 0-0,13 - ' 0 54' 0.16 9.72 13.33 2.31 126 203.2 mm 8 - 203.2 3100 100725 0-3.2 2-~x4¼ 13 247 339 58 5.7 8 8.625 450 26.280 0-0.13 o - so' 0 2-~x4¼ .18 10.34 13.97 2.32 12.4 200 219.1 3100 116945 0-3.2 14 263 355 59 5.6 4- - --,- - - ---,--- -p- 254.0 mm 8 - 4- 10.000 350 27.500 0-0.13 0 4T 2-'/a55½ 0.15 12.16 15.81 2.53 20.8 254.0 ' 2400 ' 122375 1 0 - 3.2 11 309 402 64 9.4 I 304.8mm If 0' 12.000 350 3900 0-03 - 36' 2-5'x5½ 14 0.13 - I ,16 17.69 2.53 23.6 304.8 I 2400 I 175775 I 0-3.2 J 9 I . 360 I 449 64 10.7 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. I- Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 1/4 -3 1/2/20 -90mm; 25% for 4/100 mm and larger. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. I 1 I LI 1 1 I www.victaulic.com A-c-ta-ulicr vIcTAuLIC ISA REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC cOMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. REV_H 06.053 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Coupling STYLE 75 WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 WCAS-6QAQQT For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 06.05 1470 REV H UPDATED 9/2006 ictaulic" VIcTAuLIc IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 02006 vICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 06.05 SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS I JOB OWNER System No. Location I Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 The Style 750 Reducing Coupling permits direct reduction on the piping run. Designed to replace two couplings and a reducing fitting, the Style 750 features a special reducing gasket for pressure responsive sealing. A steel washer which prevents telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger pipe during vertical systems assembly is available upon request. 1 I El Exaggerated for clarity I I 1 I MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others Gasket: (Specify choice*): Grade "E" EPDM (All other sizes) EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F/+30°C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "T" nitrile Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C. ° Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Optional: Assembly Washer: Galvanized, carbon steel Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. CONTRACTOR ENGINEER Submitted By Spec Sect Para Date Approved I I I I I U I www.victaulic.com I VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. REV_H ,'I, A-c-tstul-mf 06.08_i PS CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS I Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS I I I DIMENSIONS I ' 2 1 350 I 1000 0-0.07 0.20 2 3/ 2 - x 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.7 50 25 2410 4450 0-1.8 - 17 85 134 48 1.2 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.0 1½ 350 1000 0-0.07 . I 0.20 40 2410 4450 0-1.8 - - 17 85 134 48 1.0 4.00 5.93 j 1.88 3.1 2½ 2 500 2215 0-0.07 0-47' 0.16 2-%x2 65 50 3450 9850 0-1.8 14 102 151 48 1.4 76.1 mm x 2 I 350 1550 4 0-0.07 O 47 ' 0•16 2 - 1/2 x 2/ 4.38 6.63 1.88 4.6 50 2410 6900 0-1.8 14 111 4 168 48 2.1 2 350 1550 0-0.07 o 39 013 2-V x 23' 7.13 1.88 4.9 80 50 2410 6900 0-1.8 11 121 181 48 2.2 21/2 500 3250 0-0.07 0'-39- . 0.13 I 2-V x 23' 4,75 713 1.88 4.3 65 3450 14460 0-1.8 11 121 181 48 2.0 88.9 mm x 76.1 mm 350 2275 0-07 0-39 0,13 0. 2-1/ix2A 4.75 7.13 188 i 4.2 2410 0125 0-1.8 121 181 48 19 4 2 350 1550 0-0.13 . , 1 -19 0.28 2- /sx I 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.1 100 50 2410 ' I 6900 0-3.2 I 25 I -1--- 159 ' 226 57 3.7 21/2 350 , 2275 '-'- - --- 0-0.13 ' -19, 0.28 - 2 3' 3V - 3- 6.25 - - - t- 8.90 -,- 2.25 - -- - 8.6 65 2410 10125 0=3 25 159 226 ' 2_.___ 3 500 I 4810 0-0.13 0.28 1 2- 5/ 8X 6.00 I 8.90 2.25 6.7 80 , 3450 . 21400 0-3.2 1'-19 '. 25 152 226 57 3.0 1 ----3---- 114.3mm x - 76.1 mm 350 ' 2275 0-0.13 0_3.219 , . 0.28 2-/sx3/, I 6.25 8.90 2.25 6.9 2410 10125 , 25 ,j 159 - 226 3.1 -- 5 4 350 ' 5565 0-0.13 , , 1 -3 0.22 . 2- ,4x4/s 7,18 ' 10.70 . 2.13 11.2 125 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 19 182 272 54 5.1 6 4 350 5565 1 0-013 0 -52 018 2-3' I x41/4 863 1190 225 167 150 100 I 2410 24765 0-3.2 ' 15 181 302 57 7.6 5 t30 I 8500 0-013 018 831 rugo 225 - 129 0 -52 2-3' x4/ 125 , 2410 37825 ,-. 0-3.2 15 5.9_5,9_- 211 302 57 165.1 mm x 4 350 ..--- 5565 -- 3-- 0-0.13 0.19 8.63 11.90 - - 2.25 - 15.2 100 2410 24765 O 0-3.2 16 2 _3/ x4V 219 , , 302 . 57 6.9 F ------- - . ---. -i----------- I 8 6 ' 350 , 12000 0- 0.13 . 0 -38 0.13 . 2-/8x5 10,81 14.88 2.50 22.4 200 150 2410 53400 0-3.2 275 378 64 10.2 Refer to notes on back cover. Style 750 Reducing couplings should not be used with end caps (#60) in systems where a vacuum may be developed. Contact Victaulic for details lei [1 I www.victaulic.com I VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 06.08_2 JtauIicr REV_H I I I I I I I I Reducing Coupling SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 1001 FOR DETAILS STYLE 750 FLOW DATA HEAD LOSS The head loss across Style 750 Reducing coupling is very small and is essentially the same as for standard short body reducing pipe fittings. Equivalent lengths of standard weight steel pipe are shown in the tables. All data is based on water flowing at ambient temperature. FLOW REDUCING FLOW EXPANDING PS CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2 1 I 5,9 50 x 25 1.8 1½ 2.0 40 0.6 2½ 2 1.9 65 x 50 0.6 I76.1 mm x 2 1.9 50 0.6 3 2 I 5,5 x 80 50 I 1.7 2½ j 3.8 65 1.2 88.9 mm x 76.1 mm 3.8 4____j.2 4 2 I 6.0 100 x 50 I 1.8 2½ 6.0 65 1.8 - 3 6.0 80 1.8 114,3mm x 76.1 mm I 6.0 1.8 5 4 3.0 125 x 100 0.9 6 4 I 6.0 x 150 100 1.8 5 4.5 125 I 1,4 165.1 MM x 6.0 100 I 1.8 8 6 7.3 200 150 I 2.2 1 2 2.7 25 >< 50 0.8 1½ 2 1,9 40 >< , 50 0.6 2 2½ ' 1.0 50 65 0.3 76.1 mm 1.0 03 80 1.1 100 0.9 2½ 3 ' 2.5 65 x 80 - _Q____ 4 3.0 100 0.9 76.1 mm x 88.9 mm 2.5 0.8 114.3mm 3.0 0.9 3 4 2.5 80 100 0.8 4 5 3.3 100 125 1.0 6 4.6 150 1.4 165.1 mm 1.4 5 6 2.3 125 150 07 6 8 60 150 200 1.8 www.victaulic.com '\JtauIiice VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. w 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. REV_H 06.08_3 CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA 1-610-559-3300 1-610-559-3608 (fax) vical@victaulic.com ASIA PACIFIC 86-21-54253300 86-21-54253671 (fax) vicap@victaulic.com MIDDLE EAST 971-4-883-88-70 971-4-883-88-60 (fax) III III 1111 I III IIIIIIIIIIII 11111111111111111 WCAS-6QAQRU Reducing Coupling SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 750 I I GENERAL NOTES * Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. Maximum working pressure rating based on larger pipe size. Maximum End Load rating based on smaller pipe size. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. t Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 3/4 - 31/2"/20 - 90mm; 25% for 47100mm and larger. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING: Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. I WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. I I I I I I I I US & WORLD HEADQUARTERS CANADA P.O. Box 31 905-884-7444 Easton, PA 18044-0031 USA 905-884-9774 (fax) Kesslersville Road viccanada@victaulic.com iccanada@victaulic.com Easton, PA 18040 USA EUROPE 1-800-PICK-VIC (1-800-742-5842) 32-9-381-15-00 1-610-559-3300 32-9-380-44-38 (fax) 1-610-250-8817 (fax) viceuro@victaulic.be pickvic@victaulic.com I I I www.victaulic.com UNITED KINGDOM I 44 (0) 1438741100 44 (0) 1438313883 (fax) viceuro@victaulic.be I. UPDATED 6/2006 06.08 1536 REV H VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, PRINTED IN THE USA. 06.08 \4taulic I 06.06 VICTAULIC° IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY Styles 741 and 743 Vic-Flange® Adapters I PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 0,0 OPP WO Style 743 i 'Oil Request Victaulic publication 10.01 for details. Style 741 III 1 t1' Style 741 2- 12" Sizes 71 14- 24" Sizes Request Victaulic Request Victaulic publication 10.01 for details. publication 10.01 for details. Illustrations exaggerated for clarity I I ii I I I I I I I I I I Style 741 Style 741 Vic-Flange® adapter is designed for directly incorporating flanged components with ANSI CL. 125 or CL. 150 bolt hole patterns into a grooved pipe system. Sizes 2 - 12" (50 - 300 mm) are hinged for easy handling with integral end tabs which facilitate assembly. Sizes 14 - 24" (350 - 600 mm) are cast in four (4) identical segments which are interconnected as assembly is completed. The design incorporates small teeth inside the key shoulder ID. to prevent rotation. These teeth should be removed when Vic-Flange adapter is utilized with a Victaulic Series 700 grooved end butterfly valve, Schedule 5 pipe or plastic pipe. Vic-Flange adapters may only be used on Vic-300® butterfly valves on one side in 2 - 8" (50 - 200 mm) sizes. They are not recommended for 10 and 12" (250 and 300 mm) sizes. Vic-Flange adapter Style 741 is not recommended for use with Victaulic Series 709 butterfly valves (contact Victaulic for recommendations). They may only be used on one side of Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valve, sizes 2 - 4" (50- 100 mm) fitted with standard or lever-lock handles. Vic-Flange adapter must be assembled so it does not interfere with handle operation. Style 743 Vic-Flange Style 743 flange-to-groove adapter permits direct connection of ANSI Class 300 flanged components into a grooved system. The two-piece, hinged housing engages into the pipe groove and bolts directly to any standard flanged component. The conventional bolt hole pattern allows for easy, fast assembly. Style 743 rotates 360° for proper alignment of bolt holes before tightening. Vic-Flange gaskets utilize the Victaulic pressure-responsive design, sealing on the pipe end and directly to the opposing flange face. No standard flange gasket is required. Style 743 is designed to mate with raised-face flanges, but can be used with flat-face flanges by removing the raised projections on the outside face of the flange. Vic-Flange Notes Because of the outside flange dimension, Vic-Flange should not be used within 90° of one another on a standard fitting. When wafer or lug-type valves are used adjoining a Victaulic fitting, check disc dimensions to assure proper clearance. Vic-Flange adapters should not be used as anchor points for tie-rods across non-restrained joints. Mating rubber faced flanges, valves, etc., requires the use of a Vic-Flange washer, Vic-Flange gaskets must always be assembled with the color coded lip on the pipe and the other lip facing the mating flange. 5 REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC - 0 COPYRIGHT 2004 VICTAULIC - PRINTED IN U.S.A. 1534 REV I I Victaulic Company of America• Phone: 1-800-PICK-VIC (1-800-742-5842) Fax: 610-250-8817 e-mail:piCkViC@xiCtauliC.COm Victaulic Company of Canada • Phone: 905-884-7444 - Fax: 905-884-9774 • e-mail: viccaxada@viclaulic.com Viclaulic Europe • Phane:32-9-381 -1500 • Fax: 32-9-380-4438 • e-mail: viceuro@xiclaulic.be Victaulic America Latina - Phone: 610-559-3300 • Fax: 610-559-3608 - e-mail: vical@viclaulic.com Victaulic Asia Pacific - Phone: 65-6235-3035 • Fax: 65-6235-0535 • e-mail: vicap@xictaulic.com \,htaulic® DIMENSIONS Style 741 Sizes 2 - 12" (50 - 300 mm) ANSI Class 125 and 150 Flange II1 I I I I I I Note: Gray area of mating face must be free from gouges, undulations or deformities of any type for effective sealing. U I I I I 06.06 Sealing Max. Max. Surface Dimensions Aprx. Pipe Size Work Pres. End Load No. Boltt Inches/mm Inches/millimeters Weight Each Nominal Actual Out. Dia. Out Dia. PSI Lbs. Bolts Size B" Lbs. lnJmm lnfmm kPa N Req'd.f Inches "A" Max. Mm. W X V Z kg 2 2.375 300 1,330 4 X 23/4 2.38 3.41 6.75 6.00 4.75 075 3.1 50 603 2065 5920 60 87 172 152 121 19 1,4 21/2 2,875 300 1,950 4 /8 X3 2.88 3.91 7.88 7.00 5.50 0.88 4.8 65 73,0 2065 8680 73 99 200 178 140 22 2,1 3 3.500 300 2,885 4 X 3.50 4.53 8.44 7.50 6.00 0.94 5.3 ao 88,9 2065 12840 89 115 214 191 152 24 2,4 4 4.500 300 4,770 8 5/8 X3 4.50 5.53 9.94 9.00 7.50 0.94 7.4 100 114,3 2065 21225 114 141 252 229 191 24 3,4 5 5.563 300 7,290 8 3/4 X 31/2 5.56 6.71 11.00 10.00 8.50 1.00 8.6 125 141,3 2065 32440 141 171 1 279 254 1 216 25 1 3,9 6 6.625 300 10,350 8 3/4 X 31/2 6.63 7.78 12.00 11.00 9.50 1.00 9.9 150 168.3 2065 46060 168 198 305 279 241 25 4,5 165,1 mm 6500 300 9.960 8 3/4 X 31/2 6.50 7.66 + 11.00 9.50 1.00 10.0 165,1 2065 44320 165 195 279 241 25 4,5 8 8.625 300 17,500 8 3/4 X 31/2 863 9.94 14.63 13.50 11.75 1.13 16.6 200 219,1 2065 77875 219 252 372 343 298 29 7,5 10 10.750 300 27,215 12 1/8 X 4 10.75 12.31 17.19 16.00 14.25 1.19 24.2 250 273,0 2065 121110 273 313 437 406 362 30 11,0 12 12.750 300 38285 , 12 7/ x 12.75 14.31 20.25 19.00 17.00 1.25 46. 8 300 323,9 2065 170270 324 364 514 483 432 32 21,2 'I<erer to notes on page 4. .i- "W" dimension does not apply. t Total bolts required to be supplied by installer, may be ordered from Victaulic. IMPORTANT NOTES: Style 741 Vic-Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard cut or roll groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear or angular movement at thejoint. When used with Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valves, plastic pipe or light wall metallic pipe, small teeth in I.D. of key section should be removed and may be used on one side of the valve. Contact Victaulic for information on A52129 - Table F; ISO 2084 (PN10); DIN 2532 (PN10) and JIS 8-2210 (10K) flanges. f -1 Y I W Note: Gray area of mating lace must be free from gouges, undulations or deformities of any type for effective sealing. Style 741 I Sizes 14 - 24" (350-600 mm) ANSI Class 125 and 150 Flanges Exaggerated for Clarity Sealing Surface Dimensions Pipe Size Max. Work, Max. End Assembly Bolts t DrawBolts § Inches/mm Inches/millimeters - Approx. Weight t Nominal Actual Pres. Load No. Each Out. Dia. Out Dia, PSI" Lbs." Bolts Size No. Size "A" B" Lbs. lnJmm lnimm kPa N Req'd. Inches Bolts Inches Max. Mm, T V W X V Z kg 14 14.000 300 46,180 12 1 X 41/2 4 518 X 31/2 14.00 169 19.50 1188 24.50 21.00 18.75 1.44 62.0 350 355,6 2065 205500 356 416 495 22 622 533 476 37 28,1 16 16.000 300 60,300 16 1 X 41/2 4 /o X 31/2 16.00 18.39 21.75 0.85 27.12 23.50 21.25 1.44 79.0 400 406,4 2065 268335 406 467 552 1 22 689 1 597 540 37 35,8 18 18.000 300 76,340 16 11/s X 43/4 4 3/4 X41/4 18.00 20.00 22.50 1.04 29.00 2550 22.75 1.56 82.3 450 457,0 2065 339700 457 508 572 26 737 648 578 40 37,3 20 20.000 300 94,250 20 1V8X 51/4 4 3/4 X 41/4 20.00 22.50 25.25 1.17 31.50 27.50 25.00 1.69 103.3 500 508,0 2065 419400 508 572 641 30 800 699 635 43 46,9 24 24.000 300 135,700 20 11/4 X 53/4 4 X 41/4 24.00 27.75 29.25 1.38 36.00 32.00 29.50 1.94 142.0 600 610,0 2065 603865 610 705 743 35 914 813 749 49 64,4 '14e1er to notes on page 4. Total bolts required to be supplied by installer, may be ordered from Victaulic. Bolt sizes for conventional flange-to-flange connection. Longer bolts required when Vic-Flange utilized with wafer-type valves. § Draw bolts supplied with 14 - 24" (350 - 600 mm) Vic-Flange adapters. 2 Styles 741 and 743 Vic-Flange Adapters I I I I-I U I I I DIMENSIONS Style 743 Grooved pipe adapter to ANSI Class 300 flanges Note: Gray area of mating face must be free from gouges, undulations or deformities of any type for effective sealing. 06.06 Sealing Max. Max. Surface Dimensions Aprx. Pipe Size Wk. Pres. End Load No. Bolts BoltiNut In/mm Inches/mm w. Each Nominal Actual Out. Dia. Out. Dia. PSI. Lbs." Req'd. Size 'A" "B" Lbs. In./mm In. kPa N t Inches Max. Mm. X V Z kg 2 2.375 720 3.190 8 /8 X3 2.38 3.41 6.50 5.00 0.94 4.8 50 80,3 1 4960 14200 1 60 87 165 127 24 1 2,2 21/2 2.875 720 4,670 2.88 3,91 7.50 5.88 1.06 7.4 65 73,0 4960 20780 8 3/4 X 31/4 73 1 99 191 1 149 27 3,4 3 3.500 720 6,925 8 3/4 X 31/2 3.50 4.53 8.25 6.63 1.19 9.1 80 88,9 4960 30815 89 115 210 168 30 4,1 4 4.500 720 11,445 4.50 5.53 10.00 7.88 1.31 15.3 100 114,3 4960 50930 8 3/4 X 33/4 114 141 254 200 33 6,9 5 5.563 720 17,500 5.56 6.72 11.00 9.25 1.44 17.7 125 141,3 4960 77875 8 141 171 279 235 37 8,0 6 6.625 720 24,805 6.63 778 12.50 10.63 1.50 23.4 150 168,3 4960 110380 12 /4 X41/2 168 1 198 318 270 38 10,6 8 8.625 720 42,045 8.63 9.94 15.00 13.00 1.69 34.3 200 219,1 4960 187100 12 1/8X43/4 219 252 381 330 43 15,6 10 10.750 720 65,315 10.75 12.31 17.50 15.25 1.94 48.3 250 273,0 4960 290650 16 1X51/4 273 313 445 387 49 21,9 12 12.750 720 91,880 12.75 14.31 20.50 17.75 2.00 70.5 300 323,9 4960 408870 16 11/8 X 53/4 324 363 521 451 51 32,0 Refer to notes on page 4. Style 743 Vic-Flange must be ordered as a factory assembly when connected to a Victaulic fitting or valve. Contact Victaulic for details. Total bolts required to be supplied by installer, may be ordered from Victaulic. I I I I I I I I VIC-FLANGE ADAPTER NOTES I The Style 741 (2 - 12/50 - 300 mm) design incorporates small teeth inside the key shoulder I.D. to prevent rotation. These teeth should be removed when Vic-Flange adapter is utilized with a Victaulic Series 700 grooved end butterfly valve, Schedule 5 pipe or plastic pipe. Vic-Flange adapter Style 741 may only be used on one side of Victaulic Series I 700 butterfly valve, sizes 2 - 4" (50- 100 mm) fitted with standard or latch-lock handles. 2 Vic-Flange adapter must be assembled so it does not interfere with handle operation. Because of the outside flange dimension. Vic-Flange adapter should not be used within 90" of one another on a standard fitting. When wafer or lug- type valves are used adjoining a Victaulic fitting, check disc dimensions to assure proper clearance. 3 Vic-Flange adapters should not be used as anchor points for tie-rods across nonrestra i ned joints. Mating rubber I faced flanges, valves, etc. requires the use of a Vic-Flange washer. 4 Area A-B noted in the above drawing must be free from gouges, undulations or deformities of any type for effective sealing. 5 Vic-Flange adapter gaskets must always be assembled with the color coded lip on the pipe and the other lip facing I the mating flange. 6 Vic-Flange hinge points must be oriented approximately 90" to each other when mated. 7 Flange Washers: Vic-Flange adapters require a smooth hard surface at the mating flange face for effective sealing. Some applications for which the Vic-Flange adapter is otherwise well suited do not provide an adequate mating surface. I In such cases, it is recommended that a metal (Type F phenolic for Style 641 with copper systems) Flange Washer be inserted between the Vic-Flange adapter and the mating flange to provide the necessary sealing surface. Typical applications where a Flange Washer should be used are: A When mating to a serrated flange: a flange gasket should be used adjacent to the serrated flange and then the I Flange Washer is inserted between the Vic-Flange adapter and the flange gasket. B When mating to a wafer valve: where typical valves are rubber lined and partially rubber faced (smooth or not), the Flange Washer is placed between the valve and the Vic-Flange adapter. C When mating a rubber faced flange: the Flange Washer is placed between the Vic-flanges and the rubber faced I flange. D When mating AWWA cast flanges to IPS flanges: the Flange Washer or Transition Ring is placed between two Vic- Flange adapters with the hinge points oriented 90" to each other. If one flange is not a Vic-Flange adapter (e.g., flanged valve), then a flange gasket must be placed adjacent to that flange and the Flange Washer inserted between I the flange gasket and the Vic-Flange adapter. Transition rings rather than Flange Washers must be used when mating Style 741 to Style 341 Flange Adapters in sizes 14- 24" (350-600 mm). E When mating to components (valves, strainers, etc.) where the component flange face has an insert: follow the same arrangement as in Application 1. I When ordering Flange Washers, always specify product style (Style 741, 743, 341, 641, 994) and size to assure proper Flange Washer is supplied. Styles 741 and 743 Vic-Flange Adapters 3 I 06.06 I MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM I A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Black enamel Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. I Coupling Gasket: (specify choice*) Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range -30°F to +230°F (-34°C to +110°C). Recommended for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and I many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F (+30°C) and hot +180°F (+82°C) potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "T" nitrite Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range -20°F to +180°F (-29°C to +82°C). Recommended for I petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; except hot, dry air over +140°F (+60°C) and water over +150°F (+66°C). NOT RECOMMEND- ED FOR HOT WATER SERVICES. *Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for I which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Draw Bolts: 14 - 24" (350 - 600 mm) only: Heat treated oval neck track bolts conforming to ASTM A-1 83. I I I 1 IT I I I I NOTES Style 741 and 743 Vic-Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard roll or cut groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear or angular movement at thejoint. Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. WARNING: Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic Company. All products shall be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Styles 741 and 743 Vic-Flange Adapters H I I I 10.03 VICTAULIC IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY FireLock® Fittings PRODUCT DESCRIPTION FireLock® products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full-flow elbows and tees are a CAD-developed, hydrodynamic design that has a shorter center-to-end dimension than standard fittings. A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Style 005 and Style 009 FireLock couplings. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Victaulic FireLock fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic FireLock Style 005 couplings. (FA Patented \) EH See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details. DIMENSIONS I I I I I I I -C to E1 CtoE to E _ No. 001 No. 003 C I- to E - 9 IF c 1bto No. 002 No. 006 No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006 Cap Fitting Size 90 Elbow 45 Elbow Straight Tee Actual Aprx. Aprx. Aprx. Thickness Aprx. Nominal Outside ME E Weight C to E Weight C to E Weight "T" Weight Diameter Diameter Inches Each - Inches Each Inches Each Inches Each Inches/mm Inches/mm mm Lbsikg mm Lbsfkg mm Lbslkg mm Lbsfkg 11/4 1.660 - - - - - - 0.82 0.3 32 42.4 - - - - - - 21 0.1 11/2 1.900 2.75 1.2 1.75 0.9 2.75 2.0 0.82 0.4 40 48.3 70 0.5 45 4.1 70 0.9 21 0.2 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3 21/2 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 088 1.0 65 73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 0.5 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 - - - - 76.1 mm 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 - - -. 3 3,500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2 80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7.5 - - 108 mm 108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4 - - 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1 125 141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1.9 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 3.50 17.9 - - 159 mm 158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0 - L - 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9 150 168.3 140 8.3 89 1 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7 8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4,25 20.4 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 200 1219.1 1 173 1 11.6 1 108 9.3 176 17.6 29 5.8 I I I El I I I 1539 REV F S REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC - © COPYRIGHT 2006 VICTAULIC - PRINTED IN U.S.A. - SKU #WCAS-67PJUX UnitedStales . Phone: 1-800-PICK-VIC (1 -800-742-5842) • Fax: 610-250-8817 e-mail: pickvic@victaulic.com Canada • Phone: 905-884-7444 • Fax: 905-884-9774 • e-mail: viccaoada@victaulic.com Europe • Phone: 32-9-381-1500 . Fax: 32-9-380-4438 • e-mail: viceuro@vicIaulic.be Jl< • Phone: 44(0)1438741100 Fax: 44(0)1438313883 • e-mail: viceuro@viclaulic.be Central and South America • Phone: 610-559-3300 • Fax: 610-559-3608 • e-mail: xical@victaulic.com Australasia • Phone: 86-21-54253300 • Fax: 86-21-54253671 • e-mail: vicap@vicIaulic.com jtauIiC® I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 10.03 FLOW DATA Frictional Resistance Fitting Size Equivalent Feet/meters of Straight Pipe Actual Straight Tee Nominal Outside No. 002 Diameter Diameter 90 Elbow 45 Elbow Inches/mm Inches/mm No. 001 No. 003 Branch Run 11/4 1.660 1.5 0.8 3.7 1.5 32 42.4 0.5 0.2 1.1 0.5 11/2 1.900 2.2 1.1 5.5 2.2 40 48.3 0.7 0.3 1.7 0.7 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5 50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1 21/2 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3 65 73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5 76.1 mm 76.1 1.4 0.7 3,4 1.4 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0 80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 64 108 mm 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 125 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 159 mm 158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0 150 168,3 3.0 1.5 7.6 3.0 8 8.625 130 5.0 33.0 130 200 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0 I The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12 Fitting Coating: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dipped galvanized This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. 2 FireLock® Fittings C C to E LI 10.21 VICTAULICa IS AN ISO 9081 CERTIFIED COMPANY No. 67 Vic®-End II End of Run Fitting PRODUCT DESCRIPTION The No, 67, Vic®-End II, End of Run Fitting is the fast, easy, economical way to end a branch line. The fitting installs easily with standard FireLock® couplings and allows direct head connection, sprigs c - or drops. Available in 11/4, 11/2, 2 and 272" (32 - 65 mm) sizes, the fittings can be supplied with 1/2 3/4, or 1" (15, 2C or 25 mm) female threaded (NPT) outlet (BSPT option available). The 90 reducing outlet fitting is UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved for a maximum rated working pressure of 500 psi (3450 kPa). See victaulic publication 10.01 for details. DIMENSIONS, PERFORMANCE SIZE Approx. Nominal Inches C to E Weight Each Equivalent MITI InchesImm Lbsikg Feet/meters of Pipe 114 X 1/2 NPT 2.38 1.4 2.8 32 X 15 NPT 61 0,6 0.9 X 3/4 NPT 2.38 1.4 2.8 X 20 NPT 61 0,6 0.9 X 1 NPT 2.38 1.4 2.8 X 25 NPT 61 0.6 0,9 11/2 X 1/2 NPT 2.50 1.6 2.9 40 X 15 NPT 64 03 0,9 X 3/4 NPT 2.50 1.6 2.9 X 20 NPT 64 0.7 0,9 X 1 NPT 2.50 1.6 2.9 X 25 NPT ' 64 03 0.9 2 X 1/2 NPT 2.75 1.7 4.0 50 X 15 NPT 70 0.8 1,2 X 3/4 NPT 2.75 1.7 4.0 X 20 NPT 70 0,8 1.2 X 1 NPT 2.75 1.7 4.0 X 25 NPT 70 0,8 1.2 21/2 X 1/2 NPT 3.00 2.0 5.7 65 X 15 NPT 76 0.9 13 X 3/4 NPT 3.00 2.0 5.7 X 20 NPT 76 0,9 1.7 X 1 NPT 3.00 2.0 5.7 X 25 NPT 76 0.9 1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12, painted Orange Enamel. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Optional: Galvanized - hot dipped. Outlet: NPT Optional: BSPT This product shall be manufactured by victaulic or to victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current victaulic installation/assembly instructions. victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. 18 REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC - © COPYRIGHT 2005 VICTAULIC - PRINTED IN U.S.A. - SKU #WCAS'eDCDPW 3209 REV C United States • Phone: 1-800-PICK-VIC (1 -800-742-5842) • Fax: 610-250-8817 • e-mail: pickvic@victaulic.com Canada • Phone: 905-884-7444 • Fax: 905-884-9774 • e-mail: xiccanada@xictaulic.com Europe • Phone: 32-9-381-1500 • Fax: 32-9-380-4438 • e-mail: xiceuro@xictaulic.be UK • Phone: 44(0)1438741100 • Fax: 44(0)1438313883 • e-mail: xiceuro@xictaulic.be /ac_ I Central and South America • Phone: 610-559-3300 Fax: 610-559-3608 • e-mail: xical@xlctaulic.com LI I I C Australasia • Phone: 86-21-58855151 • Fax: 86-21-58851298 • e-mail: vicap@victaulic.com I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 Grooved End Fittings Concentric/Eccentric Reducer NO. 50 Concentric rtoE-'l 4-EtoE -ttot NO. 51 Eccentric 14-EtoE -] Lj ffA Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel NO. 50 NO. 51 No.50 No.51 No. 50 Size Concentric Reducer Eccentric Reducer lea Concentric Reducer Eccentric Reducer AnD 1 Va 3/4 1.9 . 3½ x 3 2.30 2.0 9.50sw 7.0 32 >< 20 + 0.9 90 80 64 0.9 241 3.2 1 1.9 4 1 3.00 3.0 13.005w 6.5 25 + 0.9 - - too 25 76 1.4 330 2.9 -i 1½ X 3/4 1.4 - - 1Ya 4.6 40 2_ + 0.6 32 + 2.1 - - 1 2.50 0.8 8.50sw 4.5 1½ 3.00sw 2.6 10.00sw 8.1 25 64 0.4 216 2.0 40 76 1.2 254 3.7 11/4 2.50 1.0 2 3.00 2.4 4.00 3.3 32 64 0.5 - - 50 76 1.1 102 1.5 2 3/4 2.50 0.9 . 9,005w 2.0 21/2 3.00 2.7 4.00 3.4 50 >< 20 64 I 0.3 229 0.9 65 76 1.2 i 102 1.5 - .--------__-- -..----- - __ 1 2.50 0.7 9.00sw 2.3 3 3.00 3.2 4.00 3.5 25 64 0.3 229 1.0 80 76 1.4 102 1.6- I 1A 2.50 1.2 9.005w 4.6 31/2 3.00 2.9 10.005w 8.0 32 64 0.5 229 2.1 90 76 1.3 254 3.6 1½ 3.50 1.0 3.50 1.1 5 2 11.005w 9.0 11.005w 5.2 40 89 4 0.5 0 89 ' 0.5 125 50 279 4.1 279 2.4 21/2 ~ 1.3 3.3 2½ 4.00 4.3 !'11.00sw 10.8 65 >5 20 + 0.6 + , 1.5 65 102 2.0 279 4,9 1 2.50 1.1 9.50 ' 3.5 3 4.00 ' 55 11.005w 11.1 25 64 0.5 241 1.6 80 102 2.5 279 5.0 11/4 3.50 3.3 3.50 ' 1.4 4 3.50 4.3 5.00 12.0 32 89 1.5 89 - 0- 100 1 89 1.9 127 5.4 1½ 2.50 3.6 ' 9.505w 3.7 6 1 4.00 5.0 11.50sw 14.5 40 64 1.6 241 1.7 150 >5 25 102 2.3 292 6.6 -- .-,_--, - 2 2.50 3.9 3.50 4.3 11/2 5.5 50 64 1.8 89 2.0 40 + 2.5 + + - . ---t-------. -+----.--- - 3 ~ 1.5 4.5 2 400 ' .00 6.6 11.50sw 14.5 80 0.7 + 2.0 50 - 102 3.0 292 6.6 1 2.50 1.3 9.50sw 4.8 21/2 4.00 6.4 11.50sw 14.2 25 241 0.6 241 . 2.2 65 102 2.9 I 292 - 6.4 ------.-- - ----I ------'I--'- ----- 4---_-- ------'.--------- 1¼ 2.50 , 1.4 4.8 3 4.00 - 6.4 5.50 15.0 32 64 ' 0.6 + 2.2 80 102 2.9 140 6.8 -------4---------.------- -- -- ________ 11/2 2.50 5.1 - 9.50sw 5.1 4 4.00 6.5 5.50 17.0 40 64 2.3 241 2.3 100 102 2.9 140 7.7 2 2.50 1.6 1 3.50 6.0 5 4.00 6.4 5.50 17.0 50 64 0.7 89 _______ 2.7 125 102 . 2.9 140 _27- 2 V 2.50 1.8 3.50 7.0 8 21/2 16.00 - 7.9 12.005w 26.1 65 64 0.8 89 32 200 X 65 06 6 _305 11.8 761 2.50 2.1 3 5.00 - 9.3 - 12.005w 22.0 64 1.0 -'- 80 127 4.2 305 . 10.0 Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an "sw' or "s" 5= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded I I www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 07.01_22 I htauiicr REV_Q I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I Concentric/Eccentric Reducer [1 I 'u- EtoE -ej NO. 51 NO. 50 Concentric rroE- NO. 51 Eccentric NO. 50 rn- EtoE-n-j .-EtoE--1 Di n~ Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel No.50 No.51 I CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 I Grooved End Fittings I L] 8 4 5.00 10.4 12.00sw 23.0 200 100 127 4.8 305 10.4 5 5.00 11.6 12.00sw 23.0 125 127 5.2 305 10.4 6 5.00 11.9 6.00 24.0 150 127 5.4 152 10.9 10 4 6.00 19.7 13.00sw 32.0 250 100 152 8.9 330 14.5 5 34.3 34.6 125 + 15.6 + 15.7 6 6.00 20.0 13.00sw 36.9 150 152 9.1 330 16.7 8 6.00 22.0 7.00 21.6 200 152 10.0 178 9.8 12 4 44.0 14,00sw 48.0 300 100 + 20.0 356 21.8 6 7.00 178_ 24.6 14.00sw 50.0 150 11.2 356 22.7-- 8 7.00 52.0 14,00sw 53.5 200 178 23.6 356 24.3 10 7.00 39.0 14.00sw 57.0 250 178 13.00 17.7 65.0 356 13.00 25.9 60.0 8 14 6 350 150 330 295 330 27.2 8 13.00 65.0 13.00 60.0 200 330 29.5 330 27.2 10 13.00 66.0 13.00 650 250 330 29.9 330 295 12 13,00 68.0 13.00 . 66.0 300 330 14.00 30.8 73.0 330 . 14.00 29.9 73.0 It 16 8 400 >< 200 356 33.1 355 33.1 108 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 250 356 33.1 355 33.1 12 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 300 356 33.1 355 33.1 14 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 350 356 15.00 33.1 91.0 355 15.00 33.1 91.0 8 18 10 x 450 250 381 41.3 381 41.3 #18 x 12 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 450 300 3814 413 - -. 381 - - 41.3 - 14 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 350 381 __ 41.3 381 413 16 15.00 1 91.0 15.00 91.0 400 381 41.3 381 41.3 #20 10 20.00 110.0 20.00 177.0 500 x 250 508 49.9 508 80.3 12 20.00 120.0 20.00 120.0 300 508 - 54,4 508 . 54.4 - 14 20.00 149.0 20.00 149.0 350 508 679 508 67.9 16 20.00 120.0 20.00 120.0 400 508 54.4 508 _54 4 - - 18 20.00 136.0 20.00 136.0 450 508 20.00 61.7 142.0 508 20.00 61.7 .- 142.0 924 10 600 250 508 64.4 508 ' 64.4 12 20.00 150.0 20.00 150.0 300 508 68.0 508 68.0 14 20.00 162.0 I 20.00 162.0 350 508 735 508 73.5 16 20.00 162.0 20.00 162.0 400 508 -73.5 508 73.5 -- - 4 - + 18 20.00 162.0 20.00 162.0 450 508 73.5 508 . 73.5 20 20.00 151.0 ........ 20.00 190.0 500 508 . 68.5 508 86.2 14-24 AGS For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 350-600 + Contact Victaulic for details. Available with male threaded small end No, 52. Note; All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an 'sw" or "s" S= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded IMPORTANT NOTE: Steel eccentric reducers available through 30/750 mm, Contact Victaulic for dimensions. 8 For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales office. § Cast fitting available for JIS size. Contact Victaulic for details. 1 I I I I I I I I 1 I Iwww.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vlc'rAuLIc COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVQ I htaUi icr 07.0123 I I I I I FIRE PUMP I PACKAGE I I I I I I LI] I F, I l~ 1 i J A-C FIRE PUMP PROPOSAL To: Western Fire Protection Re: Bressi Ranch 13630 Danielson St. Poway, CA 92064 Attn: Dan Date: 08/14/17 We are pleased to quote the following fire pump equipment based on the information provided in lieu of project specifications. Our proposal includes only those items as detailed herein: Fire Pump: H8x6x12F-S Series 8100 Flow GPM: 1000 Head PSI: 60 RPM: 1765 Horizontal Split Case UL/FM Suction PSI: 114 8" 125# Suction x 6" 250# Discharge Flanges Rotation: Clockwise Driver: Electric Open Drip Proof HP: 50 Volt: 460 Ph/Hz: 3/60 Controller: Firetrol FTA1000 Across the Line (NEMA 2) Volt: 460 AIC: 100000 Additional remote alarm contacts for pump run, phase failure, phase reversal Accessories: Suction & Discharge Gauge, Casing Relief Valve, Air Release Valve Jockey Pump: G&L ISV9 Flow GPM: 10 Head PSI: 85 RPM: 3450 Vertical Multistage Suction PSI: N/A Driver: Electric TEFC HP: 1 Volt: 460 Ph/Hz: 3/60 Controller: Firetrol FTA550F (NEMA 2) Volt: 460 Ph/Hz: 3/60 I I I Thank you for the opportunity to submit this proposal. I Respectfully Submitted, Paul Bennett I The above proposal is based on information provided at time of quotation. Any items or specifications not specifically mentioned or included above are not part of this proposal. This proposal represents our complete offering. Should formal specifications become available for this project, please forward them to STARFIRE for review to determine if the above I proposal complies with the specification terms. STARFIF?E has no design responsibility for this project and assumes no liability as to the correctness of the selected equipment to meet specific application demands or hazard designations. I I I I I 1 I 1 I LI I I - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I MO SEE NOTE 4 I- NOTES: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE INCHES [mm]. SUCTION AND DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS ARE DRILLED PER 125# ANSI B16.1. PUMPS WITH "H" PREFIX HAVE DISCHARGE CONNECTION DRILLED PER 250# ANSI B16.1. FLANGE HOLES STRADDLE CENTERLINE. BASE PLATE SETTING (BEFORE PIPING), GROUTING PROCEDURES, AND FINAL ALIGNMENT MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITT AC FIRE PUMPS SYSTEMS RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PUMP TYPE. MOTOR DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE FOR A GIVEN NEMA FRAME. CONSULT FACTORY IF SPACE IS LIMITED. BOTH SUCTION AND DISCHARGE PIPES MUST BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY NEAR THE PUMP TO REDUCE STRAIN ON THE PUMP CASING. ALSO EXPANSION JOINTS, IF USED, MUST NOT EXERT FORCE ON CASING. COUPLING GUARD MEETS ANSI/OSHA REQUIREMENTS. CONSULT FACTORY FOR BASE MOUNTED CONTROLLER. MOTOR C MO HB HF HF1 HD HG FRAME 254 23.30 [592] 7.10 54.00 42.00 21.00 21.25 4.0 256 25.00 [635] [181] [1372] [1067] [534] [540] [102] 284 24.80 [630] 7.80 286 26.30 [669] [199] 324 28.20 [717] 8.60 326 29.70 [755] [219] 364 30.00 [762] 9.20 60.00 48.00 24.00 365 31.00 [788] [234] [1524] [1220] [610] NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION PURPOSES UNLESS CERTIFIED CERTIFIED FOR: UL FM ULC APPROVAL CUSTOMER ORDER NO.: TAG NO. FLANGES PUMP DATA SIZE MODEL CURVE NO. GPM HEAD ROTATION SUCTION DISCH. H8x6x12F- 8100 A-7524-6 1000 60 PSI 8' 125# 6 250# MOTOR DATA HP RPM VOLTS PHASE HERTZ FRAME SIZE ENCLOSURE 50 1765 460 3 60 326 1 ODP SHOP ORDER: CERTIFIED BY: DATE: FLA=65 LRA= 362 Il-IG I FOR MOUNTING BOLT ________ 1.00 [25] DIA 3.25 [83] HF HF1 6.00 - - 6-PLACES HB [152] -C - SEE NOTE 4 <& A-C FIRE PUMP SYSTEMS FP 2.1 Dimensions - Horizontal Electric Page 311 I 1 , Motor Driven Fire Pumps (H)8x6x12F - 8100 SERIES - 17.50 -1--- 13.25 [445] [337] 0.50 [13] ________________ ±25 [6] - - - March 08 9.60 [244] -t 9.00 6" [229] HD DISCHARGE 5.25 [6] [229] 8" SUCTION I .25 NPT BOTH NOZZLES BOTH NOZZLES 1.00 NPT -' (GAUGE) (DRAIN) 1.00 [25] 75 .50 NPT (REF) [248] [248] (DRAIN) 21.50 -I BOTH STUFFBOX [546] CW ROTATION VIEWED FROM COUPLING END 14.00 -4--- 14.00 -I [356] [356] WENT .50 NPT 00 9.00 - ---- DISCHARGE [229] 6" 8" [229] SUCTION .25 NPT (GAUGE) BOTH NOZZLES 1.00 NPT BOTH NOZZLES .50 NPT (DRAIN) )DRAIN) [248] [248] (REF) BOTH STUFFBOX 1.00 [25] 21.50 [546] CCW ROTATION VIEWED FROM COUPLING END 14.00 T113 4.00 [356]56] Supersedes all previous issues .50 NPT (VENT) SPEED 1765 RPM IMPELLER DATA 67UL&FM IMP NO. OF ____ NO P-3271-1 VANES 5 MAX MIN DIA 128" DIA 108" MAX. INLET SPHERE 0 72" AREA27 0n2 11111 I I I Rated Capacity 150% of Rated Ca 8 —7 Cl) 0 w —J 4 0 I- 3 2 1 0 I 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A FIRE PUMP SYSTEMS A-C Fire Pump Systems FP 2.0 Performance Curves //II \ Motor and Engine Driven ITT Industries 1000 GPM July 1999 Supersedes all previous issues 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 FLOW IN GPM Curves show performance with clear water at 85°F. If specific gravity is other than 1.0, BHP must be corr F I I rairetrall 0 Mark llxg Electric Fire Pump 50 HIP 460V3Ph60Hz Controller FTA1 000 Full Voltage Starting Product Description Description - Firetrol FTA1 000 Full Voltage Fire Pump Controllers are intended for use with electric motor driven fire pumps where the capacity of the power source permits full voltage starting. Full voltage is ap- plied to the motor as soon as the controller is actuated. The controller monitors, displays and records fire pump system information. Full voltage starting is simple and low cost and is pre- ferred whenever the utility or emergency generator set will permit this type of starting. Approvals - Firetrol fire pump controllers are listed b Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., in accordance with UL2 1 8, Standard for Fire Pump Controllers, CSA, Standard forindustrial Control Equipment, and approved by Factory Mutual. They are built to meet or exceed the require- ments of the approving authorities as well as N [MA and the latest editions of NFPA 20, Installation of Centrifugal Fire Pumps, and NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. Standard Features—The following are included as stan- dard with each controller: Voltage surge protector Main Disconnect Switch sized for connected motor horsepower and voltage Fire pump Circuit Breaker Single handle Isolating Disconnect Switch/Circuit Breaker mechanism Motor contactor Emergency Manual Run Mechanism to mechanically close motor contactor contacts in an emergency con- dition Built-in Start and Stop push-buttons to bypass auto- matic start circuits Minimum Run Timer/ Off Delay Timer Daylight Savings Time Option WeeklyTestTimer Elapsed Time Meter Door mounted display/interfacepanel featuring a 128 x 64 pixel backlit LCD Graphical Display, Membrane Type User Control Push-buttons and easy to read LED Indicators for: POWER AVAILABLE ALARM TRANSFER SWITCH NORMAL (If unit ordered with Automatic Power Transfer Switch) TRANSFER SWITCH EMERGENCY (If unit ordered with Automatic Power Transfer Switch) SYSTEM PRESSURE LOW PUMP RUNNING DELUGE OPEN REMOTE START INTERLOCK ON FAIL TO START MOTOR OVERLOAD EMERGENCY ISO SWITCH OFF (If unit ordered with Automatic Power Transfer Switch) PHASE FAILURE PHASE REVERSAL AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN DISABLED OVERVOLTAGE UNDER VOLTAGE Digital Pressure Display USB Host Controller and Port Solid State Pressure Transducer Data Log Event Log (3000 Events) True RMS Metering with simultaneous 3 Phase Display of Amps, Volts, Frequency, Pressure and Alarm Mes- sages Disk Error message Disk Near Full message Pressure Error message Motor Over 320% message Local Start message Remote Start message Emergency Start message Fail To Start message Undervoltage message Overvoltage message NEMA Type 2 (IEC 1P22) enclosure Suitable for use as Service Equipment Each standard controller comes with user configurable options for: Interlock Alarm • Low Pressure Audible Low Suction • Pump Run User Defined Input • Weekly Test Li I I I I I I I I I I I I I Firetrol ® Mark llxg Electric Fire Pump Controllers I 50 HIP 460V3Ph60Hz I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' 11 9/16 [14]—. MTG. HOLES USER INTERFACE Ic. FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER —9/16 [14]— DIA. MTG. SLOTS OPTIONAL -' WALL MOUNTING BRACKETS Wil Publication IM-1000(F) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I rairetrol @ Mark llxg Electric Fire Pump Controller 2 5/8 [66] H 1— 21 (533] [25] 0 USER INTERFACE - 0=1 FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER 50 [1269] 48 [ 219] 61 5/8 [1565] 12 [305] / DLA. MTG. SLOTS OPTIONAL-' 26 [660] I WALL MOUNTING BRACKETS 1/2 FNPT CONNECTIONS 10 1/8 [257] 6[152]j SYSTEM PRESSURE I TEST DRAIN (6) MOUN11NG SLOTS 4 [102)-h-_i A' / -'9/16 x 1 [14 x 25] FTA1 000 Full Voltage Starting Dimensional Drawing DOOR SWING r34 1/2 [876] L 14 'Li 1 1/2 38] DIA HOLES FOR PIPE ENTRANCE 6 [ 52] T L12 [51] [3O5]J I 7 [1781:I 10 [254] J .LJ....... 1L [127] I1- 5 I 9 [229] L1 [25] —18 [4571-I N —CONDUIT ENTRANCE I [25] TIP. TOP & BOTTOM DO NOT INSTALL IN AMBIENT TEMPERATURES BELOW 4lF[5C] —24 [610]— ALL DIMENSIONS - RICHER [MIII SHIPPING WEIGHT - POUNDS [KG] THIS OIUD80ON DRAWING COVERS FTAI000 CONTROLLERS AT THE HORSEPOWER. VOLTAGE AND WITHSTAND RATINGS AS LISTED IN THE TANLE. FOR OTHER HORSEPOWER OR WITHSTAND RATINGS,REFER TO EDI500-02 APPROXIMATE SHIPPING WEIGHT SPECIITCAI1ONS AND DIMENSIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. DO NOT USE FOR 235 (ID7J CONSTRUCTiON. REDUEST CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS FROM FWEIROI. OR YOUR LOCAL FIREIROL REPRESENTATIVE. 10 [254] 5 [127] I 2 1/2 1641 1[25] STANDARD WITHSTAND RATINGS200-8000 - 100.000 RAp. RIOT Sm. INTERMEDIATE WITHSTAND RATINGS 200-6wl - 150.000 Nrc. RIOT n. HIGH WITHSTAND RATINGS 200-6000 - 200.000 RAp. RUS Sy.. LINE MOTOR VOLTAGE I HORSEPOWER 440-480 0 3-100 550-600 03-150 50 HP 460V3Ph60Hz no ADDED COMPONENTS TO MEET FM REQUUEMENTS I o. 101 ECN 60. I y app. DATE B I 228809 I I I 06-04-to UPDATED TO MARK MM UM INTERlACE I REV. To I ECN 60. I BY APP. I DATE I A I 555131 I x I U-ID-OW IDIMENSIONS AND SHIPPING WEIGHT IFrA1000 ii -j • FULL VOLTAGE FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION I BY I DATE I MANUFACTURING 10(ERMCER 10 60 DI ACCG 00 PROCEDURE MP-I-003. I NC E WITH FOR P1.8500 A5PARTS SEE MP-1-055 s.sRE1A. -. DRAWN BY I TEF I 06-13-02 COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING I I IPROPERTY OF ASOO POWER TECHNOLOGM USE pEIBJff) ... OUR I WORK ONLY. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR WOENTRIN ME RESERVED. I IRE 11 GSE A I PROJECT APPROVAL I 060. NO. I DDI000-51 FINAL I I TEF 106-13-021 ® ASCO POWER TECHNOLOGIES. LP. JR B 228499 ISIWIETI OFT APPROVAl. Asco FLCDIAAM PARK. FEW JERSEY 07932 U.S.A. 192 A SPARE TERMINALS PROVIDED FOR PARALLEL CONNECTION OF REMOTE ALARMS (IF REQUIRES) NOTE. TERMINALS FOR CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS REQUIRE 3.5MM SLOTTED SCREW DRIVER TERMINAL TYPE WIRE I CONTROL TERMINAL TIGHTENING TO TZ AND ALARM I01TERMINALS[2. —NOTE— ALARM CONTACT Rt11NG PILOT DUTY 250 VAC. 30 = 10 A. MAX. LOAD CONTROL TERMINAL BLOCKS III I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I _I_oj I I I I I L*J I I I LFJ La TO REMOTE DELUGE SHUTDOWN TO REMOTE START (IF USED) VALVE (IF USES) INTERLOCK (IF USED) ALARM PANEL (IF USED) REMOVE NORMALLY 120 WC. ICOVA JUMPER OPEN MAX. FROM 1 TO 8 CLOSES TO SHUTDOWN PRESSURE STSTEM CONNECTiON i/2 FNPT I I I I rairetrol 0 Mark llxg Electric Fire Pump Controller 3—PHASE SERVICE ENTRANCE INCOMING LINES BONDING & LI 12 12 GROUNDING LOGS FTA1 000 Full Voltage Starting Field Connections I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I OPEN. TO ALARM TO PHASE REVERSAL REDIOTE SEE NOTE ALARM rNR ORCUITS Y CLOSES. O ALARM NORMALLY CLOSES. OPENS 10 ALARM 10 PUMP OPERA11NG REMOTE ALARM CIRCUITS NORMALLY OPEN. CLOSES TO ALARM SEE NOTE NORMALLY OPEN. CLOSES 10 ALARM 10 POWER/PHASE FAILURE REMOTE < SEE NOTE ALARM CIRCUITS NORMALLY CLOSED. OPENS TO ALARM 4OW NOTE: USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY FOR ALL CONNECTIONS DD NOTE FOR COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY—UPDATED LOGO AND TITLE BLOCK I REV. 10 I E. f. I it I 22em3 I I APP. IX1EF I 12-06-09 FIELD CONNECTIONS IFrA1000 II . fEa THIRD ANGLE FULL VOLTAGE FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER PROJECTION IBYI SeTS I MANUFACTURING 10t4NCE5 TO RE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASCO PROCEDURE I FOR PLASTIC PARTS SEE MA—A-055 ' ASSEM. 9ff. NO. I TEF 104-26-02 I COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING I I I I POM RIIGLO0 p_ OUR I BORIC ONLY. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE 9ES, SEALS 1:1 A I WN BY PRDT I I DING. NO. FC1000-50 ______________________ ITEF 04-29-02 _ ASCO ASCO POWER TECRIIoLOGER. LP IXRAWPA3 " SHEET I OF 2 IT I REV. A IEOW L26253 APPROVAL PtORI4AM PARK. NEW JERSEY 07932 u.S.A. REMOTE ALARM TERMINAL BLOCKS MOTOR CONTACTOR Ti 12 13 MOTOR NOTES I— Incoming line terminals are prontded to accommodate oVa sizes at 125% of motor full load current per NFPA 70-2008. Nud4ano,G ElaofrWoi Cad.. Table 4.10-250. Section 895.6(c). and Table 310-16. 15 rated Copper coeducthte. Controller is phase rotation sensitive. Incoming lines Li. U and 1.3 roust be In ABC, right hand rotation sequence for proper operation of the phone monitor. Motor connections shown are typical. Since motor connectIons vary widely, refer to the motor connection diagram for specific wiring arrangement. For Incoming line terminals and motor terminals field wIre capacity refer to drawing FC1000-51 , SPARE TERMINALS PROVIDED FOR PARALLO. CONNECTiON OF REMOTE ALARMS (IF REQUIRED) NOTE-' TERMINALS FOR CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS REQUIRE 3.5MM SLOTTED SCREW DRIVER TERMINAL SOKTDLINO TORQUE I TERMINAL TYPE WIRE TIGHTENING I I SiZE I TORQUE I CONTROL AND ALARM I #14-12 ARC I 5,6 lb-In I TERMINALS (2.5-4 MM2] [.8 Nn,] I -NOTE- ALARM CONTACT RATING PILOT DUTY 250 VAC, 30 SOC 10 A. MAX. LOAD NOTE: USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY FOR ALL CONNECTIONS TBI I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I rairetrol 0 Mark llxg Electric Fire Pump Controller FTA1 000 Full Voltage Starting Field Connections MODIFICATION TERM NAL BLOCKS (I F USED) 110-120 VAC SEPARATE SUPERVISORY { POWER SOURCE FOR FTA200-C BUILT IN ALARM PANEL MODIFICATION -P NORMALLY CLOSED I OPENS 10 ALARM 10 OVERLOAD REMOTE ALARM CIRCUITS MODIFICATION -BY NORMALLY OPEN. CLOSES 10 ALARM { NORMALLY CLOSED, { I OPENS 10 ALARM 10 PIMP FAILED 10 START REMOTE ALARM CIRCUITS MODIFICATION -AM Y OPEN. NORMALLY L TO ALARM NORMALLY ( CLOSED OPENS 10 ALARM TO PHASE REVERSAL REMOTE ALARM CIRCUITS MODIFICATION -EW NORMALLY OPEN. L 10 ALARM ( { NORMALLY OPEN, 10 POWER/PHASE I CLOSES 10 ALARM FAILURE REMOTE ALARM CIRCUITS MODIFiCATiON -BW NORMALLY CLOSED, ( OPENS 10 ALARM NORMALLY CLOSED. I OPENS TO ALARM 10 PUMP OPERATING REMOTE ALARM CIRCUITS NORMALLY OPEN. MODIFTCALON -AC CLOSES 10 ALARM L SEE NOTE TB2 MODIFICATION TERMINAL BLOCKS (IF USED) H H H H H H H I H I 1N111N211N311N411N51 INS III 1N7 1 1N81 I I • I I 1 2001 2011 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LOW SUCTION L..o...-o.,...,.... I PRESSURE BUILT - --- I IN ALARM I I I LOW RESERVOIR L.._0-------------------------------I MODIFiCATiON 120/240 VAC POWER FOR LEVEL BUILT I I CONTROLLER IN ALARM LOW PUMP ROOM ---------------------- .J SPACE MODIFICATION TEMPERATURE BUILT _AD IN ALARM REUEP VALVE HEATER MODIFICATION MODIFiCATiON -AD' DISCHARGE BUILT -H. -J. -K. IN ALARM -L -M. -N MODIFICATION -EQ ADD NOTE MR COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY-UPDATED LOGO AND TITLE BLOCK I io I EON NO. I A 226253 I BY APP. I DATE I TED' I 12-08-09 FIELD CONNECTIONS IFTA1000 ii FULL VOLTAGE FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION I BY I DATE 10 BE IN MANUFACTURING ACCORDANCE ACCOE WITH ASCO PROCEDURE -l-003 FOR PLASTIC PARIS SEE IP4-555 R. . DRAWN BY I TEE 10428O2 COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING CHECKED I f PROPERTf OF ASCO POWER WCHNOLOGM USE p25 MR 00 WORK ONLY. ALL RIGHTS OF DESiGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. APPROVAL SCALE IIsm A I PROJECT I I I GRID, NO. FC1000-50 FINAL I TEE 104-26-02 ® ASCO Po TEONNOLOOWS. LP. 08829940 lEON '6253 IOT2 OF 2 APPROVAL ASCO R.ORI4AM PARK. NEW JEY 07932 USA. ILL I REV. A No UPDATED LINE TERMINAL HP / VOLTAGE CHART C I 235649 JC I TEE 02/13/12 SEE ECN B I 228839 TEE I TEE 09/02/10 UPDATED LOGO AND TITLE BLOCK A I 226994 JC I TEF 112/08/09 PROJECT NA .. 10 ECN NO. BY APP. DATE IFIELD CONNECTIONS IFrA1000 -EEEF 160 THIRD ANGLE FULL VOLTAGE FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER LINE AND MOTOR FIELD WERE TERMINAL CAPACITY PROJECTION IElf F DATE AON93E WON ASCO PROCEDURE UP-I- FOR P1.4290 PARIS SEE UP-I-055 W4AWAC1UROG 10&ERNS 10 BE A 9302k R. NO. DRAWN BY I JC 02_Il_IS COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING OIECKED I - ppy pow 44Ø90ES 90 pcWfl•J FOR OUR ROAR ONLY. ALL RIOAOS Of DESIGN OR INVDIIX)N ARE RESERVED. APPROVAL' cM.E I A I PROJECT I I ORG. NO. I TEF r02_12-12 ASCO Po Tciieowci, LP.FC1000-51 EPREV.(YJ. AWBAG I 235649 IDREET I Of I ASCO APPROVAL I fl.ORHAM PARK. NEW JERSEY 07932 U.S.A. I ,io I I =I I I I I I rmwiretrol 8 Mark llxg Electric Fire Pump Controller FTA1 000 Full Voltage Starting Field Connections - Line and Motor Field Terminal Capacity LINE TERMINALS—WIRE CAPACITY AND QUANTITY (Cu MAXIMUM MOTOR HORSEPOWER WIRE SIZE (Cu) PER PHASE WIRE SIZE SERVICE ENTRANCE GROUND LUG (Cu) 200V 208V 220-240V 380-415V 440-480V 550-600V 25 25 30 50 60 75 (1) #14 AWG—#1/0 AWG ( 1 ) 2.5 MM2 -50 MM2 (2) #14 AWG—#2/0 AWG (2) 2.5 MM2-70 MM2 30 30 40 60 75 100 (i) #2 AWG—#4/0 AWG (2) #14 AWG—#2/0 AWG (1) 35 MM2-100 MM2 (2) 2.5 MM2-70 MM2 50 50 60 100 125 () #4 AWG-300 kcmil (2) #14 AWG—#2/O AWG (1) 25 MM2-150 MM2 (2) 2.5 MM2-70 MM2 60 60 --- --- 150 150 (1) #6 AWG-350 kcmil (2) #6 AWG-250 kcmil (1) 16 MM2 —185 MM2 (2) 16 MM2-120 MM2 100 100 100 150 250 300 (1) 250 kcmil-500 kcmil 120 MM2-240 MM2 (2) #6 AWG-250 kcmil (2) 16 MM2 -120 MM2 125 125 200 #3/0 AWG-250 kcmil (2) #6 AWG-250 kcmil (2) 95 MM2 -120 MM2 (2) 16 MM2 -120 MM2 200 200 250 350 500 (3) #2/0 AWG-400 kcmil (3) 70 MM2 —200 MM2 (2) #6 AWG-250 kcmil (2) 16 MM2 -120 MM2 250 250 300 500 600 (4) #4/0 AWG-500 kcmil (4) 100 MM2-240 MM2 (2) #6 AWG-250 kcmil (2) 16 MM2 -120 MM2 MOTOR TERMINALS—WIRE CAPACITY AND QUANTITY (Cu) ® MAXIMUM MOTOR HORSEPOWER WIRE SIZE (CU) PER PHASE 200V 208V 220-240V 380-415V 440-480V 550-600V 30 30 40 60 75 100 (1) #6 AWG—#2/0 AWG (1 16 MM2-70 MM2 50 50 60 75 125 150 (1) #6 AWG-250 kcmil (1) 16 MM2-120 MM2 75 75 100 150 200 250 (1) #4 AWG-400 kcmil 25 MM2-200 MM2 100 100 --- --- 250 300 #4 AWG-500 kcmil (2) 25 MM2-240 MM2 200 200 200 350 500 (2) 250 kcmil-500 kcmil (2) 120 MM2-240 MM2 250 250 300 500 600 (3) #2/0 AWG-500 kcmil (3) 70 MM2-240 MM2 @ FOR CORRECT WIRE SIZING, REFER TO WHEN REQUIRED BY AUTHORITY HAVING NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, NFPA 70. JURISDICTION. I I I I i I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I BC To page 2 0 rairetrol Mark llxg Electric Fire Pump Controller I D1B3 I-J I_j 112502.23 P1 P2 r 02. LLIC PA ETROARO 25 NARK II FORKIE 34 _r1W!4 ;P2-3-1 02I Ho6-2 HJ !o 1i SHELD Ii TRVZOUCER olt<__I SEE tCl!FOR wpm I 4 L1 J3 7 11 —c J. 24 J4 7 J -. L- 32 122 PDRT EJ 37 To page 2 IIOTE TRAMMUCER L 12202J FTA1 000 Full Voltage Starting Wiring Schematic 111111T; r,I DEE To page 2 ADDED TEST SOLENOID AND AUDIBLE ALARM TO COMPLY WIHI NEW FM REV. 10 I ECM NO. I DATE BY I APP. D I 222522 £ I iI 08-06-10 CHANGED PC-1051 TO CT BOARD REV. 10 I ECN NO. BY I APP. I DATE C I 225132 I1I 21-25-09 REMOVED PRINTER / CHANGED FLOPPY TO USE REV. 10 I ECN NO. BY I UPP. I DATE 06-15-07 IWIBING SCHEMATIC IYI'Al 000 FULL VOLTAGE FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION I BY I DATE I UAM%UCIUROG 1OLDBNOES 10 BE URONICE WITH 2500 PRO JRE P-+-002. I FOR PL*STt PUllS UP-I-055 U W DRAWN BY TEE I 06-18-02 COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING I CHECM I I I PROPEVIY OF 0200 P0612 1E250l0L001 1 R2BiTTTh FOR 0(12 WORK OI I OILY. ALL ROM OF OR IPFdUfl10R 3201A02. ARE 2 OF 0E I PROJECT APPROVAl. I I I I ME 10 A I D NO. WSI000-50 KU APPROVAL I TEF I 06-20-021 023 ' 228528 ISI€ETI 0F2 I ASCO ® ASCO Po Tw101010025, L.P.I FL0194901 PARK. 06W JEROEY 07932 USA D rmwiretrol 0 Mark llxg Electric Fire Pump Controller FTA1 000 Full Voltage Starting Wiring Schematic From Page 1 From Page 1 From Page 1 A BC D E F I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I EM 78 44 58 54 58 83 85 67 86 69 12 79 75 78 '9 82 83 84 REMOTE START NOTES L$J (F USER) DC.UEE VALVE 1. NORMALLY OPEN. 0.0515 TO *800 NORMALLY 0.0515. OPENS 10 .9L9001 FOR POST DUTY ONLY, 220102. 39M, TOO, MAX LOAD _] NOTE TO L1 J 4. Oil. CONTACTS SHOWN OE-ENERG00 SHUTDOWN INTERLOCK 5. 11501111$ H AND N RATED 10089, 1208911 MAX 2510 (F ) B. REFER 10 TRANSFORMER NAMEPLATE FOR CONNECTION INFORMATION7. 10 PUMP RUSHING REMOTE 01.000 CWDUSS B. 10 PHASE/POWER FMIJJRE 900011 .91.0000 000.2515 9.10 PHASE REWRSOL REMOTE 01,9004 DROJITS 10. 9000111 JUMPER WHEN DELLOE VALVE CONTACT IS USED IT. 0181511 IUMOINHI. PROVIDED FOR PHENELII. CONNECTiON OF 5000011 01.81005 (IF 05OU) ADDED IF SOLENOID AND AUDIBLE AlARM TO COMPLY WiTH NEW FM STD. REV. 10 I i NO. BY I APP. I DATE S I 329528 10 I IEF I 00-06-10 CHANGED PC-1051 TO CT BOARD REV. 10 C I 11151 NO. I 225130 BY .10ITEFI I WP. I DATE 11-55-09 REMOVED PRINTER / CHANGED FLOPPY TO UM REV. 10 I 1100 NO. BY I 8FF. I DAlE TEF 06-15-07 IWIRING SCHEMATIC IrrA1000 --• THIRD ANGLE FULL VOLTAGE FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER PROJECTION I BY I DATE I 8OWON10E WISH OSCO PROCEDURE -I-0O3. I FOB PUSTHE PARTS SEE MP-I-055 I MANUFACTURING TDLERH0 10 16 IN 02006 REF. NO. BRAWN BY I TEF I 105-10-02 COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING DECKED PROPERTY Of .90110 POWER 11100N04.EEEC. 15111 PRESITIED FOR OUR I WORE DLV. OIL RIGHTS OF DEMON OR INVENTION 016 REDERHW I WALE i8 A I PROJECT I I ODD, NO. TEF los-is-CO1 WS=-50n. ASCO POWER 111119901551115, L.P. APPROVAL 228528 ISE€ET2 OF2 ASCO® NEVRom" PARK. JERSEY 07932 U.S.A. I I- - I I 1 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I A-C FIRE PUMP SYSTEMS FP 4.0 ITT DIMENSIONS AND ENGINEERING DATA PAGE 301 VERTICAL MULTI STAGE JOCKEY PUMPS e-SV SERIES MAR 2011 4 ,.. SUPERSEDES ALL PREVIOUS ISSUES CONSTRUCTION: 3O4STAINLESSSTEEL V V/ NOMINAL FLOW: 9 GPM 60 Hz 3500 RPM CAPACITIES: 2- 12 GALLONS PER MINUTE HEADS: 13- 372 PSI TDH MOTOR STAGING: 2-30 STANDARD NEMA TC FRAME MOTORS IN OPEN DRIP PROOF OR TOTALLY MINIMUM FLOW: 2 GPM ENCLOSED FAN COOLED ENCLOSURES. MAXIMUM WORKING 360 PSI (25 BAR) FOR THE ANSI FLANGE VERSION STANDARD VOLTAGE: PRESSURE: • SINGLE PHASE: 115-208/230V UP TO 3 HP OR 208-230V FOR 5 HP TEMPERATURES: STANDARD LIQUID TEMPERATURES FROM • THREE PHASE, 2 POLE: 208-2301460V, 60 HZ UP 75 HP COMPONENT MATERIAL PUMP BODY AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL Dl IMPELLER AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL 0125 [32I DIFFUSER AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL CASING AISI 316L STAINLESS STEEL CAPACITOR 6 COVER ON SHAFT AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE PHASE ONLY ADAPTER ASTM CLASS 35/40B CAST IRON BASE A384.0-F ALUMINUM 1-1/4 CLASS 300 FLANGE COUPLING A384.0-F ALUMINUM SEAL PLATE AISI 316L STAINLESS STEEL VENT/FILL ELASTOMERS VITON (OPT. EPOM) 3/8BSP L COUPLING GUARD AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL I mi REF SHAFT SLEEVE AND BUSHING TUNGSTEN CARBIDE DRAIN 3/8 BSP FILUDRAIN PLUGS AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL TIE RODS A29 GR. 1045 CARBON STEEL / ZINC PLATED WEAR RING PPS SEAL GLAND AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL MECHANICAL SEAL 30 S.7S[2O]If REP CODE NO. ROTATING FACE I STATIONARY FACE 2 ELASTOMERS 3 3.84 [1001 0511131 0 CARBON SILICON CARBIDE VITON P51 9.84 12S01 4 HOLES GRAPHITE FILLED MOTOR DIMENSIONS (IN.) WEIGHT (LBS.) STAGE HP NEMA FRAME Li___________ M (REF.) Di (MAX.) PUMP &MOTOR ODP ODP TEFC TEFC 10 30 10 30 ODP OOP 10 30 TEFC TEFC 10 30 TEFC ODP TEFC GOP 10 10 30 30 TEFC 10 GOP 10 TEFC 30 ODP 30 5 1/2 56C 21.68 21.81 5.19 6.19 44 44 42 42 7 3/4 56C 24.88 23.25 24.00 23.38 5.19 6.19 54 52 46 46 9 1 56C 26.33 24.83 26.86 24.96 5.74 7.19 6.19 66 58 49 49 11 11/2 56C 27.91 28.43 27.15 5.74 7.19 6.19 68 60 56 58 13 29.88 30.40 29.12 5.74 71 63 59 61 15 31.46 31.98 30.70 5.74 73 65 61 63 17 2 56C 33.54 34.42 33.15 5.74 7.19 6.19 88 80 70 69 19 35.12 36.00 34.73 5.74 90 82 72 71 20 35.91 36.79 35.52 6.52 91 83 73 72 22 3 56C 37.87 37.48 39.74 37.46 5.75 7.19 6.62 7.19 7.16 106 91 86 83 24 38.66 38.27 40.53 38.25 5.75 110 95 90 87 26 41.42 41.03 43.29 41.01 6.53 112 97 E92 89 28 42.99 42.60 44.86 42.58 6.53 114 99 91 30 44.56 44.17 46.43 44.15 7.31 115 100 95 1 92 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION PURPOSES UNLESS CERTIFIED. CERTIFIED FOR: CUSTOMER ORDER NO: IDENTIFICATION NO: FLANGES PUMP SIZE MODEL CURVE NO. GPM HEAD (FT) ROTATION SUCTION DISCHARGE DATA 1-1/4' ISM9 10 85 PSI CW 300# 1 300# MOTOR HP RPM VOLTS PHASE HERTZ FRAME SIZE ENCLOSURE DATA 'I 3450 460 3 60 56C IEI-U SHOP ORDER: CERTIFIED BY: DATE I Iii Iu- wom 0 NEW- -u-- _ -_ MM It Amh 0 RW2 N%z a loomm SUPERSEDES ALL PREVIOUS ISSUES 400 350 300 100 0 250 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I FP 4.0 A-C FIRE PUMP SYSTEMS <& PERFORMANCE - CURVES PAGE 302 ITT VERTICAL MU e-SV SERIES STAGE JOCKEY PUMPS MAR 2011 1. I -------------- -------------- ------------- ------------ NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION PURPOSES UNLESS CERTIFIED. CERTIFIED FOR: CUSTOMER ORDER NO: IDENTIFICATION NO: FLANGES PUMP SIZE MODEL CURVE NO. GPM HEAD (FT) ROTATION SUCTION DISCHARGE DATA 1-1/4 1SV9 10 85 PSI CW 300# 1 300# MOTOR HP RPM VOLTS PHASE HERTZ FRAME SIZE ENCLOSURE DATA 1 3450 460 3 60 56C TEFC SHOP ORDER: CERTIFIED BY: DATE I I I I Description—Firetrol® FTA550F XG Jockey Pump Controllers are intended for use with fire pump systems. They are used for pressure maintenance in fire pump installations to prevent unnecessary operation of the main fire pump. Approvals—Firetrol jockey pump controllers are listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., in ac- cordance with UL508A, Standard for Industrial Controls, and CSA, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment. They are built to meet or exceed the requirements of the approving authorities as well as NEMA and the latest edition NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. Standard Features—The following are included as standard with each controller: NEMA Type 2/12 (IEC IP1 1/IP52) Polycarbonate enclosure (UL50E Construction) Horsepower rated motor circuit protector and starting contactor Suitable for use as service equipment HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch Minimum run timer On-Delay timer Pump Restart Timer Control circuit transformer with 24VAC secondary 0-300 psi (0-20.7 bar) stainless steel solid state pressure transducer Overpressure indication Low Pressure indication Failed to start indication Main switch not in "Auto" alarm Pressure recording Event log (3000 events stored in controller memory) Data log (including cycle counter) Door mounted display/user interface featuring a 128 x 64 pixel backlit LCD Graphical Display, Membrane Type User Controller Push-buttons and LED indication for: Power ON Pump Running Alarm 2 lines of user selectable display information NOTE: FTA550F XG Jockey Pump Controllers are only available in the voltage/horsepower combinations shown below and with the op- tions shown on the reverse side. For other combinations and options, see documen- tation for FTA550E series XG Jockey Pump Controllers. VOLTAGE 3-PHASE MAX HP Short Circuit (50160 Hertz) (MCP) Current Rating -H 200-208 7.5 30kA -A 220-240 10 30kA -F 380-415V-WYE 15 30kA -B 440-480V-WYE 20 30kA -C 550-600V-WYE 20 18kA VOLTAGE 1-PHASE MAX HP Short Circuit (50/60 Hertz) (MCP) Current Rating -D 110-120Volts 2 30kA -T 200-208 Volts 3 30kA -E 220-240 Volts 3 30kA NOTE: Firetrol Brand Jockey Pump controllers DO NOT CONTAIN MERCURY filled pressure switches. I I 1 I I U I I I I Firetrol i EMERSON. Network Power I Jockey Pump Controller The auxiliaryjockey pump controller, if required and specified on the plans and specifications, shall be factory assembled, wired, and tested and specifically designed forthistype of service. This controllershall be of the same manufacturer as the main fire pump controller. Approvals Firetrol Jockey Pump Controllers are listed by Under- writers Laboratories, Inc., in accordance with UL508A, Standard for Industrial Controls, and CSA, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment (cUL). They are built to meet orexceed the requirements of the approving authorities as well as NEMA and the latest edition of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. Construction The jockey pump controller shall be full voltage start- ing, rated forwye-connected power systems above 240V. The controller components shall be housed in a NEMA Type 2/12 (lEC IPi 1/1P52) polycarbonate, wall mounted enclosure (UL50E Construction). The controller shall incorporate a horsepower rated manual circuit protector and starting contactor, control circuit transformer with 24VAC secondary and 200-600V multi-tap primary, main disconnect switch, HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC selector switch and a 0-300 psi (0-20.7 bar) stainless steel solid state pressure transducer. Short Circuit Current Ratings The jockey shall have standard short circuit current ratings of: 30kA @ 480 Volts Max. 1 8kA @ 600 Volts Operator Interface The fire pump controller shall feature an operator in- terface with user keypad. The interface shall monitorand display motor operating conditions, including all alarms, events, and pressure conditions. The display shall be a 128x64 Backlit LCD capable of customized graphics. The display and interface shall be NEMA rated forlype 2, 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 protection and shall be fullyaccessible without opening the controller door. The display and user interface shall utilize multiple levels of password protec- tion for system security. A minimum of 3 password levels shall be provided. The operator shall have the ability to choose up to 2 lines of data to be displayed on the main (home) information screen. Digital Status/Alarm Messages The digital display shall indicate text messages for the status and alarm conditions of: Pump Running • Sequential Startlime Minimum Run Time • Low System Pressure Pump Restart Timer • Fail to Start Automatic Start • System Overpressure User Selectable #11 • Main Switch Position User Selectable #21 1 User may choose from the following to be shown on main display (stop pressure setting, start pressure setting, cycles/period, cycles/ month, cycles/day, cycles/hour, total cycle count, pump total runtime) The Sequential Start Timer, Minimum Run Timer/Off Delay Timer and Pump Restart Timer shall be displayed as numeric values reflecting the value of the remaining time. LED Visual Indicators LED indicators, visible with the door closed, shall indicate: Power ON • Alarm Pump Running Data Logging The digital display shall monitorthe system and log the following data: Motor Calls/Starts • Pump Total Run Time Pump Last Run Time • Total Controller PwrOn Time Last Pump Start • Mm/Max System Pressure Last Phase Fail/Reverse. Cycle Counts EMERSON Network Power I I I I I I 1 I I 1 I I I I Li Event Recording Memory -The controller shall record all operational and alarm events to system memory. All events shall be time and date stamped and include an index number. The system memory shall have the capability of storing 3000 events and allow the user access to the event log via the user interface. The user shall have the ability to scroll through the stored messages in groups of 1 or 10. Serial Communications The controller shall feature a R5485 serial communica- tions port for use with 2 or 4 wire Modbus communica- tions. Solid State Pressure Transducer The controller shall be supplied with a stainless steel solid state pressure transducer with a range of 0-300 psi (0-20.7 bar) ±1 psi. The solid state pressure transducer shall be used for both display of the system pressure and control of the jockey pump controller. Systems using ana- log pressure devices or mercury switches for operational control will not be accepted. The START and STOP PRESSURE shall be adjustable through the user interface. The pressure transducer shall be mounted inside the controller to prevent accidental damage. The pressure transducer shall be directly pipe mounted to a bulkhead pipe coupling without any other supporting members. Field connections shall be made externally atthe controller coupling to prevent distortion of the pressure switch element and mechanism. Seismic Certification The controller shall be certified to meet orexceed the requirements of the 2006 International Building Code and the 2010 California Building Code with Importance Factor 1.5 and Sds equal to 1.88 or less. Qualifications shall be based upon successful tn-axial shake-table testing in accordance with ICC-ES AC-1 56. Certification without testing shall be unacceptable. Controller shall be clearly labeled as rated for installation in seismic areas and a Certificate of Conformance shall be provided with the controller. Operation A digitally set On Delay (Sequential Start) timer shall be provided as standard. Upon a call to start, the user interface shall display a message indicating the remaining time value of the On Delay timer. The controller shall include a Minimum Run Timer to allow the motor to run for a set period of timer after starting. The timer shall be programmable through the user interface. A pump restart delay timer shall be provided to al- low the residual voltage of the motor to decay prior to restarting the motor and to prevent severe short cycling of the motor. The timer shall be programmable through the user interface. A Lamp Test feature shall be included. The user interface shall also have the ability to display the status of the system inputs and outputs. An Audible Test feature shall be included to test the operation of the audible alarm device (if supplied). The disconnect switch shall be mechanically inter- locked so that the enclosure door cannot be opened with the handle in the ON position except by a hidden tool operated defeater mechanism. The disconnect switch shall be capable of being padlocked in the OFF position for installation and maintenance safety. The controller shall be a Firetrol brand. Ii I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I Emerson Network Power and the Emerson Network Power logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. 02012 Emerson Electric Co. Firetrol Brand Products Cary, North Carolina 27518 USA • Phone 919460 5200 • Fax 919 460 5250 • www.firetrol.com 1.21 [31 .28 [7] —12.42 [31E 10.00 [254] .312x.500 MTG SLOT ri'P (4) PLACES ER TERFACE 14.43 [367] 15.49 [393] 15.00 [381] I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I DOOR SWING 13.60 [345 NOT CONDUIT ENTRANCE TOP AND __ BOTTOM ONLY DO NOT ENTER FROM SIDES. CAUTION _______ CONDUIT - BONDING BETWEEN CONDUIT CONNECTIONS IS NOT AUTOMATIC - ENTRANCE 4.00 [102] /0- TOP AND AND MUST BE PROVIDED AS 3.94 [100] BOTTOM PART OF THE INSTALLATION. - / 1.00 [25] DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS - [152] _L - 1.51 DRAWING ARE APPLICABLE FOR NEMA TYPES 2/3R/4/4X/12 9 .49 [241] SYSTEM PRESSURE 1/2 FNPT CONNECTION 1 HP 460V 3Ph 60Hz MAXIMUM MOTOR HORSEPOWER 200-208V 220-240V 380-415V I 440-480V 550-600V 71/2 10 15 1 20 1 20 SHIPPING WEIGHT APPROX. 15 [6.8] ALL DIMENSIONS - INCHES [MM] SHIPPING WEIGHT - POUNDS [KG] PROJECTNAM: IREV.Er1O Ic I MN NO, BY'1APP.1 E ID1mens1ons and Shipping Weight IFTA550F I [j -. I THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION JOCKEY XG PUMP CONTROLLER (POLYCARBONATE) Ifff DATE VANUFAMIRM 70LEPANCES io oE iN I I iwic wmi *s peocou MP-1-001 I I FOR PAST1C PARTS .-i-oo I A020)l. R. NO. ____________________________ DRmvm or I TEF I 02/29/12 COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING I A I CHEOM I I IPROPM OF . I RO( OWY. ALL RMAM OF D020*I OR RODFOON fiE R. PROJECI APPVVAL I I I I I . DD550—01 MAL IAPPROVAL I TEF I 02/29/12 ASCO ASCO Pow29 TECHNOI.O0ES L.P. FUX*M PARIL NEW 1°- lmg 236029 Is*wl OFt Firetrol 0 1 HP 460V 3Ph 60Hz MT1 / - MOTOR IF-°13---'>"-- CONTROL TRANSFORMER POIUAPY JTT11flFJ IT TAP COLOR PRIMARY VOLTAGE 1 BLACK PRIMARY COM 2 BROWN 200-208VAC 3 YELLOW 220-24OVAC 4 BLUE 380-415VAC 5 PURPLE 440-480VAC 6 1 GRAY 1 550-BOOVAC L1BI L2B Ti I I I I I I 1 I 1 I I I I I I I I I I MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR (MMP) Li LlA 3-PHASE L2 INCOMING LINES I L3 ILI L3A N NEUTRAL AND C GROUNDING - BONDED - TERMINALS - (WHEN REQUIRED) CAUTION BONDING BETWEEN CONDUIT CONNECTIONS I IS NOT AUTOMATIC AND MUST BE PROVIDED I AS PART OF THE INSTALLATION. J30 CON I Ready 125p01 1 PORT I Start 115p01 Stop ISO p01 j Auto Data TI 0 POWER AVAILABLE OALARM "PUMP RUNNING r1 F1 @ [1 @I1 XC PUMP CONTROLLER JP9 I c 12V SIC I J91 Ii 0 30 4 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER I I I I M 0 1 H. 'A 3 1 J-4 —01SSO-W-- LINE TERMINALS-WIRE CAPACITY (CU) () MAXIMUM MOTOR HORSEPOWER WIRE SIZE COPPER ONLY 200-208V 220-240V 380-415V f40-480v 1550-600v 7 1/2 10 15 20 [ 20 #10 AWG-#4 AWG 6 MM2 -25 MM2 MOTOR TERMINALS-WIRE CAPACITY (CU) ( MAXIMUM MOTOR HORSEPOWER WIRE SIZE COPPER ONLY 200-208V1220--24OVl380-415V I 440-480V 550-600V 7 1/2 ] 10 15 20 20 #14 AWG-#8 AWG 2.5 MM2 -10 MM2 O FOR CORRECT WIRE SIZING, REFER TO NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. NFPA 70. 3-PHASE INCOMING UNES L1L2L3 III N C I I —i (IN 666 '[]—OD MANUAL MOTOR HEN I PROTECTOR (MMP) I REQUIRED) CONTACTOR I 'NEUTRAL IS BONDED L-L)C (MOTOR'I NEUTRAL AND GROUND TERMINALS WIRE CAPACITY (CU) #14 AWG-#6 AWG 2.5 MM2 -16 MM2 PRESSURE SYSTEM CONNECTION 1/2 FNPT PP=CT NAM:I MN NO. szrI DATE WIRING SCHEMATIC IflA55OF I [] • rT JOCKEY XG PUMP CONTROLLER WITH MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR ROJECTION IfffIOAlE I TOLERANCES 10 BE IN ACR1RIE WITH AECO PROCURE —I—m I FOR PLASI PARIS SEW MP—F-055 A29EW. . FRI. DRAWN By I TEF I 02/27/12 COMPUTER GEN ERATED DRAWING CHECM I I I liCAUE i Ism A I I ROBE ONLY. ALL ROM OF DEGN OR IPRDFflON AM EWOEROIEW. PROJECT I I . NO. FPPREWALI FML _______ I TEF I IO2/29/12 I I ASCO POWBETECHNOtOOWS.LP. WS550—01 I ORAWIFR3 - IECN 236029 SHEET' OF APPROVALI I ASCO FLORHOM PARK. NEW JERSEY 01932 U.0. REV. Iuo. Firetrol I I I I I VALVES I I I I I I Li Li I I I I I I I cULus FM LPCB Vds 2/50mm up to 365 upto 365 psi/2517kPa up to 365 psi/2517kPa 21/2765rnm • up to 365psi/2517kPa j up to 365psi/2517kPa _up to 365psi/25i7kPa -- upt0365psi/2517kPa 76.1 mm upt0365ps1/2517kPa , upt0365psi/2517 kPa :upt0365ps6'25i7kPaupto365psi/25i2kPa 3780mm up to 365 pui/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa 4/100mm ru/a ru/a ru/a ru/a 57125 mm ru/a ru/a ru/a n/a _iL _ rva ru 67150mm ru/a - n/a nla roa - - - 165.1 ruin ru/a ru/a n/a ru/a 87200mm rVa rs -- ru/a ru/a /250rnm ru/a _ru/u nO - ------ru/a - 12/300mm n/a ru/a ru/a ru/a U Series 717H High Pressure Check Valve (2— 3/50 - 80 mm) I U CONTRACTOR ENGINEER Submitted By Spec Sect Para Date Approved JOB/OWNER System No. Location I U I I I I SERIES 717 - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB The FireLock Series 717 Check Valve and Series 717H High Pressure Check Valves are CAD- designed for hydrodynamic efficiency and available in 2"/50mm - 3780mm (Series 717H) and 2½"/65mrn - 12/300mm (Series 717) sizes. Series 717H valves are cULus Listed and FM Approved for service up to 365 psi/2517kPa. See chart below for approved services for the Series 717 valves. In both valve designs, the single-disc mechanism incorporates a spring-assisted feature for non- slamming operation. This spring-assisted, single-disc design achieves a leak-free seal with as little as 5ft /1,5m of head. Series 717 and 717H FireLock Check Valves can be installed either vertically (flow upwards only) or horizontally. A cast flow arrow indicator is provided to assist with proper valve orientation. Both valves include upstream and downstream pressure taps. Each valve is factory-tested to the rated working pressure. For systems requiring a Riser Check option, refer to publication 10.09. Grooved ends allow fast, easy installation with just two Victaulic couplings or the valve may be mounted to flanged (ANSI CL.150) equipment using either to Victaulic Style 741 Vic-Flange® or Style 744 FireLock flange adapters on either end. Series 717 (21/2 - 3165 - 80 mm) I I Series 717 U >4 - 12/100-300 mm) 2750mm n/a ru/a n/a ru/a 2½"/65 mm upto250psi/1725kPa - n/a up to 365 p6/2517 kPa n/a 76/ mm up to 250psV1725kPa _n/a up to 365 pui/2517kPa up to 16bar/232psi 3780mm up to 250ps1725kPa n/a _Lup to 365 psi/2517kPa up to 16bar/232pui 47100mm up to 365puL'2517kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up 10365 psi/2517kPa up to 16bar/232ps1 57125mm up to 365pn/2517kPa upto 365psi/2517kPa upto 365 psi/2517kPa n/a 139.7mm up to 365psi/2S17kPa upto 365psi/25l7kPa to 365 psi/2517kPa _up upto 16bar/232psi - 67150 mm up to 365pn/2517kPa upto365p6/25t7kPa upto 365 psi/2517kPa _up to 16bar/232 psi 165.1 mm -. upto365psV2517 kPa ppto365p6/2517kPa up to 365 p6i/2517kPa - n/a 87200mm to365pnO517kPa_ upto365psi/2517kPa up to 348 psi/2400kPa up to 16bar/232 psi 107250mm ._ up to 250psV1725kPa .upto250p5i/17 25 Pa upto 1725 kPa/250psi n/a 12 7300rm up to 250psV1725 kPa . up to 250pui/1725 kPa up to 1725 kPa/250pu1 -- n/a I I I I I I WWW.VICTAULIC.COM vIcTAULIc IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 VIcTAULIc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV _P J1 ta uI i cr 10.08_i 2 8.66 6.46 3.23 60.3'219.8 164182.1 1.48 3.02 2.80 4.25 10.7 _37.576771.0 _- - '_.2 0 -4.9 2½ 9.37 6.94 3.31 73 238.0 176.3 , 84.1 1.66 . 3.40 3.38 4.38 13.8 42.2 86.4 85.9 - - 111.3 6.3 761 9.37 6,94 3.31 . mm 238.0 176.3 84.1 1.66 3.40 3.38 4.38 13.8 .42.2 86.4:85.9 1113 6.3 -. , 3 88.9 9.62 7.44 3.53 244.3 189.0 89.7 1.91 . 3.65 3.38 4.63 . 20.0 48.5 92.7 85.9 - - 117.6 9.1 I I TYPICAL 2/60.3mm - 3/88.9mm I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.08 I FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717 - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB I DIMENSIONS - Series 717 - A-*] B 4. fl J HH LIL II JI LLJLh TYPICAL 2½ -3165-80MM 21/2 2.875 3.88 46 3.57 - - - - - 3.6 65 730 99 1,08 91 1.6 3.000 3.88 4.26 3.57 3.6 A 76.1 mm 76.1 99 108 91 - - - - 1.6 I -- - 4.5 ----- -_.- 2.0 44 4 4.500 .100 3.88 2.75 3.50 2.00 4.50 3.50 3.35 20.0 ;kD 100 1143 245_ 152 70 89 + 114 89 85 : 9.1 5 5.563 10.50 6.80 4.50 4.17 2.15 5.88 4.08 3.98 27.0 K_._125 141.3 267 173 114 106 55 149 104 101 12.3 1397 5.500 10.50 6.80 4.50 4.17 2.15 5.88 4.08 3.98 27.0 C . . mm 139.7 267 173 114 - 106 55 149 104 101 12.3 A NPTUpstream Drain -- 173, 114 -----4-------- . © ½ NPT Downstream Drain 6 6.625 11,50 8.00 5.00 - 4.50 ' 2.38 6.67 4.73 3.89 38.0 3 2 NET (Drain Optional) 150 168.3 292 203 127 _114 61 _169 _1209917.2 I TYPICAL 4-8/100-200MM 165.1 mm - 500 . 11.50 ' 8.00 5.00 450 2.38 6A7,4J318938.0 165.1 292 ..203 _127 114 61 169 120 99 17.2 8 8.625 14.00 988 6.06 5.05 5.65 2.15 8.85 I 5.65 5.75 64.0 A 200 219.1 356 251 154 128 144 55 225 144 146 29.0 ''t'r-------- -. 4 10 10.750 17.00 12.00 7.09 ' 5.96 6.69 2.15 10.92 6.73 100.0 273.0 432 305 180 151 1 170 1 55 277 171 45.4 I :: ____________ 102 12.750 19.50 14.00 8.06 6.91 7.64 H.si 12.81 7.73 140.0 I C 194 64 925 196 63.5 Is" NET Upstream Drain (2) IS" NET Downstream Drain TYPICAL 10- 127250 - 300 MM DIMENSIONS - Series 717H H I I I I www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 1O.08_2 j4tauIicr REV_P IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.08 FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717 - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Body: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Body Coating: Series 717H Body: Black Paint Series 717H Endface: Electroless Nickel Series 717 (2½ - 3"): PPS Coating Series 717 (4— 12"): Black Paint Body Seat: Series 717H - Nitrile 0-ring installed into an electroless nickel plated endface Series 717 (2½ —3"): PPS Coated ductile iron Series 717 (4— 12"): Welded Nickel Disc Seal or Coating: Grade "T" Nitrile (Series 717H ONLY) Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; except hot, dry air over +140°F/+60°C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR HOT WATER SERVICES. Grade "E" EPDM (Series 717 ONLY) EPDM (green color code). Temperature range -30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLUEM SERVICES. Services listed are General Service Recommendations only, It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Discs: Series 717H (2— 3/50 —80 mm): CF8M Cast Stainless Steel Series 717.(21/2 —3"): Aluminum bronze with elastomer seal Series 717 (4— 12/100 —300 mm) Elastomer-coated ductile iron Shaft: Series 717H (2— 3/50 -80 mm): Brass Series 717 (2½ —3"): Type 416 Stainless Steel Series 717 (4— 12/100 —300 mm) Type 316 Stainless Steel Spring: All sizes Type 302/403 Stainless Steel Shaft Plug: Series 717H (2— 3/50 —80 mm): Type 416 Stainless Steel Series 717 (21/2 - 12/65 - 300mm): Carbon steel zinc plated Pipe Plug: Series 717H (2— 3/50 —80 mm): carbon steel zinc plated Series 717 (4— 12/100 — 300 mm): Carbon steel zinc plated I www.victaulic.com vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV P I - 'JtauIicr 10.083 I I I I I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717 - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB FLOW CHARACTERISTICS The charts below express the flow of water at 60°F/16°C through valve. 5717H / 717HR 10 10.08 I I I I I I I I I I 100.00 10.00 100 FLOW RATE - G.P.M. S717H / 717HR 1.001- 100 1000 FLOW RATE (Litres/Mm) 10000 I I I I www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vICTAuLIC COMPANY. © 2011 vICTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 1O.08_4 s4tauiicf REVP 0.14- 10 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.08 FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717 - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB FLOW CHARACTERISTICS The Charts below express the flow of water at 60°F/16°C through valve. 5717/717R 101 IIIIIiIi I II 11111 II I II le 100 1000 10000 100000 FLOW RATE - G.P.M. S717 / 717R -LI] 00L 0.00 100 1000 10000 100000 FLOW RATE (Litres/Mm) VIC1AULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. www.victaulic.com A tauIic 10.085 REV_P I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SERIES 717 - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB INSTALLATION Series 717 and Series 717H Check Valves can be installed either vertically (flow up only) or horizontally (with hinge on top) - making sure the flow arrow matches the flow direction through the pipeline. Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.08 1479 REV P UPDATED 6/2011 vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vlcTAuuc COMPANY. © 2011 vicTAuLic COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.08 JtauIecr 1 I FireLock® Butterfly Valve 4tu1c Style 705 with Weatherproof Actuator 10.81 I I 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes: 2 - 12/50 —300 mm cULus Listed, LPCB Listed, FM and VdS Approved for service up to 300 psi/2068 kPa /20 bar. Designed for fire protection services only. Features a weatherproof actuator housing Approved for indoor and outdoor use. Actuation options: Hand wheel (2 - 12/50 - 300 mm) Exclusively for use with pipe and Victaulic products which feature ends formed with the Victaulic Original Groove System (OGS) groove profile (see section 7.0 for Reference Materials). 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS C®uS USTED G410001 104j/04 NOTES Refer to Victaulic submittal oublication 10.01 for details I I I Li I I ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT, I System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date I victaulic.com 10.81 5662 Rev G updated 08/2016 © 2016 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. \,4'ctaulic 1 ___________________ I I I I I I victaulic.com 2.1 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 705 Butterfly Valve Size cULus FM T Vds LPCB 50 up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 21/2 65 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 76.1 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300 psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 80 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 100 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 125 upt0300psi/2068kPa upt0300ps1/2068kPa n/a upt0300ps1/2068kPa 139.7mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 1 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 165.1 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 200 up to 300p5i/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 10 2 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 12 300 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Body: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 End Face, 2 - 6"I50 - 150 mm: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 Seal Retainer, 8 - 12"I200 - 300 mm: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 Body Coating: Black alkyd enamel Disc: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, with electroless nickel coating conforming to ASTM B-733 Seat: Grade "E" EPDM Stems: 416 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A-582 Stem Seal Cartridge: C36000 brass Bearings: Stainless steel with TFE lining Stem Seals: EPDM Stem Retaining Ring: Carbon steel Actuator: 2-8/50-200 mm: Brass or bronze traveling nut on a steel lead screw, in a ductile iron housing D 10— 12/250-300 mm: Steel worm and cast iron quadrant gear, in a cast iron housing I I I 10.81 5662 Rev G Updated 08/2016 © 2016 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 I \4taulicr I I I I I I I I I 1 L] I I I Size Dimensions Actual Outside E to E DIA Nominal Diameter A B C D E F G H J inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 2 2.375 4.25 2.28 6.41 4.00 4.22 4.50 2.12 60.3 60.3 108.0 57.9 162.8 - - 101.6 107.2 114.3 53.8 2½ 2.875 3.77 2.28 7.54 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77 73 73.0 95.8 57.9 191.5 - - 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0 6.1 mm 3.000 3.77 2.28 7.54 - - 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77 761 95.8 57.9 - 191.5 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0 3 3.500 3.77 2.53 7.79 - - 4.50 4.22 4.50 1.77 88.9 88.9 95.8 64.3 197.9 114.3 107.2 114.3 45.0 108 mm 4.250 4.63 2.88 8.81 - - 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 108.0 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9 4 4.500 4.63 2.88 8.81 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 114.3 114.3 117.6 73.2 223.8 - - 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9 133 mm 5.250 5.88 3.35 10.88 - - 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 133.0 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5 1 9.7mm 3 5.500 5.88 3.35 10.88 - - 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 139.7 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.6 5 5.563 5.88 3.35 10.88 - - 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 141.3 141.3 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5 6.250 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 159mm 159.0 149.4 97.5 289.1 - 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 165.1 mm 6.500 5.88 3.84 11.38 - 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 165.1 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 6 6.625 5.88 3.84 11.38 - 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 1.90 168.3 168.3 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 48.3 8 8.625 5.33 5.07 13.53 0.80 1.47 10.00 6.19 8.10 2.33 219.1 219.1 135.4 128.8 343.6 20.3 37.3 254.0 157.2 205.7 59.2 10 10.750 6.40 6.37 15.64 1.41 1.81 12.25 8.10 9.00 - 273 273.0 162.6 161.8 397.3 35.8 46.0 311.2 205.7 228.6 12 12.750 6.50 7.36 16.64 2.30 2.80 14.25 8.10 9.00 - 323.9 323.9 165.1 186.9 422.7 58.4 71.1 362.0 205.7 228.6 NOTE Optional ½?15 mm tap available. Contact Victaulic for details. El [1 I I I I I I I victaulic.com I 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 705 I I I I I I I I 10.81 5662 Rev G Updated 08/2016 © 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 x. Atr__tauiic~ p 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 705 The chart expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 705 Butterfly Valve in equivalent feet/meters of straight pipe. Nominal Outside Equivalent Size Diameter mm mm Feet/rn inches inches of pipe 2 2.375 6 50 60.3 1.8 2'/2 2.875 6 65 73.0 1.8 76.1 mm 3.000 76.1 1.8 3 3.500 7 80 88.9 2.1 4 4.500 8 100 114.3 2.4 108 mm 108 mm 284 5 5.563 12 125 141.3 3.7 133 mm 133 mm 12 3.7 139.7 mm 5.500 12 97 3.7 6 6.625 14 150 168.3 4.2 159 mm 159 mm 14 4.3 165.1 mm 165.1 6.500 14 4.2 8 8.625 16 200 219.1 4.9 10 10.750 18 250 273.0 5.5 12 12.750 19 300 323.9 5.8 I I I LI I I I 10.81 5662 Rev G updated 08/2016 © 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. vctaulic.com 4 X. ___________ I I I I I I I [1 I I I I victaulic.com I 5.1 PERFORMANCE I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Style 705 Cv values for flow of water at +60°F/+16°C through a fully open valve are shown in the table below. For additional details, contact Victaulic. Formulas for C, values Formulas for K values = 02 Where: = Q1 Where: c 2 Q = Flow (GPM) - K 2 Q= Flow (m3/hr) AP = Pressure Drop (psi) AP = Pressure Drop (Bar) Q = C x = Flow Coefficient Q = K x K = Flow Coefficient Valve Size Full Open Actual Nominal Outside Size Diameter Flow Coefficient inches inches Cv mm mm 2 2.375 170 50 60.3 2½ 2.875 260 65 73.0 76.1 mm 3.000 260 76.1 3 3.500 80 88.9 440 4 4.500 820 100 114.3 108mm 108mm 820 5 5.563 1200 125 141.3 133 mm 133 mm 1200 139.7 mm 5.500 1200 139.7 6 6.625 150 168.3 1800 159 mm 159 mm 1800 165.1 mm 6.500 1800 165.1 8 8.625 3400 200 219.1 10 10.750 5800 250 273.0 12 12.750 9000 300 323.9 Valve Size Full Open Actual Nominal Outside Size Diameter Flow Coefficient inches inches Kv mm mm 2 2.375 147 50 60.3 2½ 2.875 225 65 73.0 76.1 mm 3.000 225 76.1 3 3.500 80 88.9 380 4 4.500 710 100 114.3 108mm 108mm 710 5 5.563 1040 125 141.3 133mm 133 mm 1040 139.7 mm 5.500 1040 139.7 6 6.625 1560 150 168.3 159 mm 159 mm 1560 165.1 mm 6.500 1560 165.1 8 8.625 2940 200 219.1 10 10.750 5020 250 273.0 12 12.750 300 323.9 7790 I I 10.81 5662 Rev G Updated 08/2016 © 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victauliC.Com 5 \4taulic 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS WARNING 9 0 Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. I 1 I I I I 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS Switch and Wiring The supervisory switch contains two single pole, double throw, pre-wired switches. Switches are rated: 10 amps @ 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz 0.50 amps © 125 VDC 0.25 amps © 250 VDC Switches supervise the valve in the 'OPEN" position. One switch has two #18 insulated wires per terminal, which permit complete supervision of leads (refer to diagrams and notes below). The second switch has one 418 insulated wire per terminal. This double circuit provides flexibility to operate two electrical devices at separate locations, such as an indicating light and an audible alarm, in the area that the valve is installed. A #14 insulated ground lead (green) is provided. Switch #1 = 51 For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL Listed alarm control panel Switch #2 = S2 Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary devices, per the authority having jurisdiction Normally Closed: (2) Blue Common: (2) Yellow Normally Closed: Blue with Orange Stripe S2 Normally Open: Brown with Orange Stripe Common: Yellow with Orange Stripe CONDUIT JUNCTION BOX ULLISTED 2ONUCTORS / W RE NUTS FIRE ALARM END-OF-LINE RESISTOR, CONTROL PANEL OR NEXT INDICATOR SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT QN. TO SWTCH CONTACTRATNG 1OV AT 125 ANO 2SOVAC, O 5A AT 125 VT C, El 025A1250V0C I BELL VOLTAGE SOURCE HORN Switch 1:2 leads per terminal Switch 2:1 lead per terminal NOTES The above diagram shows a connection between the common terminal (yellow Si and yellow-with-orange stripe —S2) and the normally closed terminal (blue - Si and blue-with-orange stripe - S2). In this example, the indicator light and alarm will stay on until the valve is fully open. When the Valve is fully open, the indicator light and alarm will go out. Cap off any unused wires (e.g. brown with orange stripe). Only Si (two leads per term nal) may be connected to the fire alarm control panel. The connection of the alarm switch wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 and the auxiliary switch per NFPA 70 (NEC). I U [1 I I I 1 I I I I I 10.81 5662 Rev G Updated 08/2016 © 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. .1;... '/ ita uIic I I victaulic.com 7.1 REFERENCE MATERIALS 10.01 Regulatory Approval Reference Guide 29.01: Terms and Conditions/Warranty -100: Field Installation Handbook I I 1 I I I I I I I I Note User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as In the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry tube installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment guide, or this disclaimer, of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our websibe at www.oictaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries Trademarks or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/sr other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. 10.81 5662 Rev C Updated 08/2016 © 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 './1taUIiC I I I \NJ/POTTER - VALVES Model/Series No.: ROEMER FIRE PRI2 4060-4075 ANGLE HOSE VALVES SERIES Member of Morris Group !nternational° I I I I I SPECIFICATIONS ANGLE VALVES FEMALE X MALE Cast brass valve with red hand wheel, Female N.P.T. inlet x male hose thread outlet. 300 psi DOUBLE FEMALE Cast brass valve with red hand wheel. Female N.P.T. inlet and outlet. 300 psi MODEL SELECTION VALVES Li 4060 1-1/2" Female x Male Angle Valve I FM Li 4065 2-1/2" Female x Male Angle Valve -4 FM Li 4065-500 2-1/2" Female x Male Angle Valve 500 psi Li 4070 1-1/2" Double Female Angle Valve -4 FM Do- U 4075 2-1/2" Double Female Angle Valve -4 FM Li 4075-500 2-1/2" Double Female Angle Valve 500 psi OPTIONAL CAPS & FLANGES Li 4615 1-1/2" Cap w/ Chain Li 4625 2-1/2" Cap w/ Chain Li 4711 1-1/2" Flange 3" O.D. Li 4712 2-1/2" Flange 6-1/4" O.D. c®us <*> LISTED APPROVED A MODEL 4065 (Shown) PRODUCT OPTIONS FINISHES: LI -B Polished Brass Li -C Rough Chrome Plated D -D Polished Chrome Plated THREADS: Li N.S.T. Li Other VARIATIONS: D Extended Stem Up to 24" Specify Li Rocker Lugs (Cap Models Only) Ii -GRV Grooved Inlet (4065 Only) I I 1 I I I I I Call Potter Roemer - Fire Pro for current listings and - POTTER ROEMER/FIRE PRO Dimensions approvals. Dimensions are subject to manufacturer's tolerance and may change without notice. Potter Roemer- - _ FIRE QUIPMEN T T —FSA MANUFAC E S' ASSOCIATION (J'N Headquarters: Also in: Fire Pro assumes no responsibility for use of void or - P.O. Box 3527 New York (800) 526-4592 uuperceded data. © Copyright Potter Roamer- Fire Pro, City of Industry, CA Chicago (800) 547-3473 Member of Morris Group International a, Please visit potterroemer.com for most current specifications. - - .A1S P E - 91744 U.S.A. Atlanta (800) 762-0542 Los Angeles Area Miami (866) 961-3473 NAFEDJ O 800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473 40604015 SERIES Date: 10/20/15 ______________________________________ NFPA . 626-855-4890 www.potterroemer.com 1 I I -T 34" MODEL 4060-4065 MODEL 4065-GRV H B 10311 (Open 9" (Closed', \ POTTER ROEMER VALVES F/RE PROM ANGLE HOSE VALVES Member of Morris Group InternationaIm - Model/Series No. 4060-4075: SERIES! MODEL DIMENSIONS Size Closed Open A B C C D E 1-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/2 2-1/2 2 2-1/2 3-1/2 5 9-1/2 11-1/2 3-1/2 2-3/4 ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES El Female X Female J. i- A MODEL 4070-4075 Call Potter Roemer - Fire Pro for current listings and POTTER ROEMERJFIRE PRO approvals. Dimensions are subject to manufacturer's tolerance and may change without notice. Potter Roemer- r FIRE EOUIP MENT MANUFACTURERS' UI NFSA ASSOCIATION Headquarters: Also in: Fire Pro assumes no responsibility for use of void or - - P.O. Box 3527 New York (800) 526592 superceded data. © Copyright Potter Roamer- Fire Pro, . City of Industry, CA Chicago (800) 547-3473 Morris Group International m Please visit Member of Mom I for most current specification S. potferroemer.com 91744 U.S.A. Atlanta (800) 762-0542 NA FED; '\S P E f Los Angeles Area Miami (866) 961-3473 800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473 4060-4015 SERIES Date: 10/20/15 NFPA . 626-855-4890 www.potterroemer.com I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I El I I POTTER ROEMER FIRE PR Member of Morris Group International- VALVES HOSE GATE VALVES wl NON-RISING STEM (Designed for Dry Systems Only) Model/Series No. 4305-4365 SERIES I I I I SPECIFICATIONS VALVE WITH NON-RISING STEM Cast brass valve with non-rising stem, red handwheel. Female N.P.T. inlet x male hose thread outlet. Brass solid wedge disc and tapered seat. c®uS LISTED U I 1 I Ll I I MODEL SELECTION VALVES U 4305 1-1/2" Valve With Non-Rising Stem Li *4315 2-1/2" Valve With Non-Rising Stem 4FM LJ *4335 3 x 2-1/2" Valve With Rising Stem LJ *435 2-1/2" Valve With Non-Rising Stem and Swivel Inlet NOTE: * = U/L Listed CAPS AND FLANGES Li 4615 1-1/2" Cast Brass Cap w/ Chain Q 4625 2-1/2" Cast Brass Cap w/ Chain Li 4735 3" Cast Brass Cap w/ Chain Li 4711 1-1/2" Cast Brass Flange w/ Set Screw 3" O.D. Li 4712 2-1/2" Cast Brass Flange w/ Set Screw 6-1/4" O.D. Li 4713 3" Cast Brass Flange w/ Set Screw MODEL 4315 (Shown) PRODUCT OPTIONS FINISHES: Li -B Polished Brass Li -C Rough Chrome Plated Li -D Polished Chrome Plated THREADS: Li N.S.T. Li Other VARIATIONS: (Cap w/ Chain) Li With Rocker Lugs I POTTER ROEMER/FIRE PRO approvals. Dimensions are subject to manufactur FIRE tolerance and may change without notice. Potter EQUIPMENT pf1 ,\ CT URER tYIVIM Headquarters: Also In: Fire Pro assumes no responsibility for use of void '' ''''" P.O. Box 3527 New York (800) 526-4592 Call Potter Roamer - Fire Pro for current listings a I superceded data. © Copyright Potter Roamer- Fi City of Industry, CA Chicago (800) 547-3473 Member of Mores Group International " Please potferroemer.com for most current specification • ( P E 91744 U.S.A. Atlanta (800) 762-0542 Los Angeles Area Miami (866) 961-3473 \IV1 1J?J 800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473 43054365 SERIES Date: 06 FPA . 626-855-4890__www.potterroemercom I LT I LYN 2-1/2 VALVE WITH NON-RISING STEM & SWIVEL INLET MODEL 4365 MIM MODEL 4305-4335 I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I Is I I I \\/POTTER Model/Series -4365! NO.1 ROEMER VALVES F/RE PRO HOSE GATE VALVES wl NON-RISING STEM 4305SERIES (Designed for Dry Systems Only) Member of Morris Group lnternationaI" - - MODEL DIMENSIONS VALVE WITH NON-RISING STEM Model No. Size Pressure U/L Listed FM Approved A B C D -E F 4305 1-1/2 200 lb. No No 5 6 7-1/2 1-1/2 2-1/2 3-1/4 4315 2-1/2 300 lb. Yes Yes 5-1/4 7-3/4 9-3/4 2 3-1/2 5-1/4 4335 1 3 x 2-1/2 1 300 lb. Yes No 5-1/4 1 7-3/4 1 9-3/4 2 3-1/2 1 5-1/4 ALL DIMENSKNS IN INCHES Call Potter Roamer - Fire Pro for current listings and approvals. Dimensions are subject to manufacturers tolerance and may change without notice. Potter Roemer- - FIRE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS '' tIIFSA ,/ii9I\ASSocIUToN POTTER ROEMER/FIRE PRO Headquarters: Also in: Fire Pro assumes no responsibility for use of void or - P.O. Box 3527 New York (800) 526-4592 superceded data. © Copyright Potter Roamer- Fire Pro, City of Industry, CA Chicago (800) 547-3473 Member of Moms Group International Please visit pofterraemer.com for most current specifications. — [11111] p E - ' ' NAFEDj O 91744 U.S.A. Atlanta (800) 762-0542 Los Angeles Area Miami (866) 961-3473 800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473 4305-4365 SERIES Date: 06/03/16 NFPA - 626-855-4890 www.potferroemer.com KT-65-UL Threaded I- OPEN KT-65-UL NPTx NPT 175 PSI WWP Bronze Globe Valves -ification Fire Protection Valve • Threaded Ends • Rubber Disc • Screw Over Bonnet 115 PSI/12.1 Bar Non-Shock Cold Water I UL LISTED* MATERIAL LIST PART SPECIFICATION Handwheel Aluminum Handwheel Screw Carbon Steel Stainless Steel (1") Stem Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 or ASTM B505 Alloy C84400 Packing Nut Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C83600 or ASTM B16 Packing Graphite Impregnated (Non Asbestos) Bonnet Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 Body Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 Seat Disc EPDM Rubber (1/4' - 3/8") Nitrile (1/2' - 1") Seat Screw Stainless Steel Pack Washer Sheet Brass DIMENSIONS-WEIGHTS-QUANTITIES Dimensions Size A B Weight Box Master In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. Lbs. Kg. Uty. Ctn. Oty. t¼ 8 2.00 50 2.75 70 .48 .22 10 100 t3/8 10 2.00 50 2.75 70 .45 .20 10 100 1/2 15 2.28 58 3.12 79 .68 .31 10 60 3/4 20 2.28 58 3.12 79 .74 .34 10 60 1 25 3.12 79 4.50 114 1.68 .76 5 25 * UI Listed for Trim and Drain use (Subject 258)- sizes 1/2" 1/4" 1". Size ¼" and /s supplied as KT-65 (Not UL Listed). Subject to AHJ Approval. t NOTE: See KT-211-W-UL for 1 ¼-2" sizes. I I I I I I I I I NIRCO INC. WORLD HEADQUARTERS • 1516 MIDDLEBURY ST. • ELKHART, IN 46516-4740 • USA • PH: 1.800.234.0227 TECH SERVICES PH: 1.888.446.4226 • FAX: 1.888.336.4226 • INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH: +1.574.295.3327 • FIVE: +1.574.295.3455 wwwnibco.com I I I 4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, Ml 48658 989-846-4583 www.globesprinkler.com FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION Technical Support. 989-414-2600 techserviceglobesprinkler.com I MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK ASSEMBLY (With or Without Control Valve) GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Globe Series "UMC" Universal Manifold Check is a first of its kind UL Listed and FM Approved complete floor con- trol station or shotgun riser assembly. It is pressure rated for 300 psi (20,6 bar). It provides the most compact "footprint" while delivering all of the necessary components for your floor control station as required by the NFPA Standards. With its multiple available configurations, it allows the con- tractor to order the suitable configuration for the site spe- cific needs. The "UMC" Universal Manifold Check is more than just a traditional stand-alone manifold. It serves as a complete floor control station as well as a complete shot- gun riser assembly inclusive of; Control Valve; Check Valve; Flow Switch; Test and Drain Assembly; Adjustable Pressure Relief Valve Assembly pre-piped to drain; supply gauge (4" and 6') and system gauge (1 1/4" through 6"). The "UMC" Universal Manifold Check replaces the need to order indi- vidual "Riser Manifolds" plus control valves, check valves, and relief valve kits as all of these components are inte- grated into the one compact design, saving space as well as the labor to connect these separate components. The design takes into account both "left-hand" and "right-hand" orientations. FLOOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY The UMC may be utilized to meet the NFPA 13 require- ments for Floor Control Valve Assemblies where there are multistory buildings exceeding two stories in height requir- ing zoning by floor or whenever separate control and floor zoning is specified. The UMC has been engineered with space savings in mind for those commonly installed appli- cations in stairwell landings and small alcoves. All UMC assemblies include the NFPA 13 required Listed Pressure Relief Valve which is pre-piped to drain. The relief valve is preset for 175 psi and is adjustable to 310 psi for high pres- sure system conditions. In addition to the relief valve, the UMC is equipped with a Test and Drain Valve. The Test and Drain Valve contains a test orifice of K2.8 so that it may be utilized for flow testing any system with sprinklers having K- Factors of 2.8 or larger. Note: NFPA 13 requires that a test connection providing a flow rate equal to or less than one sprinkler of a type having the smallest orifice on the system is to be provided. A pressure gauge is provided above the check valve clap- per for sizes 1 1/4' through 3" to meet the gauge require- ment per NFPA 13 for Floor Control Assemblies. Typically the supply side gauge is not required for multistory build- ings with floor control stations as a system gauge would be on the main feed/riser but all Model UMC Manifold Check Valves are equipped with a 1/4" (DN 8) port below the clap- per to accommodate a second gauge if desired. MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK ASSEMBLY SHOTGUN RISER ASSEMBLY "Shotgun Riser Assemblies" are those assemblies which are typically installed in vertical orientations on individual system Risers. The Globe "Shotgun" Riser Manifold As- sembly is available in 4 inch (DN 100) and 6 inch (DN 150) sizes and is equipped with a control valve; check valve; flow switch; test and drain valve with NFPA required pres- sure relief valve; 2 gauges (system and supply). Sizes 4 in (DN 100) and 6 in (DN 150) are equipped with a pressure gauge on both system side and supply side of the check valve clapper. TECHNICAL DATA Approvals cULus FM Maximum System Working Pressure 300 psi (20.6 Bar) End Connections See Table A Materials of Construction See Figure 1 *Multiple Patents Pending I 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I SEPT 2017 GFV-120 Page lofli I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A 6 6 12 12 11 21 2 9 5 2 10 14 6 19 3 7 0 20 4 816,70 13 5 5 SECTION A-A A NOTE: 4" (DN100) shown as reference See ordering procedure for replacement part kits and Table A through G for part numbers for all sizes and configurations Flow switch rotated 90 degrees on 1-1/4' through 2 1/2" sizes FIGURE 1: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK ASSEMBLY MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION SEPT 2017 GFV-120 Page2ofll ITEM DESCRIPTION MATERIAL 1 UMC VALVE BODY DUCTILE IRON 2 RECESSED HEX PLUG STAINLESS STEEL 3 FLOWSVETCH SEE FLOW SWITCH TECHNICAL LITERATURE 4 RIGID COUPLING SEE COUPLING TECHNICAL LITERATURE 5 BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVE SEE BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVE TECHNICAL LITERATURE 6 PRESSURE GAUGE PLASTIC 7 THREEWAY VALVE BRONZE 8 UMC COVER PLATE DUCTILE IRON 9 BOLT STAINLESS STEEL 10 FLOW SWITCH ADAPTER DUCTILE IRON 11 MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN SEE GLOBE TECHNICAL DATASHEET GFV570 12 MODELARV ADJUSTABLE RELIEF VALVE SEE GLOBE TECHNICAL DATASHEET GFV575 13 FLOW SWITCH PLUG DUCTILE IRON 14 UMC VALVE CLAPPER STAINLESS STEEL 15 UMC VALVE CLAPPER RETAINING BOLT STAINLESS STEEL 16 UMC VALVE CLAPPER RETAINING NUT STAINLESS STEEL 17 UMV VALVE HINGE PIN STAINLESS STEEL 18 CLAPPER FACING RETAINING RING STAINLESS STEEL 19 CLAPPER FACING EDPM 20 FLOW SWITCH PLUG BOLT STAINLESS STEEL 21 CLAPPER SPRING STAINLESS STEEL I I 1 I MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY LEFT HANDED VS RIGHT HANDED Both the shotgun riser assembly and the floor control tion of the Model UTD Test and Drain determines the station assembly are available as left handed or right "Hand" of the valve. If the Model UTD Test and Drain handed assembly. The determining factor of the left is connected to the port on the right side of the valve handed vs right handed is the position of the Model body, it is considered a right handed assembly. If the UTD Test and Drain. While looking at the faceplate Model UTD Test and Drain is connected to the port on with the Model UMC valve in the vertical orientation the left side of the Model UMC valve the assembly is and flow upward (shotgun riser orientation), the posi- considered left handed. I I I [I I I I I [I I I I I I SEPT 2017 GFV-120 Page 3ofll I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I TABLE A: 1 1/4" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTD SIZE R-RIGHT CONTROL VALVE END TESTAND PART NUMBER L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE 11/4" R GL300T MXF THREADED 1.1 317800 -R-B 11/4" R NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317800-R 11/4" L GL300T MXF THREADED ill 317800-L-B 11/4" L NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317800-L 1 1/4" R NONE GXG 1" 317843-R 1 1/4" L NONE GXG 1" 317843-L TABLE B: 1 1/2" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY CONTROL UMC BODY MODEL UTD SIZE R-RIGHT VALVE END TEST AND PART NUMBER L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE 1 1/2" R GL300T MXF THREADED 1" 317803-R-B 11/2" R NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317803-R 1 1/2' L GL300T MXF THREADED 1" 317803-L-B 11/2" L NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317803-L 1 1/2" R NONE GXG 1' 317844-R 1 1/2" L NONE GXG 1" 317844-L TABLE C: 2" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY - CONTROL UMC BODY MODEL UTD SIZE R-RIGHT VALVE END TEST AND PART NUMBER L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE 2" R GL300G GXG 1" 317806-R-B 2" R NONE GXG 1" 317806-R 2" L GL300G GXG 1" 317806-L-B 2" L NONE GXG 1" 317806-L TABLE ]ONS SEPT 2017 GFV-120 Page 4ofll 0: 2 1/2" (65 M) MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY C ONFIGURATIONS SIZE ASSEMBLY R-RIGHT L-LEFT CONTROL VALVE UMC BODY END CONNECTIONS MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN SIZE PART NUMBER 2 1/2" R GL300G GXG 1 1/4" 317809-R-B 2 1/2" R NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317809-R 2 1/2" L GL300G GXG 1 1/4" 317809-L-B 2 1/2" L NONE GXG 11/4" 317809-L 65 mm R GLR300G GXG 1 1/4" 317809-D-R-B 65 mm R NONE GXG 1114" 317809-D-R 65 mm L GLR300G GXG 1114" 317809-D-L-B 65 mm L NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317809-D-L TABLE E: 3" (80 MM) MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY CONTROL UMC BODY MODEL UTD SIZE R-RIGHT VALVE END TEST AND PART NUMBER L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE 3" R GLR300G GXG 1 1/4" 317812-R-B 3" R NONE GXG 1 1/4' 317812-R 3" L GLR300G GXG 1 1/4" 317812-L-B L NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317812-L TABLE F: 4" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTD SIZE R-RIGHT CONTROL VALVE END TEST AND PART NUMBER L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE R GLR300G GXG 2" 317817-R-B 4" R NONE GXG 2" 317817-R 4" L GLR300G GXG 2" 317817-L-B 4" L NONE GXG 2" 317817-L TABLE G: 6" (150 MM) MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY CONTROL UMC BODY MODEL UTD SIZE R-RIGHT VALVE END TEST AND PART NUMBER L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE 6" R GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-R-B 6" R NONE GXG 2" 317818-R 6" L GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-L-B 6" L NONE GXG 2" 317818-L 150 mm R GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-D-R-B 150 mm R NONE GXG 2" 317818-D-R 150 mm L GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-D-L-B 150 mm L NONE GXG 2" 317818-D-L SEPT 2017 GFV-120 Page 5ofll FLOW RATE - LPM 200 300 400 500 600700800 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 7.00 6.00 0.40 5.00 0.30 4.00 - - -- U) a- 3.00 U) U) co o o W2.00 W U) .. U) U) U) W 0.10 w 0.09 CL 0.08 1.00 _____________ - 0.07 0.90 0.06 0.80 0.70 __________ -- 0.05 0.60 - 0.04 0.50 40 50 60 70 80 90100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 FLOW RATE - GPM UMC Equivalent Length of Piping for Friction Losses Through Schedule 40 Pipe 1-1/4" = 8 feet • 2-1/2 = 22 feet • 6" = 38 feet 1-1/2" =11 feet • 3• = 17.5 feet 2" = 12 feet • 4" = 18.5 feet FIGURE 4: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK (WITH BFV) ASSEMBLY FRICTION LOSS CURVES 1 1/4" TO 6" ______ FLOW RATE - LPM 200 300 400 500 600700800 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 -0.30 U) -0.20 (I) U) 0 -J Ix uJ - D U) U) 0.10 Lii _0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 - 0.05 -0.04 40 50 60 70 6090100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 FLOW RATE - GPM UMC Equivalent Length of Piping for Friction Losses Through Schedule 40 Pipe 1-1/4" = 6 feet • 2-1/2" = 14 feet • 6" = 30 feet 1-1/2" = 9 feet • 3" = 11 feet 2" =8feet • 4" = 14 feet FIGURE 3: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK (WITHOUT BFV) FRICTION LOSS CURVES 1 1/4" TO 6" SEPT 2017 GFV-120 Page 6ofll I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 7.00 6.00 5.00 4.00 U) 3.00 U) U) 0 -J LU 2.00 J U) U) uJ CL 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.60 0.50 TABLE H: MODEL UMC AND BUTTERFLY VALVE END TO END DIMENSIONS End to End Dimension End to End Dimension WiM Globe Butterfly Control Size Without Butterfly Control Globe Butterfly Control Valve End to End Dimen- Valve Valve sion 1114" 10.75 12.89 2.64 MT x FT (273) (327) (67.9) 1112" 10.75 13.12 2.87 MT x FT (273) (333) (73) 10 14.49 4.49 G x G (254) (368) (114) 2112" 10.63 15.12 4.49 G x G (270) (384) (114) 65 mm 10.63 15.12 4.49 G x G (270) (384) (114) 12.75 16.55 3.8 G x G (324) (420) (96.4) 14.63 19.13 4.5 GxG (371) (486) (115.4) 6" 17.44 22.64 5.2 G x G (443) (575) (132.4) 150 mm 17.44 22.64 5.2 (443) (575) (132.4) I I I I I I I I L I I I i I I I I I SEPT 2017 GFV-120 Page 7ofll I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SIZE A B C D E F G H I 11/4" TXT 3.1 6.2 8.4 6 6.7 13 2 10.7 9.5 (79) (157) (214) (150) (170) (328) (50) (272) (241) 11/4" GXG 3.1 6.2 8.4 6 6.7 11.9 2 11.4 (79) (157) (214) (150) (170) (301) (50) (290) - 11/2" TXT 3.1 6.2 8.4 6 6.7 13 2 10.7 9.5 (79) (157) (214) (150) (170) (328) (50) (272) (241) 11/2" GXG 3.1 6.2 8.4 6 6.7 11.9 2 11.4 (79) (157) (214) (150) (170) (301) (50) (290) - 2" 3.9 5.4 7.6 6 6.8 11.9 2.1 10 (99) (136) (193) (150) (173) (301) (53) (254) - 21/2" 3.3 6.7 9.2 6.2 7.2 12.3 2.3 10.6 (84) (171) (233) (157) (182) (312) (58) (269) - 65 mm 3.3 6.7 9.2 6.2 7.2 12.3 2.3 10.6 (84) (171) (233) (157) (182) (312) (58) (269) - FIGURE 5: MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY WITHOUT BFV DIMENSIONAL DRAWING FOR SIZES 1 1/4" TO 2 1/2" I I I • I I I I SIZE A B C D E F G H I 6.5 6.9 9.4 6.4 16 2.4 12.7 (165) (176) (238) - (161) (406) (61) (324) I 4• 7 8.3 11.2 5.6 7 17.7 3 14.6 I (177) (210) (284) (143) (178) (449) (76) (371) I 6" 8 9.5 12.4 6.4 7.9 19.9 3.9 17.5 I (203) (241) (315) (163) (201) (504) (99) (444) I 8 9.5 12.4 6.4 7.9 19.9 3.9 17.5 150 mm SEPT 2017 GFV-120 Page 8ofll (203) (241) (315) (163) (201) I (504) I (99) (444) FLOW SWITCH REQUIREMENTS The Model UMC Floor Control/ Shotgun Riser assembly is in the replacement parts section of the technical literature. sold inclusive of a Potter VSR flow switch. The flow switch The Potter VSR Flow switch includes 2 sets of switches, utilizes exactly the same electrical and switch components one set can be used to activate the central fire alarm system as the Potter VSR flow switch but includes an adapter which while the other set can be utilized to activate a local alarm (if attaches directly to the Model UMC Manifold Check as- necessary). See figure 7 for a typical wiring diagram for the sembly. This adapter has been tested as part of the UMC Model VSR Flow switch. assembly to ensure the hydrostatic strength as well as the Note For more information on the flow switch see wwwpottersignal.com. placement and sensitivity of the paddle is within the criteria set forth by UL and FM. The part number for the flow switch assembly can be found CONNECTOR NEUTRAL FROM BELL BREAKER NEUTRAL FROM BELL ) BREAKER 3 > C LINE FROM BREAKER 0 r' EOL (End Of Line Resistor) NOTE: When connecting to a UL Listed control panel, use the panels resistor value for Circuit supervision. FIGURE 7: MODEL VSR FLOW SWITCH TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM I I YELLOW I - 1 I SUPERVISORY RED S-1 FIRE ALARM COMMON (WHITE) CONTROL PANEL CIRCUIT CONTACT RATINGS: 16A 125V/250 VAC GEAR OPERATORH I COMMON (WI RED GREEN BLUE END OF LINE RESISTOR OPERATOR CASE GROUND I VOLTAGE COMMON (BLACK) Ly ORANGE AUX. DEVICE I VALVE WRING SHOWN NTH VALVE IN OPEN POSITION I FIGURE 8:TYPICAL BUTTERFLY VALVE WIRING DIAGRAM SEPT 2017 GFV-120 Page 9ofll I I I I I I I I I U I INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTALLATION The Model UMC Floor Control! Shotgun Riser assembly is sold as a complete unit, assembled and shipped in a single box. The Model UMC Manifold Check Valve must be installed in an accessible and visible location, which is maintained at or above a minimum temperature of 40°F (4°C). The UMC may be installed in the horizontal or vertical (flow upward) orientation. All valves must be installed in accordance with the appropri- ate installation standard (i.e. NFPA 13 or other). All electri- cal connections must be made per the applicable installation standard and/or the National Electric Code (i.e. NFPA 70, NFPA 72 or other). Proper hydrostatic test procedure must be followed per NFPA 13. Note: It is not necessary to remove the ARV Relief Valve prior to system hydrostatic test. The Adjustable ARV may simply be temporarily adjusted to a pressure above the test pressure during the hydrostatic test. Be sure to re- turn the ARV Relief Valve to its normal setting after the completion of the hydrostatic test. MODEL ARV RELIEF VALVE SETTING PROCEDURE The Globe 1/2 inch Model ARV, 300 psi Adjustable Pressure Relief Valve, is factory set to relieve at a pressure of ap- proximately 175 psi (12 bar). The Pressure Relief Valve may be reset to a higher pres- sure; however, it must be reset to relieve at a pressure which is in accordance with the requirements of the author- ity having jurisdiction, typically nominal 10 psi (.7 bar) above the expected normal system pressure. To reset the Model ARV pressure relief valve, use an ad- justable crescent wrench, to turn the hex cap clockwise for a higher pressure setting or counter-clockwise for a lower pressure setting. Use the calibrated lines on the stem for an approximate relief pressure setting. 1 full turn of the hex cap will result in approximately 25 psi increase or decrease. To verify the new setting, isolate the Model ARV relief valve and use a small hydrostatic pump attached to the supply. Increase the pressure at the relief valve to 10 psi above the expected normal system pressure. Readjust the ARV as needed to maintain a 10 psi higher relief setting. TESTING Reference NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems. Before proceeding with any tests involving water flow, the following precautions need to be taken: STEP 1. Check the location where the test connection discharges to make sure that all is clear and that there is no possibility of the water flow causing damage or injury. STEP 2. Check the end of the test connection to make sure that it is unobstructed. To achieve a satis- factory test, there must be an unrestricted flow of water when the test valve is wide open. STEP 3. Check for alarm connections to a central sta- tion or fire department. If such connections are found, give proper notice to the signal receiving station before proceeding with the test. Note: A main drain test may also operate local fire alarms unless they are tem- porarily disabled. MA IN TENA NCE The owner is responsible for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of their fire protection system. System inspection, testing and maintenance shall be per- formed in accordance with this section as well as NFPA 25 or other applicable Standard to insure the integrity of the entire system, including alarm functions as well as other system components. Any impairments must be immediately corrected. Before closing a system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection system from the proper au- thorities and notify all personnel who may be affected. Note: All valves should be carefully inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25 or other applicable Standard. It is important to ensure a clean water supply free of debris and solid particles such as sand, gravel, or mud. If, during an inspection of a water control valve, sediment or free particles of matter are noted, a further examination of internal valve parts is necessary. All deposits should be removed from all operating parts and ports. Where difficulty in performance is experienced, the manu- facturer or its authorized representative shall be contacted before any field adjustment is to be made. UMC Clapper Facing. The rubber clapper facing should be checked for wear or damage and to determine that it is free of dirt and other foreign substances. If found to be worn or damaged (e.g., foreign matter embedded in the surface; cut or torn facing), the facing should be replaced. If it is dirty, it should be cleaned. Compounds which could damage the rubber facing must never be used. Should clapper facing replacement become necessary, the following steps should be performed; Note: Before performing the following steps, insure that the system has been depressurized and drained. Clapper Removal STEP 1. Remove handhole cover. STEP 2. Remove hinge pin plugs from front and back of UMC. STEP 3. Using allen wrench, push hinge pin from back of UMC towards front. STEP 4. Once hinge pin is accessible, carefully grab with pliers or similar to pull hinge pin out of body. Note: Care must be taken to confine clapper spring while extracting hinge pin from body. Spring is under tension around hinge pin. It is also recommended to cover drain port to minimize the possibility of spring inadvertently dropping into drain piping. STEP 5. Carefully remove clapper assembly from UMC. Clapper Replacement. When replacing clapper, be sure clapper spring has been properly positioned around hinge pin such that tension is applied to the clapper by the spring. Seat Ring. The seat ring should be checked for nicks and for stones, dirt or other foreign matter. It should be cleaned thoroughly. If the seat ring is found to be damaged, UMC should be replaced. 1 I I I Li [1 I I I I I [.11 I 1 I I 1 I SEPT 2017 GFV-120 Page 10 of 11 Water Flow Switch (VSR-M). There is no maintenance re- quired, only periodic testing and inspection. Should switch be found to be malfunctioning, refer to Potter Signal Techni- cal Literature for guidance. Model ARV Adjustable Relief Valve. Valve is not field ser- viceable. If inadvertent leakage is observed, first test the pressure setting utilizing the procedure outlined in the ARV Relief Valve Setting Procedure. If valve does not respond to field adjustments, valve shall be replaced. Note: Visual calibration lines on valve are used for approximate adjustment. Verify pressure setting with pressure gauge. Model UTD Universal Test & Drain Valve: The Globe Model UTD Universal Test and Drain Valve does not require any regularly scheduled maintenance. The UTD is not field serviceable. Model ARV Care and Maintenance ORDERING INFORMATION MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY Specify: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY,SIZE (1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2", 2 1/2", 65 mm,3", 4", 6", 150 mm) PN (see Part Number in lableA-G) REPLACEMENT PARTS MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE REPLACEMENT PARTS/KITS VSR FLOW SWITCH with ADAPTER 1 1/4" - 2" ...........................91144802-A 21/2 .. ...............................91144825-A ..................................91144803-A ..................................91144804-A 6" ..................................91144806-A MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN (SEE GFV-570 for more information) Specify: MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN WITH RELIEF VALVE,SIZE (1", 11/4", or 2") PN: (DN25) .........................311729 1 1/4"(DN32) .........................311730 (DNSO) .........................311731 Specify: MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN,SIZE (1", 11/4", or 2") PN: 1"(DN25) ............................311704 1 1/4"(DN32) .........................312368 2"(DN50) ............................311708 MODEL ARV RELIEF VALVE (SEE GFV-575 for more information) Specify: MODEL ARV 1/2"ADJ RELEIF VALVE PN. 317900 Note: 300 psi (20.6 Bars) Pressure Gauges Standard (600 psi (41.2 Bars) Ordered Separately PN ......................................300121-0 GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manufac- tured products found to be defective in material or work- manship for a period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). I I I I [1 I I I I I I I 1 I I I I 4077 Airpark Dr. Technical Support Standish, Ml 48658 1-800-248-0278 www.globesprinkler.com Ph. 989-846-4583 techserviceglobesprinkler.com 6 SEPT 2017 GFV-120 Page llofli Model 1011 A 7ESTAmORAIN'5 Sectional Floor Control Test and Drain Valve AF, for Systems Requiring Pressure Relief Valve I I I I I I I I PUSH LL LL SIZE IN, MODEL 1011 Sizes: 1" f 11/4" 11/2" 2" The AGF Model 1011 TESTANDRAIN® provides the test and express drain functions for wet fire sprinkler systems on multi-story installations requiring pressure relief (NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R). The Model 1011Afeatures a Model 7000 Pres- sure Relief Valve with drain pipe. The Model 1011A is available in a full range of sizes (3/4' to 2') with NPT connections (BSPT available). The Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve (ULJFM) features a flushing handle and a 175 PSI factory rating (other pressure ratings available). Complies with NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R Requirements Compact, Single-Handle Ball Valve Tamper-Resistant Test Orifice and Sight Glasses 300 PSI rated. Specifiable orifice sizes: /8" (2.8K), 7A6" (4.2K), ½" (5.6K), 17/32U (8.0K), /8" (11.2K, ELO), 3/4" (14.0K, ESFR), and K25 Relieves Excess System Pressure caused by Surges or Temperature Changes Shipped with Relief Valve and Bypass Drain Ports Plugged to Expedite Pressure Testing Locking Kit Available Repair kits are available for all TESTANDRAIN® valves. Kit includes: Adapter Gasket (1), Ball (1), Valve Seats (2), Stem Packing (1), and Stem Washer (1). Valve and orifice size must be specified when ordering. I NOTE: It is important to note that the pressure rating of the relief valve indicates an operating range of pressure for both opening and closing of the valve. Standard relief valves are required to OPEN in a range of pressure between 90% and 105% of their rating. The valves are required to CLOSE at a pressure above 80% of that rating. The relief valve should be installed where it is easily accessible for maintenance. Care should be taken that the relief valve CANNOT be isolated from the system when the system is operational. A relief valve should NEVER have a shutoff valve or a plug downstream of its outlet. ss-M1011A_v001 06/13 TESTssDRAIN° is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. I I I I I 1 I Li C LISTED ® TESTApa DRAIN19 Model 1011 A 300 PSI Bronze Ball Valve, Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve APPROVED Factory Rated at 175 PSI with other setting available 'ji Model 1011 — Front View SIZE A B C D E F G H 3/4" 79A6 11/2 2V16 30" 3'" 112'16" 49A6" 6'' (191 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) V. 7'" 1V" 26 3W8" 3½" 11'16" 49A6" 6½' (191 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) 1¼' 715A6" 111A6" 2/i6" 41/4 3" 11W16" 59A6" 71/2 (201 mm) (43 mm) (65 mm) (108 mm) (91 mm) (51 mm) (141 mm) (192 mm) 1½" 815/16" 11 /16" 31/4" 51A6" 37/8" 25/8" 81/4" 107/8" (227 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) 2" 81W16" 11/16" 31/4" 51A6" 37/8' 2W8" 81/4 107/8" (227 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) 1 (207 mm) (274 mm) The Model 1011A provides the following... From the 2013 Edition of NFPA 13 Chapter 8.16.2.4.1* Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system. Chapter 8.16.2.4.2 Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s) - & 8.16.2.4.3 shall be provided with a drain connection having a minimum size as shown in Table 8.16.2.4.2. Chapter 8.16.2.4.4 Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain. Chapter A.8.17.4.2 (Wet Pipe System) test connection is permitted to terminate into a drain capable of accepting full flow... using an approved sight test connection containing a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.1 7.4.2.2 The test connection valve shall be accessible. Chapter 8.17.4.2.4 shall be permitted to be installed in any location... downstream of the waterf)ow alarm. Chapter 8.1 7.4.3.1 (Dry Pipe System) a trip test connection not less than 1 in diameter, terminating in a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice, to provide a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.1 7.4.3.2 The trip test connection... with a shutoff valve and plug not less than 1', at (east one of which shall be brass. Chapter 7.1.2 - a wet pipe system shall be provided with a listed relief valve set to operate at 175 PS) or 10 PSI in excess of the maximum system pressure, whichever is greater. Chapter 8.16.1.2.3* A listed relief valve of not less than 1/2 in size shall be provided on the discharge side of the pressure-reducing valve set to operate at a pressure not exceeding rated pressure of the system. Chapter A.8.16.1.2.3 - consideration should be given to piping the discharge from the (pressure relief) valve Model 1011 — Plan View 4+ TO B DRAIN - + Orifice Sizes /8", 7A6", ½', 27/32, 5/a"ELO*, 34" ESFR*. and K25** Materials Handle ................Stee) Stem ...................Rod Brass Ball ...................... CR Brass Body ...................Bronze Valve Seat...........Impregnated Teflon® Indicator Plate .... Steel Relief Valve .........Bronze Bypass Fittings... Brass Bypass Tubing.... Ny)obraid Approvals UL and ULC Listed: (EX401 9 & EX4533) FM Approved 6_.~ NYC-BSA No. 720-87-SM MADE IN U.S.A. nUM PRI.,t # 1 AGF Manufacturing Inc. 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355 Phone: 610-240-4900 Fax: 610-240-4906 www.testandrain.com Available on 1114 to 2 size units Only • "Available on 11/2 and 2' size units only I I I I I I I I I I 1 Li 1 I I Job Name: Architect: Engineer: Contractor: I E I I I DEVICES I & ACCESSORIES I I I I LII I I [1 I I 1 I U I 10 ASHCROFT Dimensions A MW -.-i D I--- 1/4 NPT IT -E Order Information SIZE/TYPE A B C D E 31/2" 1005P 0.70 (94) 1.14 (29) 0.72 (69) 0.56 (14.2) 0.47 (11.9) Berea, Kentucky 200 Harrison Road Berea, KY 40403 Tel: (859) 986-9333 Fax: 1-800-28 BEREA (1-800-282-3732) International Headquarters Stratford, Connecticut 250 E. Main Street Stratford, CT 06614-5145 Tel: (203) 378-8281 Fax: (203) 385-0499 Chicago, Illinois 400 W. Lake Street Suite 318 Roselle, IL 60172-3573 Tel: (630) 980-9030 Fax: (630) 980-9440 Stratford, Connecticut 250 E. Main Street Stratford, CT 06614-5145 Tel: (203) 385-0670 Fax: (203) 385-0756 Houston, Texas 3838 North Sam Houston Parkway East,Suite 120 Houston, TX 77032 Tel: (281) 590-1092 Fax: (281) 590-7100 35 W 1005P 02L Dial Size: 3½" I Patented Spring Suspended Movement Case Type Number: 1005 Case Material: ABS Connection Size and Location: 1/4 NPT Lower XUL for UL 393 listed and FM approved Range: 0/300 psi Domestic Headquarters XUL Los Angeles, California 3931 MacArthur Blvd. Suite 202 Newport Beach, CA 92660 Tel: (714) 852-8948 Fax: (714) 852-8971 Mobile, Alabama 605 Be] Air Blvd., Suite 10 Mobile, AL 36606 Tel: (334) 473-1692 Fax: (334) 473-1782 INSTRUMENT 11 Fire Protection Sprinkler Service Gauge Ashcroft Fire Protection Sprinkler pressure gauges are Underwriters Laboratory Listed and Factory Mutual approved for fire protection sprinkler service. The 0/300 psi pressure range of this gauge is used on "wet" systems where water is available to the sprinkler heads. The 0/80 retard to 250 psi pressure ranges are used on dry systems where the lines are filled with air pressure until system activation. Among the features of these pressure gauges are: - The patented Spring Suspended Movement with polyester segment designed to provide unequalled shock and vibration resistance resulting in superior performance. - Ultrasonically cleaned and silicone lubricated gearing to assure smooth operation and extended gauge life. - Corrosion resistant ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene) case meets Underwriters Laboratory UL-393, and Factory Mutual require- ments. Product Specifications Ashcroft Model Number: 1005P, XUL Size: 31/2" Diameter Case: ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene Blend) Window: Polycarbonate Dial: Black figures on white background Pointer: Black, Aluminum Movement: Patented Spring Suspended with Polyester Segment Bourdon Tube: Bronze Socket: Brass, Soft Soldered Connection: Y4 NPT Lower Accuracy: ASME B40.1, Grade B (±3-2-3%) Mounting: Stem Ranges: 0/300 psi (eter) 0/80 retard to 250 psi (air) U.L., U.L. of Canada Listed and FM approved. Equivalent (single or dual scale) metric ranges are available. Other U.L. standard ranges available on application. Specifications subject to change without notice. Subject to standard terms and conditions of sale. © Instrument Division, Dresser Equipment Group, Inc. I/UI CSG-3 10M I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, Stock No. 0090139 General Information The Model VSR-FEX is a vane type waterfiow switch for use on wet sprinkler systems located in hazardous locations as shown above. The unit may also be used as a sectional waterfiow detector on large systems. The unit contains two single pole, double throw, snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 gallons per minute (38 Lpm) or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. Enclosure The unit is enclosed in a cast aluminum housing. The cover is held in place with six M6 x 30M socket head cap screws with property class 8.8. Installation (See Fig.2) These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they should be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The units should not be installed within 6" (15cm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterfiow or within 24" (61cm) of a valve or drain. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a circular saw in a slow speed drill. The 2" and 2 1/2" (50mm and 65mm) devices require a hole with a diameter of 1 1/4" + 1/8" - 1/16" (33mm ±2mm). All other sizes require a hole with a diameter of 2" ± 1/8" (50mm ±2mm). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. VSR-FEX EXPLOSION PROOF VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD cUL, UL, CSFM and NYMEA Listed and FM Approved DEMKO 08 ATEX 0728480X II2GExd1111T6 II2DExtDA21IP66 T85C Service Pressure: Up to 450 PSI (31 BAR) Minimum Flow Rate forAlarm: 10 GPM (38 Lpm) Maximum Surge: 18 FPS (10m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets ofSPDT (Form C) 15.0 Amps at 125/250 VAC 2.0 Amps at 30 VDC Resistive Conduit Entrances: Two conduit entrances provided for '/2" conduit with '/2" NPT threaded connections Environmental Specifications: For use in hazardous locations, Classified as: Class 1: Groups C, D, Div. I Class II: Groups E,F,G,Div. I Class III: Div. I Suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and cast aluminum housing NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure -use with appropriate conduit fitting Temperature: 40°F/120°F 4,5°C/49°C Non-corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle Sizes Available: Pipe schedules 10 thru 40, sizes 2" thru 8" (50mm thru 200mm) Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole, do not bend or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterfiow. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to an eventual 50 ft-lbs. (68 n-m) of torque. See Fig. 2. The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way. Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal Fig. I ) 1:1.111, DWG# 923-3 I A CAUTION I An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • 2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO, 63146-4161 • Phone: 800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833• www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MPG. 95400805 - REV N PAGE 1 OF 3 8/08 I -I TIGHTEN NUTS ALTERNATELY TO AN EVENTUAL SOFT-LBS (68 —) OF TORQUE a MOUNT ON PIPE SO ARROW ON SADDLE POINTS IN DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW ROLL PADDLE IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW !J POTTER EXPLOSION VSR-FEX PROOF VANE TYPE WATERFLOW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Fig. 2 DO NOT LEAVE COVER OFF FOR RETARD ADJUSTMENT: EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME TO CHANGE TIME TURN KNOB (EITHER DIRECTION) FOR DESIRED TIME DELAY. USE THE MINIMUM AMOUNT OF RETARD NECESSARY TO PREVENT FALSE ALARMS. A 'B" SETTING IS USUALLY ADEQUATE FOR THIS. FACTORY IS SET TO 'B', TO INSTALL, DRILL A HOLE AS INDICATED: PIPE SIZE: HOLE SIZE: to 2-1/2" 1-1/4 i-1/8' -1/16" (50mm to 65mm) (33mm ±2mm) to 8" 2' ±1/B' (80mm to 200mm) (50mm ±2mm) DIRECTION APPROX. RETARD SETTINGS (IN SECS.) o o 1 A 18 IO_2!1 20_41 Ic 35-5 0 50_70j F 60-90 A CAUTION When this device is to be installed in an area that is classified as "Hazardous", the person responsible for safety in the area Should be contacted to determine if the tools and operations required for the installation of the device and associated components are permitted in the area. To reduce the risk of ignition of hazardous atmospheres, disconnect supply circuits before opening enclosure. Keep cover tightly closed when in operation. Cover screws must be torqued to a minimum of 20 in. lbs. Fig. 3 Typical Electrical Connections 2 SETS OF NORMALLY OPEN CONTACTS WATERFLOW ZONE EOLR FROM CLOSE ON ALARM ON FIRE PANEL FIRE PANEL THE N.C. AND N.C. MARKINGS ON POSITIVE DC THE SWITCH ARE FOR AN ALARM OR HOT AC CONDITION. SELL NEGATIVE DC OR THE CONTACTS ARE REVERSED NEUTRALAC WHENTHE DEVICE Is INTHE NORMAL CONDITION. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400805 - REV N PAGE 2 OF 3 8/08 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DWG. #805-I Notes: The Model VSR-FEX has two switches, one can be used to operate a central station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. Note: For supervised circuits see "Switch Terminal Connections" drawing and caution note (Fig. 1). I I I NOTE: WITH COVER SCREWS TIGHTEND TO 20.25 IN/LBS (226-2.825 Nm) THE BASE TO COVER JOINT GAP MUST BE LESS THAN .0015 IN. (.038mm). SECTION A-A I I ®POTTER The Symbol of Protection Testing The frequency of testing for the model VSR-FEX and its associated protective monitoring system should be in accordance with applicable NFPA Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided, the inspector's test valve, that is usually located at the end I of the most remote branch line, should always be used for test purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection VSR-FEX EXPLOSION PROOF VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD device on the system, application of the VSR-FEX is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 gpm (38 Lpm) is required to activate this device. Important Notice Please advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance with the testing instructions. Fig. 4 Joints and Clearances Minimum Joint Width I Max Clearance )9.72] SI!AFTO'497 *0.0 634' HOLEO.2507 2 [sio :' DETAIL F MAX CLEARANCE .0032 IN. (.08mm.) DWG# 805.2 PRINTED IN USA MFG. 95400805 - REV N PAGE 3 OF 3 8/08 I I I I I I I I I CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL I FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7770-0328:0001 Page 1 of 1 I CATEGORY: 7770 -- VALVES/SWITCHES LISTEE: Potter Electric Signal Co1609 Park 370 Place, Hazelwood, MO 63042 Contact: Bill Witherspoon (314) 595-6900 Fax (314) 595-6999 I Email: BillW©pottersignal.com DESIGN: Vane and pressure type water flow alarm switches listed below. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. I Vane Types: VSR-CF VSR-D VSR-F VSR-SF I VSR-FE-2 VS-SP VS-F VSR-SFG VSR-SFT VSG VSR VSR-S VSR-C VSR-ST VSR-SG I Pressure Type: I WFS-B WFSR-C WFSPD-B PS10 PS-10A PS-bOA WFSR-F PS100 INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number and UL or FM label. I APPROVAL: Listed as waterfiow alarm switches for use with fire sprinkler systems. Vane models may be used in wet pipe systems; pressure models may be used in wet or dry systems. Model VSR-CF is for use on K, L or M copper pipe (2", 2-1/2", 3", 4") and listed CPVC pipe (2", 2-1/2", 3"). I Model VSR-SF for use on 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and *2 steel, copper or listed plastic pipe. Model VSG is for low flow rate. Model VSR-SFG and VSR-SFT are for use on 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and *2 plastic pipe. Models VS-F, VSR-F, VSR-FE and VSR-FE-2 is for use on 2", 2-1/2", 3", 3-1/2", 4", 5", 6", 8" and 10" pipe. *Model VSR is for use on steel pipe sizes from 2" through 8". Vane type I switches may be used outdoors when the outdoor temperature never falls below 400F. I Rev*5172007 jw I This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not I an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other I Date Issued: July 01, 2017 Listing Expires June 3O,2018 Authorized By: DAVID CASTILLO, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division I u [1 (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection BELLS PBA-AC & MBA-DC These vibrating type bells are designed for use as fire, burglar or general signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel ratings. The unit mounts on a standard 4" (10 1mm) square electrical box for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox or BBX- I deep weatherproof backbox for outdoor applications. Weatherproof backbox model BBK-1, Stock No. 1500001. UL, ULC, and FM Approved Sizes Available: 6" (150mm), 8" (200mm) and 10" (250mm) Voltages Available: 24VAC 120VAC I2VDC (10.2 to 15.6) Polarized 24VDC (20.4 to 31.2) Polarized Service Use: Fire Alarm General Signaling Burglar Alarm Environment: Indoor or outdoor use (See Note I) -40° to 150°F (40° to 66°C) (Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.) Termination: AC Bells - 4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires DC Bells - Terminal strip Finish: Red powder coating Optional: Model BBK- I weatherproof backbox Model BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox Notes: Minimum dB ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as specified in UL Standard 464. UL temperature range is -300 to 150°F (-340 to 660C). Typical dB ratings are calculated from measurements made with a conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in an actual installation. ULC only applies to MBA DC bells. 1 I Li I I 1 I Size inches (mm) Voltage Model Number Stock Number Current (Max.) Typical dB at 10 ft. (3m) (2) Minimum dB at 10 ft. (3m) (1) 6(150) 12VDC MBA-6-12 1750070 .12A 85 76 8(200) 12VDC MBA-8-12 1750080 .12A 90 77 10 (250) 12VDC MBA-10-12 1750060 .12A 92 78 6(150) 24VDC MBA-6-24 1750100 .06A 87 77 8(200) 24VDC MBA-8-24 1750110 .06A 91 79 10(250) 24VDC MBA-10-24 1750090 .06A 94 80 6(150) 24VAC PBA246 1806024* .17A 91 78 8(200) 24VAC PBA248 1808024* .17A 94 77 10 (250) 24VAC PBA2410 1810024* .17A 94 78 6(150) 120VAC PBA1206 1806120* .05A 92 83 8(200) 120VAC PBA1208 1808120* .05A 99 84 10 (250) 120VAC PBA12010 1810120* .05A 99 86 All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection. * Does not have ULC listing. WARNING I In outdoor or vet installations, bell must be mounted with veatherproofbackbox, BBK-1 or BBX-l. Standard electrical boxes will not provide a weatherproof enclosure. If the bell and/or assembly is exposed to moisture, it may fail or create an electrical hazard. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO, Phone: 866-572-3005/Canada 888-882-1833 www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. t5400776 - REV Y-I PAGE I OF 2 01/13 [Ti 1 I I I I I I I Weatherproof Backbox Dimensions Inches (mm) Fig. 2 Box has one threaded 1/2 conduit entrance : 5 3/4" F (146) 3 3/8" - ( (86) 4i) 4 1/4" (108) DIVER 776-2 WHITE (IN) WHITE (OUT) FROM CONTROL PANEL OR PRECEDING BOLL BLACK (IN) BLACK (OUT) CAUTION: WHEN ELECTRICAL SUPERVISION IS REQUIRED USE IN AND OUT LEADS AS SHOWN. NOTES: I. WHEN USING AC BELLS, TERMINATE EACH EXTRA WIRE SEPARATELVAFTER LAST BELL. 2. END-OP-LINE RESISTOR IS NOT REQUIREO ONAC BELLS. I I I 1 I I 1 I I I I I I I 1 I I (E)POTTER BELLS The Symbol of Protection PBA-AC & MBA-DC Bells Dimensions Inches (mm) Wiring (rear view) Fig. I Fig. 3 A.C. BELLS 101, 50) (2 (2 (150) 2 11/16 68) DWG// 775-I Installation I. The bell shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 72, or local AHJ. The top of the device shall be no less than 90" AFF and not less than 6' below the ceiling. Remove the gong. Connect wiring (see Fig. 3). Mount bell mechanism to backbox (bell mechanism must be mounted with the striker pointing down). Reinstall the gong (be sure that the gong positioning pin, in the mechanism housing, is in the hole in the gong). Test all bells for proper operation and observe that they can be heard where required (bells must be heard in all areas as designated by the authority having jurisdiction). WARNING Failure to install striker down will prevent bell from operating. PRINTED IN USA MFG. 95400776 - REV Y- I PAGE 2 OF 2 01/13 I CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL I FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7135-0328:0119 Page 1 of 1 I CATEGORY: 7135--AUDIBLE DEVICES LISTEE: Potter Electric Signal Co1609 Park 370 Place, Hazelwood, MO 63042 Contact: Bill Witherspoon (314) 595-6900 Fax (314) 595-6999 I Email: BillWpottersignal.com DESIGN: Models*SB624153075, *SB62475110 PBA246, PBA248, PBA2410, PBA1206, PBA1208 and PBA12010 vibrating bells. Suitable for outdoor use when used with Model BBK-1 I backbox. Models are AC or DC powered and available in 6', 8" and 10". Models MBA-6, -8 and -10 bells, suitable for outdoor use when used with Model BBX-1 backbox. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. I RATING: PBA-246, -248, -2410: 24 VAC PBA-1206, -1208, -12010: 120 VAC MBA-6, -8, -10: 12 or 24 VDC I INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instruction, applicable codes & ordinances, and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number and UL label. I APPROVAL: Listed as audible devices for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units. If this appliance is required to produce a distinctive three-pulse Temporal Pattern Fire Alarm Evacuation Signal (for total evacuation) in accordance with NFPA 72, 2002 Edition, the I appliance must be used with a fire alarm control unit that can generate the temporal pattern signal. Refer to manufacturer's Installation Manual for details. NOTE: 1 I*R ev 5-17-2007 jw I . This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not I an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other I Date Issued: July 01, 2017 Listing Expires June 30, 2018 Authorized By: DAVID CASTILLO, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division I RMSIL FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION LI SPRINKLER CABINETS FOR REPLACEMENT A U TOMA TI C SPRINKLERS I 1 I I SIX SPRINKLER CABINET FOR 1/2" OR 3/4" SPRINKLERS P/N 312390 TWELVE SPRINKLER CABINET FOR 1/2" OR 3/4" SPRINKLERS P/N 312392 When storing concealed sprinklers, Twelve Sprinkler Cabinet holds six units and Six Sprinkler Cabinet holds three units. 4077 AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658 989-846-4583 FAX 989-846-9231 1-800-248-0278 www.gIobesprinkler.com JAN 2017 GFS- 825 (Formerly B-5) I I I I I I I I I I 4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, Ml 48658 989w-846-4583 www.globesprinkler.com FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION Technical Support. 989-414-2600• techservice@globesprinkler.com SPRINKLER GUARDS AND SHIELDS GUARD MODELS JG & JGS SHIELD MODEL GL SERIES GENERAL DESCRIPTION Globe Model JG sprinkler guards are accessories designed to protect specific GL Series sprinklers where the poten- tial of mechanical damage might be expected. In addition, GL Series water shields are used to protect the sprinkler's thermosensitive element from the water spray discharge of higher elevation sprinklers. The use of the Model JGS guard and shield assembly with an appropriate upright sprinkler provides an approved "Intermediate Level" upright sprinkler assembly suitable for rack storage applications (See Table Afor specific approvals). Likewise, the use of the GL Series water shield with an appropriate pendent sprinkler, provides a listed/approved "Intermediate Level" pendent sprinkler as- sembly suitable for rack storage applications (See Table A for specific listings/approvals). If a head guard is also de- sired for this pendent "Intermediate Level" sprinkler assem- bly, the JG head guard, in accordance with Table A, may be utilized in addition to the shield. The guards are available in red or chrome plated. Model JG - (cULus) Part No. 312253-1 (Red) Part No. 312253-C (Chrome) Model JG - (FM) Part No. 312253-1-B (Red) Part No. 312253-C-B (Chrome) I I I I TECHNICAL DATA Approvals See Table A on page 2 Material Headguard - steel Water shield - steel - 3%" Diameter Finish Headguard - red or chrome Water shield - zinc plated Model JGS Part No. 321406 (Red enamel painted) Part No. 321407 (Chrome plated) NOTE: Users should refer to Globe's web site (www.globesprinkler.com) to assure that the most recent technical literature is being utilized. GL Series Shield Part No. 325706 1/2" NPT Part No. 325707 3/4" NP APR 2017 GFS-450 (Formerly B-I) PAGE 1 OF 3 TABLE A. SPRINKER GUARD, SHIELD, LISTINGS & APPROVALS SIN NO. T.D.S. RESPONSE ORIENTATION K-FACTOR NPT MODEL JG 312253.1-B 312253-C-B MODEL JG 312253-1 312253-C SHIELD MODEL JGS GL5601 GFS-100a QUICK PENDENT 5.6 1/2" FM cULus cULus, FM N/A GL5601 GFS-400 QUICK PENDENT 5.6 1/2" FM cULus cULus, FM N/A GL5615 GFS-100a QUICK UPRIGHT 5.6 1/2" FM cULus N/A cULus, FM GL5617 GFS-400 QUICK. UPRIGHT 5.6 1/2" N/A N/A Assembled cULus, FM N/A GL5651 GFS-430 STANDARD PENDENT 5.6 1/2" FM cULus cULus, FM N/A GL5661 GFS-100b STANDARD UPRIGHT 5.6 1/2" FM cULus N/A cULus, FM GL5663 GFS-430 STANDARD UPRIGHT 5.6 1/2" N/A N/A Assembled cULus, FM N/A GL8101 GFS-400 QUICK PENDENT 8.0 1/2" N/A cULus cULus N/A GL8106 GFS-400 QUICK PENDENT 8.0 3/4" FM cULus cULus, FM N/A GL8115 GFS-100a QUICK UPRIGHT 8.0 1/2" N/A cULus N/A cULus GL8117 GFS-400 QUICK UPRIGHT 8.0 1/2" N/A N/A Assembled cULus N/A GL8118 GFS-100a QUICK UPRIGHT 8.0 3/4" FM cULus N/A cULus, FM GL8120 GFS-400 QUICK UPRIGHT 8.0 3/4" N/A N/A Assembled cULus, FM N/A GL8151 GFS-430 STANDARD. PENDENT 8.0 1/2" N/A cULus cULus N/A GL8156 GFS-430 STANDARD PENDENT 8.0 3/4" FM cULus cULus, FM N/A GL8161 GFS-loob STANDARD UPRIGHT 8.0 1/2" N/A cULus N/A cULus GL8163 GFS-430 STANDARD UPRIGHT 8.0 1/2" N/A N/A Assembled cULus N/A GL8164 GFS-1100b STANDARD UPRIGHT 8.0 3/4" FM cULus N/A cULus, FM GL8166 GFS-430 STANDARD UPRIGHT 8.0 3/4" N/A N/A Assembled cULus, FM N/A GL1114 GFS-400 QUICK PENDENT 11.2 3/4" N/A cULus cULus N/A GL1123 GFS-410 QUICK UPRIGHT 11.2 3/4" N/A cULus N/A cULus GL1124 GFS-400 QUICK UPRIGHT 11.2 3/4" N/A N/A Assembled cULus N/A GL1160 GFS-430 STANDARD PENDENT 11.2 3/4" N/A cULus cULus N/A GL1167 GFS-440 STANDARD UPRIGHT 11.2 3/4" N/A cULus cULus cULus GL1168 GFS-430 STANDARD UPRIGHT 11.2 3/4" N/A N/A Assembled cULus, FM I N/A 0 2] .2 7] 12 .7] [69.0] MODEL JIG (cULus) FIGURE 1 MODEL JIG (FM) FIGURE 2 3.78" DIA. F1NG [69.0] MODEL JGS FIGURE 3 GL SERIES SHIELD FIGURE 4 APR 2017 GFS-450 (Formerly B-I) PAGE 2 OF 3 Installation of Guard Model JG Step 1. Unclip the hooks from the Cage of the sprinkler guard assembly. Step 2. Spread the cage open slightly at the base to provide sufficient space to install the sprinkler guard over the sprinkler frame. (NOTE - spreading the cage too much may damage the sprinkler guard) Step 3. With the guard positioned over the sprinkler frame, close the cage such that the notches at the base of the cage fit around the thread relief of the sprinkler. (space between the top of the threads and the wrench flats) Step 4. While holding the cage closed, slide one of the hooks down the cage frame to the notch to where it clicks into place. Step 5. While squeezing the open side of the cage, slide the second hook down to the notch in the same manner as the opposing side Step 6. Inspect the sprinkler and sprinkler guard for any damage. Replace either if any damage is observed. NOTE: The guard cage maybe oriented in any position relative to sprinkler frame arms. Installation of Series GL Shield The GL Series Shield must be installed onto sprinkler prior to sprinkler installation into fitting. The GL Series Shield may be used on sprinklers alone or in combination with a JG Sprinkler Guard. Step 1. Install the Shield over the sprinkler threads down to the end of the sprinkler threads. (Do not thread shield past threads and onto sprinkler relief area). Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied, hand tighten the sprin- kler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using the appropriate sprinkler wrench. Step 4. After the sprinkler is installed, spin the shield back up the threads towards the sprinkler fitting until the shield comes in contact with the fitting. ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIFY: Model Finish PN JG Red painted ..........312253-1-B JG Chrome plated ........312253 -C-B JG Red painted ..........312253-1 JG Chrome plated . . . . . . . . 312253-C Installation of Shield Series GL with Guard Model JG The GL Series Shield must be installed onto sprinkler prior to sprinkler installation into fitting. Step 1. Install the Shield over the sprinkler threads down to the end of the sprinkler threads. (Do not thread shield past threads and onto sprinkler relief area). Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied, hand tighten the sprin- kler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using the appropriate sprinkler wrench. Step 4. After the sprinkler is installed, spin the shield back up the threads towards the sprinkler fitting until the shield comes in contact with the fitting. Step 5. Unclip the hooks from the Cage of the appropriate sprin- kler guard assembly. Step 6. Spread the cage open slightly at the base to provide sufficient space to install the sprinkler guard over the sprinkler frame. (NOTE - spreading the cage too much may damage the sprinkler guard) Step 7. With the guard positioned over the sprinkler frame, close the cage such that the notches at the base of the cage fit around the thread relief of the sprinkler (space between the top of the threads and the wrench flats). Step 8. While holding the cage closed, slide one of the hooks down the cage frame to the notch to where it clicks into place. Step 9. While squeezing the open side of the cage, slide the second hook down to the notch in the same manner as the opposing side. Step 10. Inspect the sprinkler and sprinkler guard for any dam- age. Replace either if any damage is observed. NOTE: The guard cage may be oriented in any position relative to sprinkler frame arms. GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manufac- tured products found to be defective in material or work- manship for a period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). I 1 I JGS Red painted .........321406 JIGS Chrome plated . . . . . . . . 321407 GL Shield 1/2 NPT ........325706 GL Shield 3/4" NPT .........325707 NOTE: See Table A for appropriate Listings/Approval combinations. 4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, Ml 48658 • 989-846-4583 • www.globesprinkler.com Technical Support. 989-414-2600 techservice@globesprinkler.com 6— APR 2017 GFS-450 (Formerly B-I) PAGE 3 OF 3 I I I I I I I I I SPRINKLER 1 HEADS I I I I I I I I Li I I I 1 EXTENDED COVERAGE ORDINARY HAZARD UPRIGHT GLII2I EXTENDED COVERAGE ORDINARY HAZARD PENDENT • RECESSED PENDENT GLIII3 I No Lam Forn FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION I EXTENDED COVERAGE ORDINARY HAZARD A U TO MA TI C SPRINKLERS MODELS GLII2I & GLIII3 UPRIGHT • PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT I 1 I I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION The Globe GL Series Extended Coverage Ordinary Hazard Extra Large Orifice Sprinkler is a low profile yet durable design which utilizes a 3mm frangible glass ampule as the thermosensitive element. While the sprinkler provides an aesthetically pleasing appearance, it serves to protect various areas of coverage. This sprinkler series is available in various styles, temperature ratings and several finishes to meet many varying design requirements. The Globe GL Series Extended Coverage Ordinary Hazard Extra Large Orifice Sprinkler is to be installed per NFPA 13 guidelines. The heart of Globe's GL Series sprinkler proven actuat- ing assembly is a hermetically sealed frangible glass ampule that contains a precisely measured amount of fluid. When heat is absorbed, the liquid within the bulb expands increasing the internal pressure. At the prescribed temperature the internal pressure within the ampule exceeds the strength of the glass causing the glass to shatter. This results in water discharge which is distributed in an approved pattern depending upon the deflector style used. TECHNICAL DATA See reverse side for Approvals and Specifications. Temperature Ratings - 155°F (68°C), 175°F (79°C), 200°F (93°C), 286°F (141°C) Water Working Pressure Rating -175 psi (12 Bars) Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34 Bars) Maximum low temperature glass bulb rating is 670F(-550C) Frame - bronze • Deflector - brass • Screw - brass Bulb seat - copper• Spring - nickel alloy • Seal - teflon Bulb - glass with alcohol based solution, 3mm size Escutcheon Assembly - steel -SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATING/CLASSIFICATION and COLOR CODING CLASSIFICATION AVAILABLE SPRINKLER BULB COLOR N.F.P.A. MAXIMUM CEILING TEMPERATURES TEMPERATURE ORDINARY 155°F 68°C RED 100°F 38°C INTERMEDIATE 175°F/200°F 79°C/93°C YELLOW/GREEN 150°F 66°C HIGH 286°F 141°C BLUE 225°F 107°C NOV 2016 GFS-255 (Formerly A-79) EXTENDED COVERAGE ORDINARY HAZARD EXTRA LARGE ORIFICE A U TO MA TIC SPRINKLERS MODELS GL1121 & GL1113 UPRIGHT • PENDENT • PENDENT RECESSED SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS NOMINAL THREAD SIZE LENGTH FINISHES cULus "K" FACTOR Factory Bronze 11.2 3/4"NPT 27/16" Chrome X (160 metric) (20mm) (6.2cm) White Polyester3 Black _Polyester2'3 NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. 2 FINISHES AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER. 'AVAILABLE AS cULus LISTED CORROSION RESISTANT WHEN SPECIFIED ON ORDER. cULus LISTING DESIGN - USE REQUIREMENTS FOR ORDINARY HAZARD ONLY TEMPERATURES MAX. AREA OF ORDINARY GROUP 1! ORDINARY GROUP 2 155°F 175°F 200°°F F 286 MIN. MIN. MIN. MIN. RESPONSE SIN MODEL STYLE COVERAGE (68°C) (79°C) (93°C) (141°C) LENGTH xWIOTH PRESSURE FLOW PRESSURE FLOW Feet (Meters) P.S.I. (bars) G.P.M. (1./mis.) P St. (bars) G.P.M. (L/mfr,.) GL1121 UPRIGHT QUICK RESPONSE X --- X --- 14(4.3)x 14(4.3) 7(48) 30 (114) 12(83) 39 (148) GL1113 PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT GL1121 UPRIGHT 16(4.9) x 16(4.9) 12(.83) 39 (148) 21(1.45) 51(193) STANDARD RESPONSE X X X X PENDENT 18(5.5) x 18(5.5) 19(1.31) 49(185) 34(2.34) 65(246) GL1113 RECESSED PENDENT 20 (6.1)x20 (6.1) 29(2.0) 60(227) 51(3.52) .80(303) NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. SPRINKLERS SHALL BE LIMITED AS PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA1 3 AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS. FOR COVERAGE AREA DIMENSIONS LESS THAN OR BETWEEN THOSE INDICATED, USE THE MINIMUM FLOW FOR THE NEXT HIGHEST COVERAGE AREA FOR WHICH HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIAARE STATED. MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN UPRIGHT SPRINKLERS (GL1121) IS 11 FEET (3.4 METERS). MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN PENDENT SPRINKLERS (GL1113) IS 9 FEET (2.7 METERS). 2 15/15 DIR. 1 2' DIE, MIN. HOLE IN CEILING ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIFY I ' 53/4' REDUCER Quantity• Model Number• Style Orifice Thread Size Temperature • Finishes desired CUP— Quantity - Wrenches - P/N 333010 _______ _ IJL Quantity - Recessed Wrenches - P/N 333011 1 1/8 MIN. 7/8'MAX. GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY CEIUNGJ 1" RETAINE 1/8 Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manufactured I 3/4 MAX MIN.products found to be defective in material or workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment. CROSS SECTION For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List I Terms Conditions Sale Price List). and of (Our g. L 1Z AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658 I 4077 989-846-4583 FAX 989-846-9231 FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION 1-800-248-0278 www.globesprinkler.com PRINTED U.S.A. NOV 2016 GFS-255 (Formerly A-79) I HANGER & BRACES COMPONENTS Threaded Accessories ®TOLcO TL Specify Length TL read Siz' B3205 - Threaded Rod (right-hand threads - both ends) (TOLCO Fig. 103) B32051 - Threaded Rod (right & left hand threads) Size Range: 3/8'-16 thru 3-4 rod Material: Steel Function: Recommended for use as a hanger support in hanger assemblies. Rod is threaded on both ends with right hand threads of the length shown. Also available with left and right hand threads - specify Fig. B3205L when ordering. Maximum Temperature: 750°F (399°C) Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, rod size, length and finish I Standard Design Load Thread Size Thread Length TI 650°F (343°C) 150°F (399°C) Part No. A in. (mm) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kN) I B3205-3/8 x .1, /8"-16 21/2 (63.5) 730 (3.25) 572 (2.54) B3205-1/2 x L, h/2°13 21/2' (63.5) 1350 16.001 1057 (4.70) B3205-5/8 x /8'-11 21/2" (63.5) 2160 (9.61) 1692 (7.52) B3205-3/4 x L, /4"-1O 3 (76.2) 3230 (14.37) 2530 (11.25) U B3205-1/8 X L, /811-9 31/2 (88.9) 4480 (19.93) 3508 (15.60) For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog. ATR - All Threaded Rod - 120" (3.05m) Lengths (TOLCO Fig. 100) Fig. 99 - All Threaded Rod Cut To Length Size Range: 3/8 -16 thru 11/2'6 rod in 120" lengths or cut to length Material: Steel Maximum Temperature: 750°F 1399°Cl Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, rod size, length and finish Part No. - Size x length Threads Recommended Load Approx. Wt./100 Ft. AIR Fig. 99 Per Inch Lbs. )kN) Lbs. (kg) AIR /4" x 120 99-1I4" x length 20 240 (1.07) 12 (5.44) AIR 3/g° x 120 993/8 x length 16 730 (3.24) 29 (13.15) ATR 1/2" x 120 99-1/2" x length 13 1350 (6.00) 53 (24.04) AIR /° x 120 99_5/8° x length 11 2160 (9.60) 89 (40.37) AIR 3/4° x 120 993/4" x length 10 3230 (14.37) 123 (55.19) AIR /" x 120 991/8" x length 9 4480 (19.93) 170 (77.11) For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog B-tine by Et.N All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Revised 412812014 94 Fire Protection Solutions 21 All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions Pipe Hangers C Fig. 200 Fig. 200S Fig. 200 - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger (B-Line Fig. B317ONF) Fig. 200F - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Felt Lining (B-Line Fig. B317ONFF) Fig. 200C - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Plastic Coated (B-Line Fig. 133170NFC) Fig. 200S - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Non-Captured Nut Size Range: Fig. 200 - 1/2' (15mm) thru 8" (200mm) pipe Material: Steel, Pie-Galvanized to G90 specifications Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features: (1/2" (15mm) thru 2" (50mm)) Flared edges ease installation for all pipe types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion. Captured design - - keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily installed around pipe. For hanger with non-captured nut order Fig. 200S. / (21/2" (65mm) thru 8" (200mm)) Spring tension on nut holds it securely in ". hanger before installation. Adjusting nut is easily removed. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed (1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm)) in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (FM) (3/4" (20mm) thru 8" )200mm)1. Fig.200-10200-2 Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-1 71 E & A-A-1 192A, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, Type 10. Maximum Temperature: 650°F (343°C) Finish: Pie-Galvanized. Stainless Steel materials will be supplied with 121 hex nuts L.. in place f a knurl nut. Order By: Figure number and pipe size s0 requirements ot Q Fig. 200C Fig. 200F Pipe Size Rod Size A B Approx. WtI100 Part No. in. (mml in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kg) 200-1/2 1/2" (15) /8"-16 31I8' (79.4) 2/8" (66.7) 11 (5.0) 200-/4 3/4' (20) /t"-i 6 31/8 (79.4) 21/2' (63.5) ii (5.0) 200-1 1" (25) 3/8 -16 3/8 (85.7) 2/8' (66.7) 12 (5.5) 200-11/4 11/4' (32) /t"-16 33/4' (94.0) 2/8' (73.0) 13 (5.9) 200-11/2 11/2" (40) /8"-16 37/ (98.4) 2/8' (73.0) 14 (6.4) 200-2 2' (50) /t"-16 41/2' (114.3) 3' (76.3) 15 (6.9) 200-21/2 21/2" (65) /8"-16 5/8' (142.9) 41/8" (104.7) 27 (12.3) 200-3 3' (75) /a"-16 57/ (149.1) 4' (101.6) 29 (13.3) 200-31/2 31/2' (90) /811-16 73/ (187.3) 51/4 (133.3) 34 (15.6) 200-4 4° (100) /8"-16 7/8 (187.3) 5' (127.0) 35 (16.0) 200-5 5" (125) 1/2"_13 91/8' (231.8) 61/4" (158.7) 66 (30.2) 200-6 6 (150) 1/2"..13 101/8' (257.2) 6/4' (171.4) 73 133.41 200-8 8" (200) 1/2 .13 131/8' (333.4) 8/4" (222.2) 136 (62.3) BLiné by U I I I I I I I I I I I I I LI I I Fig. 20021I2 to 200-8 Fig. 25 - Surge Restrainer C®USLISTED I I I I LI I I Size Range - One size fits 3/4 thru 2 pipe. Material - Pre-Galvanized Steel Function - Designed to be used in conjunction with TOLCO® Band Hangers to restrict the upward movement of piping as it occurs during sprinkler head activation or earthquake type activity. The surge restrainer is easily and efficient- ly installed by snapping into a locking position on the band hanger. This product is intended to satisfy the requirements as indicated in the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 13, 2010 edition, 9.2.3.4.4.1 and 9.2.3.4.4.4 Can be used to restrain either steel pipe or CPVC plastic Pipe. Approvals - Underwriters' Laboratories Listed flJy when used with TOLCO band hangers Fig. 2, 2NFPA and 200, in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Finish - Pre-Galvanized Order By - Figure number and TOLCO band hanger, size from 3/4 thru 2. Patent #5,344,108 I I I I I I I I OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 I CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com Seismic Bracing Fig. 75 - Swivel Attachment ®TOL.cD" Size Range: - /'-1 6 Rod Attachment May be used as a structural attachment C®US Material: Steel component of a branch line restraint Usmo Function: Recommended applications for this product: May be used as a Branch Line Restraint for structural attachment to Fig. 18 All Steel anchor bolt, beam clamp, etc. Ceiling Plate Fig. 15 Swivel : • May be used in a pitched or sloped roof application, to meet Attachment requirements of NFPA 13 (2010) 9.1.2.6. Fig. 200 Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Adjustable All Threaded Rod Canada (cUl) to support up to 4' (100mm) pipe. Band Hanger Finish: Electro-Galvanized -1 I Weight: Approx. Wt./1 00 - 13.3 Lbs. 6.0kg) + Fig. 25 Surge Restrainer Order By: Figure number Patent: #7,887,248 1 Fig. 65XT Reversible Beam Clamp Fig. 75 Swivel I ' ) -Beam Attachment All Threaded I Rod May be used with a pitched roof application, to meet requirements of NFPA 13 (2010) Sec. 9.1.2.5. I Fig. 98 - Rod Stiffener I Fig. 98B - Rod Stiffener with Break-Off Bolt Head I Size Range Secures 3/8"-16 thru 7/8"-9 hanger rod Material Steel 0 I Function Secures channel to hanger rod for vertical seismic bracing Slight distortion of the channel (strut) may occur upon installation of rod stiffeners. -... Approvals: Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State Fig. 98 I of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). - For additional load spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines \tS. I Finish Electro Galvanized Contact B Line for alternative finishes and materials ' Weight: Approx. Wt./1 00: Fig. 98 - 11.8 Lbs. (5.3kg) Fig.98B Fig. 98B - 12.7 Lbs. (5.7kg) . .. I Order By: Figure number Rod Maximum Rod Length Maximum Spacing Between Notes: Size Without Rod Stiffener Rod Stiffeners 1.) Rod stiffeners are required only on hanger and I 3/8" 19" (482mm) 13" (330mm) trapeze assemblies that have seismic bracing /2.. 25 (635mm) 18" (457mm) attached at or within 4" (101.6mm) of the rod. A minimum of two rod stiffeners (Figure 98, 988, 1/811 31" (787mm) 23" (584mm) or SC228( must be installed. I 3/4" 37" (940mm) 28" (711mm) 2.) Recommended torque on Figure 98 and 5C228 1/8" 43" (1092mm) 33" (838mm) is 8 ft-lbs. (10.8Nm) or finger tight and one full 1.. 50" (1270mm) 38" (965mm) turn with a wrench. I 11,14 60" (1524mm) 43 )1092mm) Figure 98B has the break off bolt head. Al) dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. BLine by E411 48 Fire Protection Solutions 4s1 B3148•' Pipe 1/2 Size (15) 2/16" (61.9) Bolt Size B I /8"-16 ~ ~ 513/16' G (147.6) /16" H (11.1) Design 190 Load (.84) Approx. 107 Wt./100 (48.5) B3148-3/4 3/4" (20) 21/2" (63.5) /8"-16 515/16" (150.8) /16" (11.1) 190 (.84) 109 (49.4) B3148•1 (25) 2/8" (66.7) 3/8"- 16 61/4 (158.7) /16" (11.1) 190 (.84) 116 (52.6) B3148•11/4 11/4 (32) 2/4" (69.8) /8"-16 611/16 (169.9) /16" (11.1) 190 (.84) 126 (57.1) B3148•11i 11/2 (40) 3" (76.2) /8'16 615/16" (176.2) /16" (11.1) 190 (.84) 134 (60.8) B3148-2 (50) 3/1" (81.0) /8"-16 8/16" (211.1) /16" (11.1) 420 (1.87) 191 (86.6) B3148•21k 21/2" (65) 3/1" (87.3) 3/8"- 16 8/8" (225.4) /16" (11.1) 420 (1.87) 209 (94.8) B3148-3 (80) 33/4" (95.2) /8"-16 91/2" (241.3) /16" (11.1) 420 (1.87) 232 (105.3) B3148-31 31/2" (90) (101.6) /8"-16 101/16" (255.6) /16" (11.1) 420 (1.87) 250 (113.4) B3148•4 4" (100) 41/4" (107.9) 1/2"13 109/16" (268.3) /16" (14.3) 610 (2.71) 370 (167.8) B3148-6 6" (150) 1 5/16" (134.9) 1/2"..13 14/" (365.1) /16" (14.3) 870 (3.87) 650 (294.8) B31488 8" (200) 6/16" (160.3) 1/2"13 167/16" (417.5) /16" (14.3) 870 (3.87) 787 B3148-10 10" (250) 7/8" (187.3) /4"-10 211/2" (546.1) 13/16" (20.6) 925 (4.11) 1238 kd B3148-12 12" (300) 8/8" (212.7) /4"-10 24/8" (631.8) 13/16" (20.6) 1225 (5.45) 2100 I I I I I I I Fig. B3148 - Offset Pipe Clamp (TOLCO Fig. 7) Size Range: 1/2" (15mm) thru 12" (300mm) pipe Material: Steel Function: Recommended for support of pipe lines running at a definite distance from the wall or floor of a building or structure. Maximum Temperature: - 650°F (343°C) Finish: Plain. Contact Cooper B-Line for alterantive finishes and materials. Note: Special "B" dimensions available on request, consult factory. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish I I I I I I Design Load - Bolts and Nuts Included : Bolt Size C 1 H 2 Holes 1 I I I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. COOPER B-Line Set Bolt A Included Mounting Hardware Is Not Included '1.-. Seismic Bracing I Fig. 909 - No-Thread Swivel Sway Brace Attachment I Size Range: 1' (25mm) bracing pipe. For brace pipe sizes larger than 1" (25mm), use Fig. 980. Available with holes for 1,"13 thru /4"-10 fastener attachment. Material: Steel, hardened cone point set bolt I Function: The structural component of a sway and seismic bracing system. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on I concentric loading. No threading of the bracing pipe is required. Open design allows for easy inspection of pipe engagement. Application Note: Fig. 909 is used in conjunction with the Fig. 1000, Fig, 1001, Fig. 4A or Fig. 41 or other approved TOLCO attachment to pipe, I and joined together with bracing pipe. Sway brace assemblies are intended to be installed in accordance with NFPA 13. The required type, number and size of fasteners used for the structure attachment fitting shall be in accordance with NFPA 13. I Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Installation Instructions: Fig. 909 is the structural or transitional attachment I component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 4A, or other approved TOLCO attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. I To Install: Place the Fig. 909 onto the bracing pipe. Tighten the set bolt until the head bottoms out on surface. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and I materials. Order By: Figure number, fastener attachment size and finish. I I Part Mounting Hole Brace Max. Design Approx. I Number D Pipe Size A B Load Wt.I100 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg) 909.1/2* /32" (13.5) 1" (25) 6" 1152.41 1/8" 141.31 2015 (896) 91 (413) I 909-5/8 11/16" 117.51 1" 1251 6" 1152.41 1/8" 141.31 2015 (8.96) 90 (40.8) 909-/4 13/16" (20.6) 1.. (25) 6" (152.4) 1/8" 141.31 2015 (8.96) 89 (40.4) Standard size. I Important! - For load information when using Fig. 909 with pre-installed or post-installed concrete anchors in compliance with NFPA 13 (2016) or ASCE 7-10, including prying factors, see load tables on pages ALl thru AL21. Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 63 Revised 17/30/2015 by Seismic Bracing Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1" (25mm) thru 8" 200mm) IPS. Pipe size used for bracing: 1' )25mm) and 11/4" (32mm) Schedule 40 IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1" (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). For FM Approval information refer to page 71. Finish: Plain or Electro-Ga Ivan ized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (1" (25mm) or 11/4' (32mm)), and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the UL Listing requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. Pipe Size in. (mm) Part Number & Approx. Wt./100 1" (24mm) Brace Pipe 11/4" (32mm) Brace Pipe Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) Design Load - Lbs. For Brace Pipe Size 1" /11/4" Sch. 7 Sch. 10 Sch. 40 1" I 11/4" 1" / 11/4" 1"/ 11/4" (25) 1001-1 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1 X 11/4 118.0 (53.5) -- I -- 1000 /1000 1000/1000 11/4" (32) 1001-1'/4X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1'/4X 11/4 114.0 (51.7) 1000/ 1000 1000/1000 1000/ 1000 11/2" (40) 1001-1'/2X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001_11/2X 11/4 115.0 (52.1) 1000/ 1000 1500/1500 1500/ 1500 1501 1001-2X1 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2X11/4 121.0 (54.8) 1000/1000 2015/2015 2015/2015 21/2" (65) 1001-21/2 X 1 138.6 162.81 1001-2'/z X 11/4 160.4 (72.7) 11600/ 1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 (80) 1001-3 X 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 1600/ 1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 (100) 1001-4 X 160.9 (73.0) 1001-4 X 11I4 182.4 (82.7) 1600/1600 2015/2165 2015/2765 6" (150) 1001-6 X 1 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 11/4 211.4 (95.9) 11600 / 1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 8" (200) 1 1001-8X1 217.4 (98.6) 1001-8X1'/4 238.8 )108.3) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 El BLinë All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Revised 51912014 70 Fire Protection Solutions )1.t!Jeis1 APPROVED /7 All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 71 B- Line by "ofl I Seismic Bracing I Fig. 1001 Sway Brace Attachment - I Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1" (25mm) thru 8" (200mm) IRS. Pipe size used for bracing: 1' (25mm) and 11/4" (32mm) Schedule 40 lPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: I Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. I Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IFS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Can be used as a component of a four-way riser brace. I Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom I out. A minimum of 1" (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). For UL Listed information refer to page 70. I Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. I Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (1' (25mm) or 11/4' (32mm)) , and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure I performance, the FM Approval requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8 Design Load - For Sch. 1, Sch. 10, & Sch. 40 Pipe Pipe Part Number & Approx. Wt./100 Allowable Horizontal Capacity (lbf) Per Installation 1, 2.3 Size 1" (24mm) Brace Pipe 11/4" (32mm) Brace Pipe 30°-44° 45°..59° 60°-74° 150 900 in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kN) 1'. (25) 1001-1 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1 X 11/4 118.0 (53.5) 1800 (8.00) 2550 (11.34) 3120 (13.88) 3490 (25.52) 11/4" (32) 1001_11/4 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001_11/4X 11I4 114.0 (51.7) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 11/2" (40) 1001-1'/2X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1'/2X 11/4 115.0 (52.1) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) (50) 1001-2 X 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 (54.9) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 21/2" (65) 1001_21/2 X 138.6 (62.8) 1001_21/2 X 11/4 160.4 (72.7) 800 13.561 1130 (5.02) 1380 (6.14) 1540 (6.85) (80) 1001-3 X 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) (100) 1001-4 X 160.9 (73.0) 1001-4 X 11/4 182.4 (82.7) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) 6" (150) 1001-6 X 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 11/4 211.4 (95.9) 510 (2.27) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (440) 8" (200) 1001-8 X 1 217.4 (98.6) 1001-8 X 11/4 238.8 (108.3) 1 510 (2.27) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 1 FM Approved when used with 1 or 11/4 inch NPS Schedule 40 GB/T 3091,EN 10255H, or JIS 03451 steel pipe as the brace member. 2 Load rating for LW above refers to FM Approved Lightwall Pipe commonly referred to as "Schedule 7". These ratings may also be applied when EN 10220 and GB/T 8163 steel pipe. 3 Load rating for Schedule 10 above may be applied to GB/T 3092,EN 10255M and H, or JIS G3454, FM Approved Thinwall, or Schedule 40 steel pipes. Note: See UL load ratings in UL Listed Design Load chart shown under drawing. vr~) '~Ivx T T I I 4-Way Riser Brace (plan view) I B-Line I by All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 50 Fire Protection Solutions Seismic Bracing Fig. 41 - Longitudinal In-Line Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 21/2 (65mm) through 8' (200mm) IFS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUl) 21/2" (65mm) through 8' (200mm) pipe. For FM Approval information refer to page 51. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the braced pipe attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage bracing pipe into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. C® us. USTED Snt Rnit & H,.rd,,nrn In,h,dd I Longitudinal Brace Pipe Max. Rec. Load Approx. Part Size A C D Bolt Size (cULuc) wt./100 No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (nun) in. (mm) lbs. 0) lbs. (kg) I 4L-21/2 21/2" (65) 6/16" (163.5) 21/2" (63.5) 2/4" (69.8) 1/2 .13 2015 (8.96) 253 (114.7) 41-3 3" (80) 7' (177.8) 2/4" (69.8) 31/16 (77.8) 1/2'..13 2015 18.961 268 (121.5) I 414 4" (100) 81/2 (215.9) 33/8" 185.71 311/16 (93.7) 1/2 .13 2015 (8.96) 348 (157.8) 4L-5 5' (125) 93/4' (247.6) 37/8" (98.4) 4/8' 1111.11 1/2"..13 2015 18.961 380 (172.3) 41-6 6" (150) 111/2" (292.1) 5' 1127.01 51/8 (130.2) 1/2'13 2015 (8.96) 640 (290.3) 41-8 8' (200) 131/4 (3365) 5/8" 1142.81 5/8" (142.9) 1/2"..13 2015 (8.96) 728 (330.2) I Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components. resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in I B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. I Fig. 41 - Longitudinal In-Line Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 21/2 (65mm) through 8" (200mm) IFS. I Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 21/2'(65mm I through 8' (200mm) pipe. For UL Listed information refer to page 50. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the braced pipe attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be I combined with the bracing pipe and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or FM guidelines should be followed. I To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage 'bracing pip& into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. I Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. k1.IIuI Set Bolt & Hardware lniIuded 4-Way Riser Brace (plan view) Seismic Bracing Longitudinal Brace Pipe Max. Rec. Load (FM) Approx. Part Size A C D Bolt Size 30°-44° 450-59° 60°-74° 750 900 Wt./100 No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kNI lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg) 41-21/2 21/2" (65) 6/1' (163.5) 21/2' (63.5) 2/4" (69.8) 1/2"_13 1030 14.581 1180(5.24) 1420 (6.31) 1590 (7.01) 253 (114.7) 40 3' (80) 7' (177.8) 2/4' (69.8) 31/16' (71.8) 1/2 13 1030 (4.58) 1180)5.24) 1420 (6.31) 1590 (7.07) 268 (121.5) 414 4" (100) 81/2" (215.9) 3/8" (85.7) 311/16" (937) 1/2"13 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 348 (157.8) 41-5 5' (125) 93/4' (247.6) 3/8' (98.4) 4/8' (1111) 1/2 13 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 380 (112.3) 41-6 6" (150) 111/2' (292.1) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2 -13 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 640 (290.3) 41-8 8' (200) 131/4 (336.5) 55/8" (142.8) 5/8' (142.9) 1/2 .13 490 (2.18) 680 (3.02) 830 (3.69) 930 (4.13) 728 (330.2) FM Approved when used with 1", 11/4", 11&' or 2' Sch. 40 brace pipe. FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method. I Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 51 BLiflé by E ,N I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I TO: PROJECT: PROJECT LOCATION: SPECIFIED ITEM: Section Page Paragraph Description DEWALT® Engineered By Powers DEWALT® Wood-knocker®II+ - The attached submittal package includes the product description, specifications, drawings, and performance data for use in the evaluation of the request. SUBMITTEDU BY: Name: Signature: Company: Address: Date: Telephone: Fax: I FOR USE aTHE AR CH IT ECT AND /OR UENG I N EER I Li] Approved Approved as Noted El Not Approved Of not approved, please bdefly explain why the product was not accepted.) By: Date: Remarks: Questions or inquiries? Contact us at engineering@powers.com, or call 1.800.524.3244 ©2017 DEWALT® Engineered By Powers 1 I I I DEWALT® Engineered By Powers DEWALT® Wood-knocker®ll+ Submittal Section: Product Pages: I - General Information - Installation Instructions - Design Tables I - Ordering Information Code Reports & Agency Listings: - ICC—ES Approval: ESR-3657 (Steel Deck in Cracked & Uncracked Concrete) I- I I U I I U I I I U p DAA Offline version available for download at www.powersdesignassist.com. Powers developed the Powers Design Assist (PDA) anchor software to enable users to input technical data into a dynamic model environment-to visualize, consider, and specify anchors in today's changing engineering climate. For a demonstration of the latest version of FDA, contact us at (800) 524-3244. I 2 I I I GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION General Information.........................1 Material Specifications...................2 Installation Instructions..................2 Installation Specifications..............3 Reference Data (ASD)......................4 Strength Design (SD).......................5 Ordering Information.......................8 W000-KNOCKER0II+ Concrete Inserts Wood-Knocker II concrete inserts are specifically designed to provide hangar attachments for mechanical, electrical, plumbing (MEP) and fire protection. Wood-Knocker 11+ concrete inserts are installed onto wooden forms used to support newly poured concrete floor slabs, roof slabs or walls. When the forms are stripped, the color-coded flange is visibly embedded in the concrete surface. The inserts allow the attachment of steel threaded rod or threaded bolts in sizes ranging from 1/4 to 3/4" in diameter, including a 3/8-1/2 multi insert. The hex impact plate offers resistance to rotation within the concrete as a steel threaded rod or threaded bolt is being installed. Hanging Pipe and Sprinkler Systems • Mechanical Unit Overhead Utilities HVAC Ductwork and Strut Channels • Conduit and Lighting System Suspending Trapeze and Cable Trays • Seismic Loading and Cracked Concrete I + Fast and simple to install, low installed cost + Color coded by size for simple identification + Wood-Knocker 11+ can be installed in wood form pours only 3.5 thick I + Hex head does not rotate when set + Insert design allows for full thread engagement + All sizes suitable for tension and shear loading International Code Council, Evaluation Service (ICC-ES), ESR-3657 for concrete. Approved for seismic and wind loading (all diameters) Code compliant with the 2015 IBC, 2015 IRC, 2012 IBC, 2012 IRC, 2009 IBC, and 2009 IRC Tested in accordance with ASTM E 488 and ICC-ES AC446 for use in concrete under the design provisions of ACI 318 (Strength Design method) Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for recognition in cracked and uncracked concrete Underwriters Laboratories (UL Listed) - File No. EX1289, see listing for sizes. Also UL listed and recognized for use in air handling spaces. FM Approvals (Factory Mutual) - File No. J.I. 3059197 I I I [III I I I U 1 I WOOD-KNOCKER 11+ WOOD FORM INSERT ANCHOR MATERIALS Carbon Steel and Engineered Plastic ROD/ANCHOR SIZE RANGE (TYR) 1/4" to 3/4" threaded rod for Wood-Knocker Concrete Inserts SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS Normal-Weight Concrete Lightweight Concrete ('4)1)E LISTED IcC-ES_ESR-3657 CONCRETE I CSI Divisions: 03 15 19 - Cast-In Concrete Anchors and 03 16 00 - Concrete Anchors. Concrete inserts shall be Wood-Knocker 11+ as supplied by DEWALT, Towson, MD. I U I I 3 Anchor Nominal Allowable Tension Allowable Shear Diameter Area of ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM d In. Rod In. A36 A307 Grade C A193 Grade B7 A36 A307 Grade C A193 Grade 87 (mm) (mm) ibs. lbs. ibs. (iN) HIS. (iN) HIS. (iN) HIS. (iN) 1/4 0.0491 940 940 2,160 485 485 1,030 (6.4) (1.2) (4.2) (4.2) (9.7) (2,2) (2.2) (4.6) 3/8 0.1104 2,115 2,115 4,375 1,090 1,090 2,255 (9.5) (2.8) (9.5) (9.5) (19.7) (4.9) (4.9) (10.1) 1/2 0.1963 3,755 3,755 7,775 1,940 1,940 4,055 (12.7) (5.0) (16.9) (16.9) (35.0) (8.7) (8.7) (18.2) 5/8 0.3068 5,870 5,870 12,150 3,025 3,025 6,260 (15.9) (7.8) (26.4) (26.4) (54.7) (13.6) (13.6) (28.2) 3/4 0.4418 8,455 8,455 17,495 4,355 4,355 9,010 (19.1) (11.2) (38.0) (38.0) (78.7) (19.6) (19.6) (40.5) Allowable tension = f (i,,) (0.33); Allowable shear = f (An) (0.17) INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ''r rmi fl riTr trmi Prepare -, el I I MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Wood-Knocker 11+ I Anchor Component I Component Material I Insert Body AISI 1008 Carbon Steel or equivalent I Flange Engineered Plastic I Zinc Plating ASTM B 633 (Fe/Zn5) I Mm. plating requirements for mild service condition Material Pronerties for Threaded Rod Steel Description Steel Specification I Rod Diameter I Minimum Yield Strength, I Minimum Uitimate Strength, (ASTM) I (inch) I f(ksi) I 11.(ks1) Standard carbon rod A 3601 A 307, Grade C 1/4 to 3/4 36.0 58.0 High strength carbon rod A 193, Grade B7 1/4 to 3/4 105.0 125.0 Allowable Steel Strength for Threaded Rod (0 I I Step 1 Step 2 Position insert on formwork Drive insert head down until head plastic down. contacts plastic, Step 3 After formwork removal, remove nails as necessary(e.g. flush mounted fixtures), Step 4 After concrete pour and cure, install threaded steel element (rod/bolt) into the insert by firmly pushing threaded rod through plastic center to puncture thread seal. Attach fixture as applicable (e.g. seismic brace). I I I I F INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Wood-Knocker 11+ Dimension Notation Nominal Rod/Anchor Size 1/4' 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 314" Insert Thread Length (in.) - 3/8 5/8 11/16 15/16 1-1/8 Plastic Flange Dia. (in.) dt 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 Plastic Flange Thickness (in.) - 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 Thread Size, UNC - 1/4-20 3/8-16 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10 Overall Length, after setting (in.) 2 2 2 2 2 Break-Off Nail Length (in.) t. 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Steel Flange Thickness (in.) tsh 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 5 Rod/Insert Nominal ft3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) Ultimate Load Allowable Load Diameter Emedent Insert Spacing Dlstince Depth In.hv In. In. Tension Shear Tension Shear In. (mm) (mm) lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. (mm) 1/4 2 6 6 3,570 1,380 1,190 460 (6.4) (50.8) (152) (152) (15.9) (6.1) (5.3) (2.0) 3/8 2 6 6 4,270 5,280 1,425 1,760 (9.5) (50.8) (152) (152) (19.2) (23.8) (6.4) (7.9) 1/2 2 6 6 4,270 7,180 1,425 2,395 (12.7) (50.8) (152) (152) (19.2) (32.3) (6.4) (10.8) 5/8 2 6 6 4,600 7,590 1,535 2,530 (15.9) (50.8) 1 (152) 1 (152) 1 (20.7) (34.2) (6.9) (11.4) 3/4 2 6 6 4,600 7,590 1,535 2,530 (19.1) (50.8) 1 (152) 1 (152) (20.7) (34.2) (6.9) (11.4) Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using an applied safety factor of 3.0. The allowable working load must be the lesser of the insert capacity or the steel strength of the threaded rod. For 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" Wood-Knocker II: When the inserts are spaced 3" center-to-center the inserts allowable tension capacity must be reduced by 25 percent and the allowable shear capacity reduced by 15 percent. When the inserts have a 3" edge distance the inserts allowable tension capacity does not require a reduction and the allowable shear capacity must be reduced by 40 percent. I I REFERENCE DATA (ASD) REFERENCE DATA Ultimate and Allowable Load Capacities for Wood-Knocker 11+ Inserts Installed in Normal-Weight Concrete'.',' Mlnlnwm Concrete Compressive Strength (V C) RodAnsert Nominal Embedment insert Edge 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) 4,500 psi (31.1 MPa) Diameter d Depth Spacing In. Distance In. Ultimate Load Allowable Load Ultlnwte Load Allowable Load In.h In. (mm) (mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear (mm) lbs lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs lbs. His. lbs. N) OctO (kN) N) (kN) (kN) (ctl) 1/4 2 6 6 3,720 1,490 1,240 495 4,250 1,610 1,415 535 (64) (508) (152) (152) (16.7) (6.9) (5.6) (2.2) (19.1) (7.2) (6.4) (2.4) 3/8 2 6 6 4,820 5,330 1,605 1,775 7,190 5,620 2,395 1,875 (9.5) (50.8) (152) (152) (21.7) (24.0) (7.2) (8.0) (32.4) (25.3) (10.8) (8.4) 1/2 2 6 6 4,820 7,400 1,605 2,465 7,190 8,590 2,395 2,865 (12.7) (50.8) (152) (152) (21.7) (33.3) (7.2) (11,1) (32.4) (38.7) (10.8) (12,9) 5/8 2 6 6 4,650 11,360 1,550 3,785 7,350 13,010 2,450 4,335 (15.9) (50.8) (152) (152) (20.9) (51.1) (7.0) (17.0) (33.1) (58.3) (12.7) (19.5) 3/4 2 6 6 4,650 11,360 1,550 3,785 7,350 14,590 2,450 4,865 (19.1) (50.8) (152) (152) (20.9) (51.1) (7.0) (17.0) (33.1) (65.9) (11.0) (21.9) Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using an applied safety factor of 3.0. The allowable working load must be the lesser of the insert capacity or the steel strength of the threaded rod. Linear interpolation may be used to determine ultimate loads for intermediate compressive strengths. Ultimate and Allowable Load Capacities for Wood-Knocker 11+ Inserts Installed in Sand-lightweight Concrete'-' 0 II C) F CD I I Mm. '. '''. 0. MO 1~04111,1 - 2 : I I I I 6 Insert (Typ) Threaded Rod (Typ) STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) STRENGTH DESIGN Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Desian Information' 2.3,4,5,6,7,8 6) Design information Symbol UnIts 114-inch 3/8-11nch 1/2-Inch 5/8-Inch 3/4-Inch Insert O.D. d2 (d0) in. 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.0 1.0 (mm) (18) (18) (18) (25) (25) Insert head net bearing area A529 in' 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.30 (mm2) 1.30 (762) (762) (762) (839) (839) Effective embedment depth h et in. 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 (mm) (45) (45) (45) (45) (45) Minimum member thickness h2 - 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete lk~- (SI) 24 (10) 24 (10) 24 (10) 24 (10) 24 (10) Modification factor for tension strength in uncracked concrete - 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Nominal tension strength of single insert as governed by steel strength Nan lb 10,270 (45,7) 10,270 (457) 9.005 (40.1) 12,685 (Mi) 12.685 (56.4) (56.4) Nominal tension strength of single insert as governed by steel N lb 10,270 10,270 9.005 12.685 12,685 strength, for seismic loading (Ml) (45.7) (45.7) (40.1) (56.4) (56.4) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert lb 7.180 7.180 7 180 9075 (kN) 9,075 (31.9) (31.9) (31.9) (40.4) (40.4) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert, for seismic loading lb (kId) 7,180 (31.9) 7,180 (31.9) 7 (31180 .9) 9,075 (40.4) 9,075 (40.4) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 inch' = 635 mm', 1 pound = 0.00445 kId, 1 psi = 0.008895 MPa. For pound-inch unit: 1 mm = .03937 inches. Concrete must have a compressive strength Pc of 2,500 psi minimum. Design of headed cast-in specialty inserts shall be in accordance with the provisions of ACI 318 Appendix D for cast-in headed anchors. Strength reduction factors for the inserts shall be taken from ACI 318-11 0.4.3 for cast-in headed anchors. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318 Section 9.2 governed by steel strength of the insert shall be taken as 0.65 for tension and 0.60 for shear; values correspond to brittle steel elements. The value of 0 applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.3. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of gi must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4. The concrete tension strength of headed cast-in specialty inserts shall be calculated in accordance with ACI 318 Appendix D. Insert OR is the outside diameter of the headed insert body. Only the largest size of threaded rod or bolt for the 3/8 & 1/2 inch multi insert must be used for applications resisting shear loads. Minimum spacing distance between anchors and minimum edge distance for cast-in Wood-Knocker anchors shall be in accordance with ACI 318 0.8. The strengths shown in the table are for inserts only. Design professional is responsible for checking threaded rout or bolt strength in tension, shear, and combined tension and shear, as applicable. See Steel Design Information table for common threaded rod elements. Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Installed in Soffit of Form Pour Concrete Floor and Roof Assemblies ,,- Normal Weight Concrete / Or Lightweight Concrete / (Minimum 2,500 PSI) 4 r-1,ftT' Thick ...... _L :JDIT: \ Wood-Knockerj Insert (Typ) Inserts may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of the steel deck assembly. Inserts in the lower flute require a minimum 1.5 of concrete topping thickness (mm. thick) from the top of the deck at the location of the installation. Upper flute installations require a minimum 3 topping thickness concrete (mm. thick) from the top of the deck at the location of the installation. Axial spacing for Bang-It inserts along the flute length shall be minimum 3her. Upper flute Bang-lt+ inserts are not subject to steel deck dimension limitations, or the minimum steel deck gauge limitations. Inserts in the lower flute of 4-1/2-inch W-Deck may be installed with a maximum 1-1/8 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased for flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance of 1-1/8 -inch is also satisfied. Inserts in the lower flute of B-Deck may be installed with a maximum 1/8 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased for flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance of 3/4 -inch is also satisfied. Lower flute installations of B-Deck with flutes widths greater than 1-3/4 -inch are permitted. Lower flute installations of B-Deck in flute depths greater than 1-1/2 -inch are permitted provided the minimum edge distance of 3/4 -inch is met and the minimum lower flute width is increased proportionally (e.g. applicable to a lower flute depth of 2-inch with a minimum lower flute width of 2-1/4 -inch). Inserts in the lower flute of 3-7/8-inch W-Deck may be installed with a maximum 1-3/18 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. I I I 7 1 LI I 1 I I I I I L I L I LI I I STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) Specifications And Physical Properties Of Common Carbon Steel Threaded Rod Elements 1 Mm. Specified ultimate Mm. Specified Yield F Elongation Reduction Related Nat Threaded Rod Specification Units Strength - Mlnlnwm Of Area SpeclflcatloW F333 02 Percent Offse1 F F Percent' Mm. Percent ASTM A36/A36M2 and psi 58,000 36,000 23 40 ASTMA194/1.61 Fl 5543 Grade 36 (MPa) (400) (248) (50 for A36) A563 Grade A Carbon ASTM F15543 psi 125,000 105,000 1.19 15 45 Steel Grade 105 (MPa) (862) (724) __ ___ psi 125,000 T ASTMAl 94 ASTMA193/A193M4 105,000 9 F 16 50 _____ A563 Grade DH Grade B7 (MPa) (860) (720) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa. For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inch, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi. Inserts may be used in conjunction with all grades of continuously threaded carbon steels (all-thread) that comply with code reference standards and that have thread characteristics comparable with ANSI B1.1 UNC Coarse Thread Series. Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength. 4, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications. Based on 2-inch (50 mm) gauge length except ASTM Al 93, which are based on a gauge length of 4d (d,i). Where nuts are applicable, nuts of other grades and style having specified proof load stress greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. Steel Design Information For Common Threaded Rod Elements Used With Concrete Inserts1'2'3'4 6) Design InfonnatIon Symbol Units 1/4-Inch 3/8-Inch 1/2-Inch 5/8-Inch 314-Inch Threaded rod nominal outside diameter dr in. (mm) 0.250 (64) 0.375 (95) 0.500 (127) 0.625 (159) 0.750 (19.1) Threaded rod effective cross-sectional area A.in 2 0.032 0.078 0.142 0.226 0.335 Nominal tension strength of ASTM A36 threaded rod as N lb 1,855 4,525 8,235 13,110 19,430 governed by steel strength (kN) (8.2) (20.0) (36.6) (58.3) (86.3) Nominal seismic tension strength of ASTM A36 threaded N 0 6,m lb 1,855 4,525 8,235 13,110 19,430 rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (8.2) (20.0) (36.6) (58.3) (86.4) Nominal tension strength of ASTM A193, 61. B7 threaded N lb 4,000 9,750 17,750 28,250 41,875 rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (17.7) (431) (78.9) (125.7) (186,0) Nominal seismic tension strength of ASTM Al 93, Gr. B7 N36,r0d,,m lb 4,000 9,750 17,750 28,250 41,875 threaded rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (17.7) (43.1) (78.9) (125.7) (186.0) Nominal shear strength of ASTM A36 threaded rod as V 36,0v536 lb 1,115 2,715 4,940 7,865 11,660 governed by steel strength (kN) (4.9) (12.1) (22.0) (35.0) (51.9) Nominal seismic shear strength of ASTM A36 threaded V lb 780 1,900 3,460 5,505 8,160 rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (3.5) (8.4) (15.4) (24.5) (36.3) Nominal shear strength of ASTM Al 93, Gr. B7 threaded V lb 2,385 5,815 10,640 16,950 25,085 rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (10.6) (25.9) (7.3) (75.4) (111.6) Nominal seismic shear strength of ASTM Al 93, 61. B7 V lb 1,680 4,095 7,455 11,865 17,590 threaded rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (7.5) (18.2) (34.2) (52.8) (78,2) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.00445 kN, 1 in' = 645.2 mm'. For pound-inch unit: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. Values provided for steel element material types based on minimum specified strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-11 Eq. (0-2) and Eq. (0-29). ON. shall be the lower of the or for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loading ON.,m shall be the lower of the Ne.r36,eq or Nsa,lse,u. g5V shall be the lower of the OVm,od or OVm.mmo for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loading OV.,N shall be the lower of the V,,woq or Strength reduction factors shall be taken from ACI 318-11 D.4.3 for steel elements. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318 Section 9.2 governed by steel strength shall be taken as 0.75 for tension and 0.70 for shear for ductile steel elements; values correspond to ductile steel elements. The value of 4) applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used in accordance with ACI 318 0.4.3. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of 4) must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.A.A. I [1 I I I I STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Installed in the Soffit of Form Poured Concrete and Roof Assemblies - Uncracked Concrete' 1,1,4,5,6 6) Nominal Anchor Diameter Embed. Depth he (In.) Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength fc = 3.000 psi fc = 4.000 psi fc = 6,000 psi Øfl Tension (lbs.) On Shear (lbs.) q5Nn Tension (lbs.) On Shear (lbs.) q5Nn Tension (lbs.) thvn Shear (lbs.) 1/4 1-3/4 2,665 2,420 3,075 2,795 3,765 3,425 3/8 1-3/4 2,665 2,420 3,075 2,795 3,765 3,425 1/2 1-3/4 2,665 2,420 3,075 2,795 3,765 3,425 5/8 1-3/4 2,665 2,665 3,075 3,075 3,765 3,765 3/4 1-3/4 2,665 2,665 3,075 3,075 3,765 3,765 0 - Anchor Pullout/Pryout Strength Controls 0 -Concrete Breakout Strength Controls • - Steel Strength Controls Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Installed in the Soffit of Form Poured Concrete and Roof Assemblies - Cracked Concrete1'2'3'4'5'6 Nominal Anchor Diameter Embed. Depth he (In.) MInImum Concrete Compressive Strength fc=3000psi fc=4,000psi fc=6,000psi )Nn Tension (lbs.) thvn Shear (lbs.) Olin Tension (lbs.) bvn Shear (lbs.) 011n Tension (lbs.) On Shear abs.) 1/4 1-3/4 2,130 1,730 2,460 2,000 3,015 2,445 3/8 1-3/4 2,130 1,730 2,460 2,000 3,015 2,445 1/2 1 1-3/4 2,130 1,730 2,460 2,000 3,015 2,445 5/8 1-3/4 2,130 2,130 2,460 2,460 3,015 3,015 3/4 1-3/4 2,130 2,130 2,460 2,460 3,015 3,015 0 - Anchor PullouYPryout Strength Controls 0 - Concrete Breakout Strength Controls U - Steel Strength Controls Tabular values are provided for illustration and are applicable for single anchors installed in normal-weight concrete with minimum slab thickness, h4 =hmin, and with the following conditions: - Cal is greater than or equal to the critical edge distance, CaC, - Ca2 is greater than or equal to 1.5 times Cal, Calculations were performed following methodology in ACI 318-11 Appendix 0. The load level corresponding to the failure mode listed [steel strength of insert (N,uu, Vj,$), concrete breakout strength, or pryout strength] must be Checked against the tabulated steel strength of the corresponding threaded rod type, (N,,04, the lowest load level controls, Strength reduction factors (0) for the inserts are based on ACI 318-11 0,4.3 for cast-in headed anchors, Condition B is assumed. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318 Section 9.2 governed by steel strength of the insert are taken as 0.65 for tension and 0.60 for shear values correspond to brittle steel elements. Tabular values are permitted for short-term static loads only, seismic loading is not considered with these tables. For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-11 Appendix D. Interpolation is not permitted to be used with the tabular values. For intermediate base material compressive strengths please see ACI 318-11 Appendix 0 and information contained in this product supplement, For other design conditions including seismic considerations please see ACI 318-11 Appendix D. I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I [:1 1 r Vi! ill. MiIik ORDERING INFORMATION I ORDERING INFORMATION Wood-knocker9l+ Form Insert (UNC) Cat No. Description Color Code SW. Box PFM2521100 1/4 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Brown 100 PFM2521150 3/8 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Green 100 PFM2521 200 1/2 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Yellow 100 PFM2521 250 5/8 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Red 100 PFM2521 300 3/4 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Purple 100 PFM2521350 3/8-1/2 Wood-Knocker 11+ Multi Insert Gray 100 Threaded Inserts are color coded to easily identity location and diameter of the internally threaded coupling, allowing multiple trades on the same job to suspend their systems with various size steel threaded rods. Wood-Knockei9I+ Form Insert (UNC) with no nails Cat No. Description Color Code SW. Box PFM2521100NN 1/4 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert with no nails Brown 100 PFM252115ONN 3/8" Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert with no nails Green 100 PFM2521200NN 1/2 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert with no nails Yellow 100 PFM2521250NN 5/8 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert with no nails Red 100 PFM2521300NN 3/4 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert with no nails Purple 100 PFM2521350NN 3/8-1/2 Wood-Knocker 11+ Multi Insert with no nails Gray 100 Wood-Knocker 11+ Form Inserts with no nails must be screwed to the concrete form work )screws not included). ii CD I I 1 I I I 1 I I 10 I I Li I I I DEWALT I I I I CONCRETE (DEWALT / POWERS) ICC I(] c1cc c cMG LISTED Look for the trusted marks of Conformity! A Subsidiary of "2014 Recipient of Prestigious Western States Seismic Policy Council (WSSPC) Award in Excellence" DIVISION: 030000—CONCRETE SECTION: 03 15 19—CAST-IN CONCRETE ANCHORS SECTION: 03 16 00—CONCRETE ANCHORS REPORT HOLDER: 701 EAST JOPPA ROAD TOWSON, MARYLAND 21286 EVALUATION SUBJECT: WOOD-KNOCKER® AND WOOD-KNOCKER® 11+ CONCRETE INSERTS AND BANG-IT®+ CONCRETE INSERTS FOR STEEL DECK IN CRACKED AND UNCRACKED ( 8CCAcdid ICC-ES Evaluation Reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report or a recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC, express or implied, as ISO/IEC 1065 to any finding or other matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. P,od,,tCer#fl00ooBody #1000 Cnnvripht © 2(117 ICC FvItuitinn Sprvic. II ( All right- rpcprvprl 11 I I Li] I I I I I I I DIVISION: 03 00 00—CONCRETE Section: 03 15 19—Cast-In Concrete Anchors Section: 03 16 00—Concrete Anchors REPORT HOLDER: DEWALT I 701 EAST JOPPA ROAD TOWSON, MARYLAND 21286 (800) 524-3244 www.dewalt.com I enqineeringpowers.com ADDITIONAL LISTEE: I POWERS FASTENERS 701 EAST JOPPA ROAD TOWSON, MARYLAND 21286 (800) 524-3244 I www.powers.com engineeringpowers.com EVALUATION SUBJECT: I ICC-ES Evaluation Report ESR-3657 Reissued December 2016 Revised March 2017 This report is subject to renewal December 2017. www.icc-es.org I (800) 423-6587 I (562) 699-0543 A Subsidiary of the International Code Council® I I WOOD-KNOCKER® AND WOOD-KNOCKER® 11+ CONCRETE INSERTS AND BANG-IT®+ CONCRETE INSERTS FOR STEEL DECK IN CRACKED AND UNCRACKED CONCRETE (DEWALT I POWERS) 1.0 EVALUATION SCOPE Compliance with the following codes: 2015, 2012, and 2009 International Building Code® (IBC) 2015, 2012, and 2009 International Residential Code® (IRC) Properties evaluated: Structural 2.0 USES The Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ concrete inserts are used to resist static, wind, and seismic tension and shear loads in cracked and uncracked normal-weight concrete, sand-lightweight, and all-lightweight concrete having a specified compressive strength, f',, of 2,500 psi to 10,000 psi (17.2 MPa to 68.9 MPa). The Bang-It® steel deck concrete inserts are used to resist static, wind, and seismic tension and shear loads in the soffit of cracked and uncracked normal-weight concrete and sand-lightweight concrete on steel deck having a specified compressive strength, f, of 2,500 psi to 10,000 psi (17.2 MPa to 68.9 MPa). There are seven models for the Wood-Knocker inserts; five fractional and two metric: 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch, Mb, M12, 1/2-inch, 5/8-inch, and 3/4-inch, corresponding to the sizes of the threaded rods or bolts used for the inserts. There are six models for the Wood-Knocker 11+ inserts: 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch, /8 & 1/2-inch multi, 1/2-inch, 5/8-inch, and 3/4-inch, corresponding to the sizes of the threaded rods or bolts used for the inserts. There are eight models for the Bang-It® inserts; five fractional and two metric: 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch, /8 & 1/2-inch multi, Mb, M12, 1/2-inch, 5/8-inch, and 3/4-inch, corresponding to the sizes of the threaded rods or bolts used for the inserts. Reference to "inserts" in this report refers to the manufactured specialty anchorage products (Wood- Knocker, Wood-Knocker 11+, and Bang-lt+) used in concrete; reference to "steel elements" refers to threaded rods or bolts; reference to "anchors" in this report refers to the installed inserts in concrete with threaded rods or bolts. The /8 & 1/2-inch multi inserts use an internal step thread that can accept 3 i8 and 1/2-inch diameter threaded rods or bolts. Applications designed to resist shear loads must use the larger diameter threaded rod or bolt. The inserts are alternatives to cast-in anchors described in Section 1901.3 of the 2015 IBC, Sections 1908 and 1909 of the 2012 IBC and Sections 1911 and 1912 of the 2009 IBC. The anchors may be used where an engineered design is submitted in accordance with Section R301.1.3 of the IRC. 3.0 DESCRIPTION 3.1 Wood-Knocker, Wood-Knocker 11+ and Bang-It® Inserts: Product names for the report holder and the additional listee are presented in the following table: Company Name I Product Name I DEWALT Wood-Knocker 11+ I I Bang-lt®+ I Powers Fasteners I Wood-Knockertm I Bang-Ittm I The Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ inserts are cast-in concrete form inserts. The inserts consists of a steel internally threaded headed insert (body), an outer I I I I I ri I ICC-ES Evaluation Reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report or a recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC, express or implied, as NINE to any finding or other matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. Coovriaht© 2017 [CC Evaluation Service. LLC. All riahts reserved. Paae I of 13 12 I I ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 2 of 13 plastic sleeve and nails used to attach the insert to the inside surface of concrete formwork. The inserts are illustrated in Figure 1A, lB and Figure 6. The internally threaded inserts are manufactured from low carbon steel. The Wood-Knocker inserts have minimum 5 pm (0.002-inch) zinc plating. The plastic sleeve is fabricated from polypropylene. The Bang-lt+ steel deck inserts are cast-in concrete inserts. The insert consists of a steel internally threaded headed insert (body), an outer spring, a plastic sleeve and a washer (base plate). The insert is illustrated in Figure 2 and Figure 6. The internally threaded insert and washer are manufactured from low carbon steel. The Bang-lt+ inserts have a minimum 5 pm (0.002-inch) zinc plating. The spring is manufactured from steel music wire. The plastic sleeve is fabricated from polypropylene. The anchor assembly is comprised of a Wood-Knocker, Wood-Knocker 11+, or Bang-lt+ insert with a threaded steel element (e.g. rod or bolt). The Wood-Knocker insert is installed on the inside surface of wood formwork and the nails driven into the form until the insert base sits flush on the form. The Wood-Knocker 11+ insert is installed on the inside surface of wood formwork and the head driven down until it comes into contact with the plastic sleeve and the nails enter the form. The Bang-lt+ insert is installed in a predrilled hole in the topside of the metal deck, and impacted with sufficient force to compress the spring and drive the flared plastic fins of the sleeve completely through the hole. Concrete can then be cast over the insert. 3.2 Steel Elements: 3.2.1 Threaded Steel Rods and Bolts: Threaded steel rods (all-thread) or bolts must be threaded on their embedded end in diameters as described in Table 5 of this report. Specifications for grades of common threaded rod or bolts, including the mechanical strength properties are described in Table 4 of this report. Carbon steel threaded rods or bolts must be furnished with a minimum 0.0002-inch-thick (0.005 mm) zinc plating. 3.2.2 Ductility: In accordance with ACI 318 Dl, in order for a steel anchor element to be considered ductile, the tested elongation must be at least 14 percent and the reduction of area must be at least 30 percent. Steel elements with a tested elongation of less than 14 percent or a reduction of area less than 30 percent, or both, are considered brittle. Values for common steel threaded rod elements are provided in Tables 4 and 5 of this report. Where values are nonconforming or unstated, the steel element must be considered brittle 3.3 Concrete: Normal-weight, sand-lightweight, and all-lightweight concrete must conform to Sections 1903 and 1905 of the IBC. 3.4 Steel Deck Panels: Steel deck panels must be in accordance with the configuration in Figures 4A, 4B and 4C and have a minimum base steel thickness of 22 gage [0.034 inch (0.864 mm)]. Steel must comply with ASTM A653/A653M SS Grade 33 minimum and have a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi (228 MPa). 4.0 DESIGN AND INSTALLATION 4.1 Strength Design: 4.1.1 General: Design strength of anchors complying with the 2015 IBC as well as Section R301.1.3 of the 2015 IRC must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and this report. Design strength of anchors complying with the 2012 IBC as well as Section R301.1.3 of the 2012 IRC, must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 Appendix D and this report. Design strength of anchors complying with the 2009 IBC and Section R301.1.3 of the 2009 IRC must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-08 Appendix D and this report. Design parameters provided in Tables 2, 3, and 5 of this report are based on the 2015 IBC (ACI 318-14) and the 2012 IBC (ACI 318-11), as applicable, unless noted otherwise in Sections 4.1.1 through 4.1.12. The strength design of anchors must comply with ACI 318-14 17.3.1 or ACI 318-11 D.4.1, as applicable, except as required in ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318 D.3.3, as applicable. Strength reduction factors, 0, as given in ACI 318-14 17.3.3 and ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, for cast-in headed anchors, must be used for load combinations calculated in accordance with Section 1605.2 of the IBC, Section 5.3 of ACI 318-14 and Section 9.2 of ACI 318-11. Strength reduction factors, 0, as given in ACI 318-11 D.4.4 must be used for load combinations calculated in accordance with ACI 318-11 Appendix C. An example calculation in accordance with the 2012 IBC is provided in Figure 9. The value of fc used in the calculations must be limited to a maximum of 10,000 psi (68.9 MPa), in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.2.7 or ACI 318-11 D.3.7, as applicable. The pullout strength in tension is not decisive for design and does not need to be evaluated. 4.1.2 Requirements for Static Steel Strength in Tension: The nominal static steel strength in tension, Nsa, of a single anchor must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.1, as applicable, for the threaded steel element, Nsa,d, as illustrated in Table 5 of this report. The lesser of bNsarod in Table 5 or ONsa insert provided in Tables 2 and 3 shall be used as the steel strength in tension. 4.1.3 Requirements for Static Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension: For the Wood-Knocker, Wood- Knocker 11+, and Bang-It+ anchors, the nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor or group of anchors in tension, Ncb or Ncbg, respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2 as applicable for cast-in headed bolts, with modifications as described in this section, and with Figures 3, 4A, 413 and 4C of this report, as applicable. The basic concrete breakout strength in tension, Nb, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.2, as applicable, using the values of hef given in Tables 2 and 3, and with k = 24. The nominal concrete breakout strength in tension in regions where analysis indicates no cracking in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2.6 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.6, as applicable, must be calculated with PC,N = 1.25. For the Bang-It+ inserts installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete filled steel deck assemblies, the contribution of the steel deck strength must be ignored and the calculation of ANC/ANCO in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2.1 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.1, as applicable, and Cams, (minimum edge distance) must be based on Figures 4A, 413 and 4C. 4.1.4 Requirements for Static Side-Face Blowout Strength in Tension: For the Wood-Knocker and Wood- Knocker 11+ anchors, the nominal side-face blowout I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Li] I I 1 13 ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 3 of 13 strength of a headed insert, NSb, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.4.1 or ACI 318-11 0.5.4.1, as applicable, for the cast-in headed insert, in cracked and uncracked concrete, as applicable. For the Bang-It+ inserts installed in the soffit of sand- lightweight or normal-weight concrete on steel deck floor and roof assemblies as shown in Figures 4A, 4B and 4C, calculation of the concrete side blowout strength is not required. 4.1.5 Requirements for Static Steel Strength in Shear: For Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ anchors, the nominal static steel strength in shear, V 0, of a single anchor must be taken as the threaded steel element strength, Vs8,d, given in Table 5 of this report. The lesser Of q$Vsamd in Table 5 or OVsa,iset in Table 2 shall be used as the steel strength in shear, and must be used in lieu of the values derived by calculation from ACI 318-14 Eq. 17.5.1.2a or 17.5.1.2b; or ACI 318-11 Eq. D-28 or D-29, as applicable. For Bang-It+ anchors, the nominal static steel strength in shear, Vsa,deck, of a single Bang-lt+ insert, in the lower flute and upper flute of concrete filled steel deck assemblies, must be taken as the threaded steel element strength, Vsarod, given in Table 5 of this report. The lesser of ØVsa,rod in Table 5 or çbVsa,insert,deck in Table 3 shall be used as the steel strength in shear, and must be used in lieu of the values derived by calculation from ACI 318-14 Eq. 17.5.1.2a or 17.5.1.2b; or ACI 318-11 Eq. D-28 or D-29, as applicable. 4.1.6 Requirements for Static Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear: For Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ anchors, the nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor or group of anchors in shear, Vb or Vcbg, respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2 or ACI 318-11 0.6.2, as applicable. The basic concrete breakout strength, Vb, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2.2, as applicable, based on the values provided in Table 1. The value of te used in ACI 318-14 Eq. 17.5.2.2a or ACI 318-11 Eq. D-33, as applicable, must be taken as no greater than the lesser of hef or 8da. For the Bang-lt+ inserts installed in the soffit of sand- lightweight or normal-weight concrete on steel deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figures 4A, 4B and 4C, the breakout strength in shear need not be calculated. 4.1.7 Requirements for Static Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear: For Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ anchors, the nominal concrete pryout strength of a single anchor or group of anchors, Vcp or Vcpg, respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.3, as applicable. For the Bang-lt+ inserts installed in the soffit of sand- lightweight or normal-weight concrete filled steel deck assemblies, as shown in Figures 4A, 4B and 4C, calculation of the concrete pry-out strength in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.3, as applicable, is not required. 4.1.8 Requirements for Seismic Design: 4.1.8.1 General: For load combinations including seismic, the design must be performed in accordance with ACI 318- 14 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3, as applicable. Modifications to ACI 318-14 17.2.3 shall be applied under Section 1905.1.8 of the 2015 IBC. For the 2012 IBC, Section 1905.1.9 shall be omitted. Modifications to ACI 318-08 D.3.3 shall be applied under Section 1908.1.9 of the 2009 IBC. The anchors may be installed in Seismic Design Categories A through F of the IBC. For Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ anchors, the nominal concrete breakout strength and nominal concrete side-face blowout strength for anchors in tension; and the nominal concrete breakout strength and pryout strength in shear, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4 and 17.5 or ACI 318-11 D.5 and 0.6, as applicable. For Bang-lt+ anchors, the nominal concrete breakout strength for anchors in tension; and the nominal concrete breakout strength in the upper flute of concrete filled steel deck assemblies for anchors in shear, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4 and 17.5 or ACI 318- 11 0.5 and D.6, as applicable. 4.1.8.2 Seismic Tension: For Wood-Knocker and Wood- Knocker 11+ anchors, the nominal steel strength in tension, Nsa, of a single anchor must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 0.5.1, as applicable, for the threaded steel element, Nsa,mdeq, as given in Table 5, not to exceed the corresponding values of Nsa,inse,,eq in Table 2 of this report; the nominal concrete breakout strength for anchors in tension must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 0.5.2, as applicable, as described in Section 4.1.3 of this report; the nominal concrete side-face blowout strength must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.4.1 and 17.4.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.4.1 and 0.5.4.2, as applicable, and Section 4.1.4 of this report. For Bang-lt+ anchors, the nominal steel strength in tension, N5, of a single anchor must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 0.5.1, as applicable, for the threaded steel element, Nsa,rod,eq, as given in Table 5, not to exceed the corresponding values of Nsa,jnserteq in Table 3 of this report; the nominal concrete breakout strength for anchors in tension must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 0.5.2, as applicable, as described in Section 4.1.3 of this report; the nominal concrete pullout strength calculations in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.3.1 and 17.4.3.4 or ACI 318-11 0.5.3.1 and 0.5.3.4, as applicable, are not required. 4.1.8.3 Seismic Shear: For Wood-Knocker anchors, the nominal concrete breakout strength and pryout strength in shear must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2 and 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 0.6.2 and 0.6.3, as applicable, as described in Sections 4.1.6 and 4.1.7 of this report. In accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.1.2 or ACI 318- 11 0.6.1.2, as applicable, the nominal steel strength for seismic loads, Vsaeq, must be taken as the threaded steel element strength, Vsa,wd,eq, given in Table 5 of this report, not to exceed the corresponding values of Vsainsert,eq, in Table 2. For Bang-lt+ anchors, the nominal concrete breakout strength and pryout strength in shear, calculations in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2 and 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2 and 0.6.3, as applicable, as described in Sections 4.1.6 and 4.1.7 of this report, are not required. In accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.1.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.1.2, as applicable, the nominal steel strength for seismic loads, Vsa,eq, must be taken as the threaded steel element strength, Vsamdeq, given in Table 5 of this report, not to exceed the corresponding values of Vsamsendeck,eq, in Table 3, for lower flute or upper flute of the concrete filled steel deck assembly, as applicable. I I I, I 1 I I I I I I I, I I I I 1 14 ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 4 of 13 Li 4.1.9 Requirements for Interaction of Tensile and Shear Forces: For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.6 or ACI 318-11 D.7, as applicable. Due to the projection of the internally-threaded end of the Bang-lt+ insert when installed in concrete filled steel deck assemblies (approximately 3/4-inch), for anchors or groups of anchors that are subject to the effects of combined tension and shear forces, the design engineer must verify the validity of the interaction equation in ACI 318-14 17.6 or ACI 318-11 D.7, as applicable. 4.1.10 Requirements for Minimum Member Thickness, Minimum Anchor Spacing and Minimum Edge Distance: Requirements on headed cast-in specialty anchor edge distance, spacing, member thickness, and concrete strength must be in accordance with the requirements in ACI 318 as applicable for cast-in bolts. For Bang-lt+ inserts installed in the soffit of sand- lightweight or normal-weight concrete over profile steel deck floor and roof assemblies, the anchors must be installed in accordance with Figures 4A, 4B and 4C and shall have a minimum axial spacing along the flute in accordance with Table 3. 4.1.11 Requirements for Critical Edge Distance: The critical edge distance, c0, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.7.2 or ACI 318-11 D.8.2, as applicable. The modification factor Wcp,N = 1.0 in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2.5 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.5, as applicable. 4.1.12 Sand-lightweight Concrete: For ACI 318-14, 318- 11 and 318-08, when the Wood-Knocker and Wood- Knocker 11+ anchors are used in sand-lightweight or all- lightweight concrete, the modification factor Aa 01 A, respectively, for concrete breakout strength must be taken as 0.85 for sand-lightweight or 0.75 for all-lightweight according to ACI 318-14 17.2.6 (2015 IBC), ACI 318-11 D.3.6 (2012 IBC) or ACI 318-08 D.3.4 (2009 IBC). For Bang-lt+ inserts in the soffit of sand-lightweight concrete-filled steel deck, Aa or A shall be taken as 0.85 and applied to the concrete breakout strength in tension only as applicable. Values are shown in Table 3 and installation details are shown in Figures 4A, 4B and 4C. 4.2 Allowable Stress Design (ASD): 4.2.1 General: Design values for use with allowable stress design (working stress design) load combinations calculated in accordance with Section 1605.3 of the IBC, must be established as follows: Ta/lowab/eASO = a Va/jowabjeASQ = 0 V11 where: Tai!owableASo = Allowable tension load (lbf or kN) Va!Iowab/eASD = Allowable shear load (lbf or kN). ØNn = Lowest design strength of an anchor or anchor group in tension as determined in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and 2015 IBC Section 1905.1.8, ACI 318- 11, -08 Appendix D, and 2009 IBC Section 1908.1.9, as applicable (lbf or N). OVn = Lowest design strength of an anchor or anchor group in shear as determined in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and 2015 IBC Section 1905.1.8, ACI 318- 11, -08 Appendix D, and 2009 IBC Section 1908.1.9, as applicable (lbf or N). = Conversion factor calculated as a weighted average of the load factors for the controlling load combination. In addition, a must include all applicable factors to account for non-ductile failure modes and required over-strength. The requirements for member thickness, edge distance and spacing, described in this report, must apply. Examples of allowable stress design values for tension and shear for illustrative purposes are shown in Tables 6 through 9. The values presented in Tables 6 through 9 are only valid when all of the conditions given in the footnotes to the respective tables are applicable. 4.2.2 Interaction of Tensile and Shear Forces: For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.6 or ACI 318-11, -08 D.7, as applicable, as follows: For shear loads VOppned :5 0.2Vailowabie,ASD, the full allowable load in tension must be permitted. For tension loads Tappjjed :5 0.2TalfwabIe,ASD, the full allowable load in shear must be permitted. For all other cases: Tappijea + Vapplied < 1.2 (Eq-1) TallowableAsD VatlowabieAsD Due to the projection of the internally-threaded end of the Bang-lt+ insert when installed in concrete filled steel deck assemblies (approximately 3/4-inch), for anchors or groups of anchors that are subject to the effects of combined tension and shear forces, the design engineer must verify the validity of the interaction equation in ACI 318-14 17.6 or ACI 318-11, -08 D.7 as applicable. 4.3 Installation: For the Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ inserts, installation parameters are provided in Table 2 and in Figures 3 and 7. Wood-Knocker inserts must be positioned on wood or similar formwork with all three nails in contact with the form. The head of the Wood-Knocker must be impacted with sufficient force to drive nails all the way into the formwork until the plastic base sits flush and tight against the form. For the Wood-Knocker 11+, the head of the insert must be impacted with sufficient force until it comes into contact with the plastic sleeve and the nails enter the form completely. From beneath the deck, following the concrete pour and form removal, a threaded rod or bolt element must be screwed into the internal threads of the Wood-Knocker or until fully seated in the inserts, which will result in a thread Wood-Knocker 11+ engagement equal to one diameter. The threaded steel rod or bolt element must have a minimum thread engagement equal to one steel element diameter. For the Bang-lt+ inserts, installation parameters are provided in Table 3 and in Figures 4A, 4B, 4C and 7. A hole must be made in the steel deck using a step-drill, hole saw, deck punch or equivalent in accordance with the following hole diameters: 13/16-inch or 7/8-inch (21 mm or 22 mm) diameter [for Bang-lt+ 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch, I8 & U Li I I I I I I I 1 I I 1 15 ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 5 of 13 1 /2-inch multi, Mb, M12, or 1/2-inch] and 13/16-inch or 11/4-inch (30 mm or 32 mm) [for Bang-It+ 5/8-inch or 314-inch]. The Bang-lt+ plastic sleeve must be placed in the hole, and following this, the head of the insert must be impacted with sufficient force to compress the outer spring and drive the flared plastic fins of the sleeve completely through the hole in the steel deck. The Bang-lt+ metal base plate may be screwed to the deck for additional stability (optional). Before or after Bang-lt+ insertion in deck, a threaded rod or bolt element must be inserted through the plastic thread protector nozzle until contact is made with the inner steel barrel. The threaded rod or bolt element must then be screwed into the Bang-It+ internal threads. The rod or bolt must be tightened until fully seated in the insert, which will result in a thread engagement equal to a minimum of one rod diameter. The plastic sleeve must be cut and trimmed to the surface of the insert following the concrete pour if the insert is intended to resist shear loads. Bang-It+ inserts are permitted to be installed in either the upper or lower flute of the steel deck. Installation of Wood-Knocker, Wood-Knocker 11+ and Bang-lt+ inserts must be in accordance with this evaluation report and the manufacturer's published installation instruction (MPll) as provided in Figure 8 of this report. In the event of a conflict between this report and the MPII, this report governs. 4.4 Special Inspection: Periodic special inspection is required in accordance with Section 1705.1.1 and Table 1705.3 of the 2015 or 2012 IBC, or Section 1704.15 and Table 1704.4 of the 2009 IBC, as applicable. The special inspector must make periodic inspections during installation of the headed cast-in specialty inserts to verify insert type, insert dimensions, concrete type, concrete compressive strength, insert spacing, edge distances, concrete member thickness, insert embedment, threaded rod fully seated into insert, and adherence to the manufacturer's printed installation instructions. The special inspector must be present as often as required in accordance with the "statement of special inspection." Under the IBC, additional requirements as set forth in Sections 1705, 1706 and 1707 must be observed, where applicable. 5.0 CONDITIONS OF USE The Wood-Knocker, Wood-Knocker 11+, and Bang-lt+ concrete specialty anchors described in this report are acceptable alternatives to what is specified in the codes listed in Section 1.0 of this report, subject to the following conditions: 5.1 Specialty inserts are limited to dry interior locations. I 5.2 Specialty insert sizes, dimensions, minimum embedment depths, and other installation parameters are as set forth in this report. 5.3 Specialty inserts must be installed in accordance with I the manufacturer's published instructions and this report. In case of conflict, this report governs. I 5.4 Specialty inserts must be limited to use in cracked and uncracked normal-weight concrete, sand- lightweight concrete and all-lightweight concrete having a specified compressive strength, f, of 2,500 psi to 10,000 psi (17.2 MPa to 68.9 MPa) for I the Wood-Knocker inserts, and in cracked and uncracked normal-weight or sand-lightweight concrete filled steel deck assemblies having a specified compressive strength, f'0, of 2,500 psi to 10,000 psi I (17.2 MPa to 68.9 MPa) for the Bang-It+ inserts. 5.5 The values of f used for calculation purposes must not exceed 10,000 psi (68.9 MPa). 1 I I I I ri I I I I I 1 5.6 Strength design values must be established in accordance with Section 4.1 of this report. 5.7 Allowable design values are established in accordance with Section 4.2. 5.8 Specialty insert spacing and edge distance as well as minimum member thickness must comply with ACI 318 Section D.8 for cast-in-place headed anchors 5.9 Prior to installation, calculations and details demonstrating compliance with this report must be submitted to the code official. The calculations and details must be prepared by a registered design professional where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed. 5.10 Since an ICC-ES acceptance criteria for evaluating data to determine the performance of the specialty inserts subjected to fatigue or shock loading is unavailable at this time, the use of these inserts under such conditions is beyond the scope of this report. 5.11 Specialty inserts may be installed in regions of concrete where analysis indicates cracking may occur (fe> fr), subject to the conditions of this report. 5.12 Specialty inserts may be used to resist short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces in locations designated as Seismic Design Categories A through F of the IBC, subject to the conditions of this report. 5.13 Where not otherwise prohibited in the code, Wood- Knocker, Wood-Knocker 11+, and Bang-lt+ inserts are permitted for use with fire-resistance-rated construction provided that at least one of the following conditions is fulfilled: Headed cast-in specialty inserts that support a fire-resistance-rated envelope or a fire- resistance-rated membrane are protected by approved fire-resistance-rated materials, or have been evaluated for resistance to fire exposure in accordance with recognized standards. Headed cast-in specialty inserts are used to resist wind or seismic forces only. Headed cast-in specialty inserts are used to support nonstructural elements. 5.14 Use of zinc-coated carbon steel anchors is limited to dry, interior locations. 5.15 Special inspection must be provided in accordance with Section 4.4. 5.16 Specialty inserts are manufactured under an approved quality control program with inspections by ICC-ES. 6.0 EVIDENCE SUBMITTED 6.1 Data in accordance with the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria for Headed Cast-in Specialty Inserts in Concrete (AC446), dated February 2015, editorially revised January 2016. 6.2 Quality control documentation. 7.0 IDENTIFICATION The inserts are identified by packaging labeled with the insert size, lot number, company name, and corresponding insert name as set forth in Section 3.1 of this report, and evaluation report number (ESR-3657). The inserts have the letters Wood-Knocker or Bang-lt+, as applicable, and the specific size embossed atop the head of the insert, visible prior to installation for verification. 16 flWEA8 3218 8*28218 0 i.0 BANG-IT $88808 A-A FOR FORM POUR CONCRETE Read P1212 Afli 'I ' 92111 2L7 \.P1asIk A 019280 WOOD WOOD KNOCKE KNOCKER Marl/n9 markifto ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 6 of 13 7TiL\ 1' V ODB ) VIIOD ) 1' 21/3 I I I I I I Li I 1 I, I I I FIGURE IA— WOOD-KNOCKER CAST-IN-PLACE INSERTS FIGURE 2—BANG-IT+ CAST-IN-PLACE INSERTS FOR CONCRETE FILLED STEEL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES FIGURE 1B— WOOD-KNOCKER 11+ CAST-IN-PLACE INSERTS FOR FORM POUR CONCRETE Before Setting (head plate starting position) and After Setting (head plate and nails down) TABLE I—DESIGN USE AND REPORT TABLE INDEX DESIGN STRENGTH' WOOD-KNOCKER INSERTS WOOD-KNOCKER 11+ INSERTS BANG-IT+ STEEL DECK INSERTS THREADED STEEL ELEMENTS Steel N32, V28 Table 2 Table 2 Table 3 Table 5 Concrete Ncb, Ncbg Table 2 Table 2 Table 3 Not applicable V28, V, Vs,,, V Table 2 Table 2 Not applicable Not applicable Side-face Blowout IMb Table 2 Table 2 Not applicable Not applicable CONCRETE TYPE CONCRETE STATE INSERT! STEEL ELEMENT NOMINAL SIZE SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES2 Normal-weight and lightweight Cracked 1/4",318", Mb, M12,1/2",5/8", /8, /4 A through F Uncracked 1/4,,,3/8,,,Mb, M12, 1/2l A through F For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inch. 'Reference ACI 318-14 17.3.1.1 or ACI 318-11 D.4. 1.1, as applicable. The controlling strength is decisive from all appropriate failure modes (i.e. steel, concrete, pryout and side-face blowout, as applicable) and design assumptions. The pullout strength in tension is not decisive for design and does not need to be evaluated. 2See Section 4.1.8 for requirements for seismic design, where applicable. I 1 17 I I I I $ I I I I a I I I p I I I I I ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 7 of 13 NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OR LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE (MINIMUM 2,500 PSI) 4' T 4T:T; ____]1' INSERT INSER FIGURE 3—WOOD-KNOCKER OR WOOD-KNOCKER 11+ INSERTS INSTALLED IN FORM POUR CONCRETE FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES /7- T8PU\OGHt OI$C5T 114 N114M. ¶ER+1 1108c11r111 OVER 1EL OEC< øIMUM 4,042 nD . YJ CR-10cp 4 FIGURE 4A—BANG-IT+ INSERTS INSTALLED IN SOFFIT OF CONCRETE FILLED STEEL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES' 2,34 tIC,.ITh4 DC4E?E COc,1E OVtP 1MP 2G3 nn 1 '1 6 VICIF (4, FIGURE 4B—BANG-ITi- INSERTS INSTALLED IN SOFFIT OF CONCRETE FILLED STEEL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES' 2,3,5,6,7 ,-e-Li/141 CMtktX 04 .NOR$A$. VE1,41 twcRt1E lIVER OTtO. (4431 0044MlII'l 0,040 POt) IkWQ HK 1/4' NM GAUX UVER RU 'E FIGURE 4C—BANG-IT+ INSERTS INSTALLED IN SOFFIT OF CONCRETE FILLED STEEL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES 1,2,3,8 'Inserts may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of the steel deck assembly. Inserts in the lower flute require a minimum 1.5" of concrete topping thickness (mm. thick in Figures) from the top of the upper flute. Upper flute installations require a minimum 3" concrete topping thickness from the top of the upper flute. Inserts in upper flute may be installed anywhere across upper flute. 2Axial spacing for Bang-lt+ inserts along the lower flute length shall be minimum 3h,. 3Upper flute Bang-lt+ inserts are not subject to steel deck dimension limitations, or the minimum steel deck gauge limitations. 4lnserts in the lower flute of Figure 4A may be installed with a maximum 11/8-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased for flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance of 11/8 -inch is also satisfied. 51n5ert5 in the lower flute of Figure 4B may be installed with a maximum 1/8 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased for flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance of 3/4 -inch is also satisfied. 61-ower flute installations of Figure 4B with flutes widths greater than 13/4-inch are permitted. 7Lower flute installations of Figure 4B in flute depths greater than 11/2-inch are permitted provided the minimum edge distance of 3/4 -inch is met and the minimum lower flute width is increased proportionally (e.g. applicable to a lower flute depth of 2-inch with a minimum lower flute width of 21/4 -inch). 8lnserts in the lower flute of Figure 4C may be installed with a maximum 1 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. iI I ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 8 of 13 TABLE 2-WOOD-KNOCKER AND WOOD KNOCKER 11+ INSERT DESIGN INFORMATION 1,2,3,4,5,6.7 DESIGN INFORMATION SYMBOL UNITS '/4-inch 3/8-inch MIO 1 M12 1 1/2-inch 5/8-inch I 3/4-inch Insert O.D. da (d,,) in. 0.7 1.0 (18) (25) Insert head net bearing area Ab,g (MM (762) 1.20 1.30 (839) Effective embedment depth h.f in. 1.75 1.75 (45) 1 (45) Minimum member thickness h,,,,, in. 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) Minimum spacing and edge distances S,,,,,,, C,,,,,, - See ACI 318 Section D.8.1 and D.8.2 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete k,, - 24 (10) Modification factor for tension strength in uncracked concrete PCN - 1.25 Nominal tension strength of single insert as governed by steel Nsa,i,,s,, lb 10,270 9,005 12,685 strength ...QL (45.7) (40.1) (56.4) Nominal tension strength of single insert as governed by steel N,,,,,,so,toq lb 10,270 9,005 12,685 strength, seismic (45.7) (40.1) (56.4) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert lb 7,180 (31.9) 7,180 (31.9) 9,075 (40.4) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert, seismic Vsei,,se,t,eg lb (kN) 7,180 (31.9) 7,180 (31.9) 9,075 (40.4) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.00445 kN, 1 psi = 0.006895 MPa. For pound-inch unit: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. 'Concrete must have a compressive strength Vc of 2,500 psi minimum. Installation must comply with Sections 4.1.10 and 4.3, and Figure 3 of this report. 2Design of headed cast-in specialty inserts shall be in accordance with the provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix 0, as applicable, for cast-in headed anchors. Concrete breakout strength must also be in accordance with Figure 3. 3Strength reduction factors for the inserts shall be taken from ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, for cast-in headed anchors. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, governed by steel strength of the insert shall be taken as 0.65 for tension and 0.60 for shear; values correspond to brittle steel elements. The value of Øapplies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 5.3, or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, are used in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4. 4lnsert 0.D. is the outside diameter of the headed insert body. 5Minimum spacing distance between anchors and minimum edge distance for cast-in headed Wood-Knocker and Wood Knocker 11+ anchors shall be in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.7 or ACI 318-11 D.8, as applicable. 60n1y the largest size of threaded rod or bolt for the & /2-inch multi insert (i.e. 1/2-inch diameter) must be used for applications resisting shear loads. 7The strengths shown in the table are for inserts only. Design professional is responsible for checking threaded rod or bolt strength in tension, shear, and combined tension and shear, as applicable. See Table 5 for steel design information for common threaded rod elements. TABLE 3-BANG-IT+ INSERT DESIGN INFORMATION 1,2,1,4,5,6,7.8 DESIGN INFORMATION SYMBOL UNITS '/4-inch 3/8-inch MIO I M12 1/2-inch 5/8-inch I 3/4-inch Insert O.D. d (d,,)ITIM in. 0.7 1.0 (18) (25) Insert head net bearing area Ab,g (MM (762) 1.20 1.30 (839) Effective embedment depth h.f in. 1.75 1.75 (45) (45) Minimum member thickness h,,,,, - See Figures 4A, 40 and 4C as applicable lUpperfiute I Sm,,,, Cm,,, - See ACI 318 Section 0.8.1 and D.8.2 Minimum spacing and edge distances Lower flute Smi,,, Cm,,, - See Figures 4A, 4B and 4C as applicable Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete k,, 24- (10) Modification factor for tension strength in uncracked concrete 1PC,N - 1.25 According to Nominal tension strength of single insert as Nsa,,,,se lb 10,440 I 9,850 11,985 governed by steel strength (46.4) I (43.8) (53.3) Figures 4A4B&4C Nominal tension strength of single insert as Nsa,,,s..,,q lb 10.440 I 9,850 11,985 governed by steel strength, seismic JL (46.4) I (43.8) (53.3) According to Nominal steel shear strength of single insert in Vsa ,,,sed deck lb 2,280 3,075 the soffit of concrete on steel deck JL (10.2) (13.7) Figure 4A Nominal steel shear strength of single insert in Vsa,,,s,,,,deciçeq lb 2,280 2,695 the soffit of concrete on steel deck, seismic JL (10.2) (12.0) According to Nominal steel shear strength of single insert in the soffit of concrete on steel deck V,0 ,,,,,,,,,,,, lb JL 2,080 (10.2) 2,975 (13.2) Figures 4B & 4C Nominal steel shear strength of single insert in Vse,,,s,,,deckeq lb 2,080 2,695 the soffit of concrete on steel deck, seismic JL (10.2) (12.0) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 4.45 N, 1 psi = 0.006895 MPa. For pound-inch unit: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. 'Concrete must haves compressive strength Vc of 2,500 psi minimum. Installation must comply with Sections 4. 1.10 and 4.3, and Figure 3 of this report. 2Design of headed cast-in specialty inserts shall be in accordance with the provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix 0, as applicable, for cast- in headed anchors. Concrete breakout strength must also be in accordance with Figures 4A, 40 and 4C, as applicable. 3Strength reduction factors for the inserts shall be taken from ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3, as applicable, for cast-in headed anchors. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, governed by steel strength of the insert shall be taken as 0.65 for tension and 0.60 for shear; values correspond to brittle steel elements. The value of 0 applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the BC, ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, are used in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 0.4.4. 'Insert O.D. is the outside diameter of the headed insert body. 5Minimum spacing distance between anchors and minimum edge distances for cast-in headed Bang-lt+ anchors shall be in accordance with Figures 4A, 4B or 4C, as applicable, and noted provisions. 80n1y the largest size of threaded rod or bolt for the 3/_ & 1/2-inch multi insert (i.e. 1/2-inch diameter) must be used for applications resisting shear loads. 7The strengths shown in the table are for inserts only. Design professional is responsible for checking threaded rod strength in tension, shear, and combined tension and shear, as applicable. See Table 5 for steel design information for common threaded rod elements. 8TI,, f&,, ,I,.+e'l inert et,n,,th -h- ,,,mnnli,'n him In inctiinli,,nn in Ihm i,-,,.,m, SI, fm n. ,nnmr Si, km nf Ibm n+mmi 'fm-i.' n,'nfilmn nmm gin,,rmn Aa 40 nnd 4i' 19 I I 1 I I I I Ii I I I ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 9 of 13 TABLE 4-SPECIFICATIONS AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF COMMON CARBON STEEL THREADED ROD ELEMENTS' MIN. SPECIFIED MIN. SPECIFIED fwa ELONGATION REDUCTION RELATED NUT THREADED ROD SPECIFICATION UNITS ULTIMATE YIELD STRENGTH - MINIMUM OF AREA SPECIFICATION' STRENGTH, f 0.2 PERCENT OFFSET, fya f. PERCENT6 MIN. PERCENT ASTM A36/A36Mand psi 58,000 36,000 ASTMA194/ F1 554 3 Grade 36 (MPa) (400) (248) 1.61 - 23 40 (50 for A36) A563 Grade A ISO 898-1 Class 4.6 MPa 400 240 1.67 22 - ISO 4032 Grade 4 Carbon (psi) (58,000) (34,800) _ Steel ASTM F15543 105,000 1.19 15 45 Grade 105 (MPa)62) (724) _ _____________ ASTMA194I A563 Grade DH ASTM A193/A193M4 psi ,000 -;'-E125,000 105,000 119 B7 16Grade (MPa)60) (720) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa. For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inch, I MPa = 145.0 psi. 'inserts may be used in conjunction with all grades of continuously threaded carbon steels (all-thread) that comply with code reference standards and that have thread characteristics comparable with ANSI BI.1 UNC Coarse Thread Series or ANSI B1.1 3M M Profile Metric Coarse Thread Series. Tabulated values correspond to anchor diameters included in this report. See Section 3.2.2 of this report for ductility of steel anchor elements. 2Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 3Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength. 4Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applica ti ons. 5Mechanical properties of fasteners made of carbon steel and alloy steel - Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs. 6Based on 2-inch (50 mm) gauge length except ASTM A193, which are based on a gauge length of 4d. 7Minimum percent reduction of area not reported in the referenced standard. "Where nuts are applicable, nuts of other grades and style having specified proof load stress greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. TABLE 5-STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR COMMON THREADED ROD ELEMENTS USED WITH CONCRETE INSERTS' 2,3.4 DESIGN INFORMATION SYMBOL UNITS 1/4-inch 3/8-inch MIO M12 '/2-inch 5/8-inch 314-inch Threaded rod nominal outside diameter drnd in. 0.250 0.375 0.394 0.472 0.500 0.625 0.750 mm () (9.5) 10 (12) (12) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) Threaded rod effective cross-sectional area A55 0.032 0.078 0.090 0.131 0.142 0.226 0.335 iflfl21 _11L (50) (58) (85) (92) (146) (216) Nominal tension strength of threaded rod Nsa.rod.A36 lb 1,855 4,525 5,220 7,600 8,235 13,110 19,400 as governed by steel strength ASTM A36 J_ (20.0) (23.2) (33.8) (36.6) (58.3) (86.3) Nominal tension strength of threaded rod Nsa lb 1,855 4,525 5,220 7,600 8,235 13,110 19,400 as governed by steel strength, seismic rod,eq,A36 (20.0) (23.2) (33.8) (36.6) (58.3) (86.3) Nominal tension strength of threaded rod N. lb 4,000 9,750 11,250 16,375 17,750 28,250 41,875 as governed by steel strength ASTM A193, Grade 07 0d87 fl_ (43.1) (50.1) (72.9) (78.9) (125.7) (186.0) Nominal tension strength of threaded rod Nsa,rod,eq,87 lb 4,000 9,750 11,250 16,375 17,750 28,250 41,875 as governed by steel strength, seismic Qj jifl_ (43.1) (50.1) (72.9) (78.9) (125.7) (186.0) Nominal shear strength of threaded rod as V lb 1,105 2,695 3,130 4,560 4,940 7,860 11,640 governed by steel strength ASTM A36 sa.rod.A36 (), (12.0) (13.9) (20.3) (22.0) (35.0) (51.8) Nominal shear strength of threaded rod as Vs8,rod.eq,A36 lb 780 1,900 2,190 3,190 3,460 5,505 8,160 governed by steel strength, seismic .JN). JL (5.4) 1 (9.7) (14.2) 1 (15.4) (24.5) 1 (36.3) Nominal shear strength of threaded rod as v '°d87 lb 2,385 5,815 6,750 9,825 10,640 16,950 25,085 governed by steel strength ASTM A193, Grade B7 Qj (25.9) (30.0) (43.7) (7.3) (75.4) (111.6) Nominal shear strength of threaded rod as Vsa..od,eq.87 lb 1,680 4,095 4,725 6,880 7,455 11,865 17,590 governed by steel strength, seismic QJ (18.2) (21.0) (30.6) (34.2) (52.8) (78.2) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.00445 kN, 1 in4 = 645.2 mm'. For pound-inch unit: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. 'Values provided for steel element material types, or equivalent, based on minimum specified strengths; N55,,,,3 and Vsa,rod calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Eq. 17.5.1.2a and Eq. 17.5.1.2b or ACI 318-11 Eq. 0-28 and Eq. D-29, respectively, as applicable. Vsa.rod,oq must be taken as 0.7V55,,,,. 20,4i shall be the lower of the ltNsa,,od or 01V,5,,5558f0r static steel strength in tension; for seismic loading ØNsa,eq shall be the lower of the qiNsa,,.od,eq or shall be the lower of the 1lV55 ,,,.,. or 0V55,1,,554 for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loading Osa.eq shall be the lower of the Wsa,rodeq or 4Strength reduction factors shall be taken from ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, for steel elements. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, governed by steel strength of ductile steel elements shall be taken as 0.75 for tension and 0.65 for shear. The value of 0 applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the 113C, ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, are used in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4. I I .1 * I .., INSECt I Idealization of Steel Deck Profile (e.g. see Figures 4A and 4C) Idealization of Steel Deck Profile (e.g. see Figure 413) FIGURE 5-IDEALIZATION OF CONCRETE FILLED STEEL DECKS FOR DETERMINATION OF CONCRETE BREAKOUT STRENGTH IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318 I 20 I 1 I I I I I ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 10 of 13 TABLE 6-EXAMPLE ASD ALLOWABLE TENSION DESIGN VALUES FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES'2'3'4'56'7'8910 CONCRETE THREADED WOOD-KNOCKER OR WOOD KNOCKER 11+ IN CONCRETE STRENGTH ROD SPECIFICATION 1/4-INCH 3/8-INCH MIO M12 1/2-INCH 5/3-INCH 3/4-INCH (ASTM) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) A36 940 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 2,500 A193, Grade 137 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 A36 940 1,800 1.800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 3,000 A193, Grade B7 1,800 1,800 1.800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 A36 940 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 4,000 A193, Grade 137 2,025 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 A36 940 2,295 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 6,000 A193, Grade 137 2,025 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 A36 940 2,295 2,645 2,940 2,940 2,940 2,940 8,000 A193, Grade 137 2,025 2,940 2,940 2,940 2,940 2,940 2,940 A36 940 2,295 2,645 3,285 3,285 3,285 3,285 10,000 A193, Grade B7 2,025 3,285 3,285 3,285 3,285 3,285 3,285 For SI: 1 pound = 4.45 N. For pound-inch unit: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. Illustrative Allowable Stress Design Values in Table 6 are applicable only when all of the following design assumptions are followed: 'Concrete compressive strength, f' given for normal weight concrete. 2Single anchors with static tension load with installation in accordance to Figure 3 for Wood-Knocker or Wood-Knocker 11+. 3Concrete determined to remain uncracked for the life of the anchorage. 4LoacJ combinations from ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, (no seismic loading). 30% dead load and 70% live load, controlling load combination 1.2D + 1.6 L. 6Calculation of the weighted average for o = 1.2*0.3 + 1.6*0.7 = 1.48. 7Assuming no edge distance influence (ca, 1.5h0f) and no side-face blowout in tension for Wood-Knocker or Wood-Knocker 11+. 9h~h,,,0 according to ACI 318-14 17.7 or ACI 318-11 D.8, as applicable. 10Values are for Condition B where supplementary reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, is not provided. TABLE 7-EXAMPLE ASD ALLOWABLE SHEAR DESIGN VALUE FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES' 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9.10 CONCRETE THREADED WOOD-KNOCKER OR WOOD KNOCKER 11+ IN CONCRETE STRENGTH ROD SPECIFICATION 1/4-INCH 3/8-INCH MIO M12 1/2-INCH 5/8-INCH 3/4-INCH (f') (ASTM) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) A36 490 1,195 1,375 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 2,500 A193, Grade B7 1,055 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 A36 490 1,195 1,375 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 3,000 A193, Grade B7 1,055 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 A36 490 1,195 1,375 2,005 2,080 2,080 2,080 4,000 A193, Grade 137 1,055 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 A36 490 1,195 1,375 2,005 2,170 2,545 2,545 6,000 A193, Grade 137 1,055 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 A36 490 1,195 1,375 2,005 2,170 2,940 2,940 8,000 A193, Grade 87 1,055 2,570 2,910 2,910 2,910 2,940 2,940 A36 490 1,195 1,375 2,005 2,170 3,285 3,285 10,000 A193, Grade 137 1,055 2,570 2,910 1 2,910 1 2,910 3,285 3,285 For SI: 1 pound = 4.45 N. For pound-inch unit: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. Illustrative Allowable Stress Design Values in Table 7 are applicable only when all of the following design assumptions are followed: 'Concrete compressive strength, r, given for normal weight concrete. 2Single anchors with static shear load with installation in accordance with Figure 3 for Wood-Knocker or Wood-Knocker 11+. 3Concrete determined to remain uncracked for the life of the anchorage. 4Load combinations from ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, (no seismic loading). 30% dead load and 70% live load, controlling load combination 1.21) + 1.6 L. 6Calculation of the weighted average for a = 1.2*0.3 + 1.6*0.7 = 1.48. 7Assuming no edge distance (ce, ~t 1.5h,) or corner distance influence (c2 ~t 1.5c01) for Wood-Knocker or Wood-Knocker 11+. 8Shear loads may be applied in any direction. ~t h,,,,, according to ACI 318-14 17.7 or ACI 318-11 D.8, as applicable. "Values are for Condition B where supplementary reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, is not provided. I WOOD-KNOCKER -? ----r I I1 t iff '14-INCH '1,-INCH M10 M12 '12-INCH 'IrINCH '14-INCH I Brown Green Green Yellow Yellow Red Purple WOOD-KNOCKER 11+ '14-INcH '/,-INCH '1,- & '1,-INCH '12-INCH '1,-INCH '4-INCH Brown Green Gray Yellow Red Purple FIGURE 6-WOOD-KNOCKER AND WOOD-KNOCKER 11+ CONCRETE INSERTS 1 21 I I 1 I F ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 11 of 13 TABLE 8-EXAMPLE ASD ALLOWABLE TENSION DESIGN VALUES FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 CONCRETE THREADED BANG-IT+ IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK (FIGURE 4A)1° __ STRENGTH ROD '/4-INCH 3/8-INCH M i M12 1/2-INCH 5/8-INCH 3/4-INCH SPECIFICATION (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (ASTM) Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower A36 940 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 2,500 A193, Grade B7 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 A36 940 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 3,000 A193, Grade B7 1,530 905 1 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 A36 940 940 1 1,765 1,045 1,765 1,045 1,765 1,045 1,765 1.045 1,765 1,045 1,765 1,045 4,000 A193, Grade B7 1,765 1,045 1,765 1,045 1 1,765 1,045 1 1,765 1,045 1 1,765 1,045 1 1,765 1,045 1,765 1,045 A36 940 940 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 6,000 A193, Grade B7 Z025 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1.280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 A36 940 940 295 1,475 2,495 1,475 495 1,475 2,495 1,475 2,495 1,475 2,495 1,475 8,000 A193, Grade 87 025 1,475 2,495 1,475 2,495 1,475 2,495 1,475 2,495 1.475 2,495 1,475 2,495 1,475 A36 940 940 Z295 1,650 645 t650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 10,000 A193, Grade B7 2,025 1,650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1.650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 THREADED BANG-IT+ IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK (FIGURE 48)11 CONCRETE STRENGTH ROD '?INCH'/8-INCH MIO M12 11INCH '/8-INCH'4-INCH (f) SPECIFICATION (Ibs) (Ibs) (lbs) (Ibs)(Ibs) (Ibs) (IbsL_ (Ibs) (ASTM) Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower A36 940 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 2,500 A193, Grade B7 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 A36 940 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 3,000 A193, Grade B7 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 4000 A36 940 465 1,765 465 1,765 465 1,765 465 1,765 465 1,765 465 1,765 465 • A193, Grade B7 1,765 465 1,765 465 1 1,765 465 1,765 465 1,765 1 465 1.765 1 465 1,765 1 465 A36 940 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 6000 • A193, Grade B7 2,025 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 1 2,160 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 A36 940 655 2,295 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 8,000 A193, Grade B7 2,025 655 1 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 10000 A36 940 730 2295 730 2,645 730 2,790 730 2,790 730 2,790 730 2,790 730 A193, Grade 67 2,025 730 2,790 730 2,790 730 2,790 730 2,790 730 2,790 730 2,790 730 CONCRETE THREADED BANG-IT+ IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK (FIGURE 4C)12 STRENGTH ROD '14-INCH /INCH M10 M12 WINCH b/8 INCH INCH (f'0) SPECIFICATION (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (ASTM) Ur Lower Ur Lower Ur Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower A36 940 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 2,500 A193, Grade B7 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 A36 940 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 3,000 A193, Grade B7 1,530 775 1,530 775 1 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 A36 940 890 1,765 890 1,765 890 1,765 890 1,765 890 1,765 890 1,765 890 4,000 A193, Grade 87 1,765 890 1,765 890 1,765 890 1 1,765 1 890 1,765 1 890 1,765 1 890 1,765 1 890 A36 940 940 2,160 1,090 2,160 1090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 t090 6,000 A193, Grade B7 2,025 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 A36 940 940 2,295 1,260 2,495 1260 2,495 1260 2,495 1260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1260 8,000 A193, Grade 67 2,025 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 A36 940 940 2,295 1,410 2,645 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 10,000 A193, Grade B7 2,025 1,410 2,790 1 1,410 1 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 For SI: 1 pound = 4.45 N. For pound-inch unit: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. Illustrative Allowable Stress Design Values in Table 8 are applicable only when all of the following design assumptions are followed: 'Concrete compressive strength, f given for sand-light weight concrete for Bang-lt+ anchors. I 2Single anchors; static tension load with installation in upper and lower flute locations in concrete-filled steel deck in accordance with Figures 4A, 4B or 4C, as applicable, and noted provisions. 'Concrete determined to remain uncracked for the life of the anchorage. 4Load combinations from ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable (no seismic loading). 30% dead load and 70% live load, controlling load combination 1.20 + 1.6 L. 6CaIculation of the weighted average for a = 1.2*0.3 + 1.6*0.7 = 1.48. R 7 h ~ h,,, according to ACI 318-14 17.7 or ACI 318-11 Section D.8, as applicable. 'Values are for Condition B where supplementary reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3, as applicable, is not provided. 9Assuming no edge distance influence with V1N = 1.0 and no side-face blowout in tension for upper flute Bang-lt+anchors. "For lower flute Bang-lt+ anchors, the near edge distance, Ca,min, is 1.125-inch (see Figure 4A). I "For lower flute Bang-lt+ anchors, the near edge distance, Capin, is 0.75-inch (see Figure 4B). 12 For lower flute Bang-lt+ anchors, the near edge distance, Caffin, is 0.75-inch (see Figure 4C). I I '/4-INCH 3/8-INCH M10 & '/2-INCH M12 '/2-INCH I8-INCH '1.-INCH Brown Green Green Gray Yellow Yellow Red Purple FIGURE 7-BANG-IT+ INSERTS FOR CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECKS 1 22 1 I I I I I I I I 1 1 ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 12 of 13 TABLE 9—EXAMPLE ASD ALLOWABLE SHEAR DESIGN VALUE FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES 1,2,3,4,5A7,8,9,10 CONCRETE THREADED BANG-IT+ IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK (FIGURE 4A) __________ STRENGTH ROD SPECIFICATION '/4-INCH /5-INCH MIO M12 /2-INCH /8-INCH /4-INCH fibs) JbsJ (lbsj__ fibs) (Ibs) (IbsL fibs) (f')(ASTM) Upper Lower er Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower 2,500 to A36 490 490 ]25 925 925 925 925 925 925 925 1,245 1245 1245 1245 10,000 A193,GradeB7 925 925 925 925 925 925 925 925 925 1,245 1,245 1,245 1,245 CONCRETE THREADED BANG-IT+ IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK (FIGURE 4B) STRENGTH ROD '/4-INCH 3/8-INCH MIO M12 17NCH 5/8-INCH 3/4-INCH (f') SPECIFICATION lbsj__ _JbsJ fibs) fibs) fibs) (IbsL_ _Jbsj_ (ASTM) Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower 2,500 to A36 490 490 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 1,205 1,205 1,205 1 1,205 10,000 A193, Grade B7 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 1,205 1,205 1,205 1,205 CONCRETE THREADED BANG-IT+ IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK (FIGURE 4C) STRENGTH ROD SPECIFICATION '?iNH 3/,-INCH Mb M12 '/2-INCH 518-INCH IVINCH Jibsj _Jbsj__ _JbsJ _Jbsj (!bs) (IbsL_ jbsL_ (ASTM) Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower 2,500 to A36 490 490 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 1,205 1,205 1,205 1,205 10,000 A193, Grade B7 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 1 845 845 845 1,205 1,205 1,205 1,205 For SI: 1 pound = 4.45 N. For pound-inch unit: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. Illustrative Allowable Stress Design Values in Table 9 are applicable only when all of the following design assumptions are followed: 1Concrete compressive strength, f given for sand-light weight for Bang-lt+ anchors. 2Single anchors; static shear load with installation in upper and lower flute locations in concrete-filled steel deck in accordance with Figures 4A, 4B or 4C, as applicable, and noted provisions. 'Concrete determined to remain uncracked for the life of the anchorage. 4Load combinations from ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable (no seismic loading). 30% dead load and 70% live load, controlling load combination 1.20 + 1.6 L. 6CaIculation of the weighted average for a = 1.2*0.3 + 1.6*0.7 = 1.48. 7Assuming no edge distance (c01 1, 1.5h0,) or corner distance influence (ca2 S 1.5c01) upper flute Bang-lt+ anchors. 8Shear loads may be applied in any direction. S h,,,, according to ACI 318-14 17.7 or ACI 318-11 D.8, as applicable. 10Values are for Condition B where supplementary reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable is not provided. LIJ 0~1`the 1.) Position insert on formwork ir J.,, 2.) Drive insert down until 3.) After formwork removal, remove III r ,'T 4.) Install threaded steel element (rod/bolt) z 15 nails down flush with nails as UIt..L necessary (e g '1 (ci) / into the insert or attach fixture as applicable form, flush mounted fixtures). .' (e.g. seismic brace). POSITION DRIVE PREPARE ATTACH /.( /—?" - 1.)Position insert on formwork, " ' - 2.) Drive insert down until ' J 3.) After formwork removal, remove 0 4.) Install threaded steel element head ,, nails as necessary (rod/bolt) into the - / .- plastic down. ._ I (e.g. flush mounted e ( . : 1 insert by pushing Z Z- Z. fixtures). through plastic center 0 WWI plastic. ° ;:-' (thread seal). Attach fixture as applicable (e.g. seismic brace). POSITION DRIVE PREPARE ATTACH d k ,\ I.) Cut (e.g. (' ( ) / 2.) Place the drill a ') 3.) Step on or \ "') 4.) Install threaded steel element (rod/bolt) "\ 1 J \ hole in the - \ (( k plastic sleeve impact the insert head to \ ,i/ ,) into the insert. Trim + , \ \ steel deck to the hole size \ of the insert through hole in steel deck. -' engage. Optionally, base of insert can plate / 7' away plastic sleeve for shear load applications Z ,\ .. required by the insert. - , , U ,XN also be screwed /. \ and attach fixture as \ \, \ to steel deck. \ applicable (e.g. seismic CREATE HOLE POSITION PREPARE ATTACH I FIGURE 8—WOOD-KNOCKER AND WOOD KNOCKER 11+ CONCRETE INSERTS, AND BANG-IT+ CONCRETE INSERTS FOR STEEL DECK, MANUFACTUER PUBLISHED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (MPll) I 23 I I I I 1 I I I I I I 24 ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 13 of 13 Given: I One %" Bang-it+ insert with ASTM A36 rod t 1 . . .91 . installed in the lower flute of steel deck ' 4 - . I Steel deck in accordance with Figure 4C of this report (3/8" mm. flute width) I - AN Anchor is 1/16" offset from center of flute )3/4 from close edge, 31/8 from far edge) I ,./"\ ) i,c .., i STEEL ECK 5h Sand-lightweight concrete with compressive strength: (f',) = 3,000 psi No supplemental reinforcement: L (Condition B per ACI 318-11 D.4.3 c) AN.c,~ Assume cracked concrete and no seismic = 5 in. (2" topping thickness) SANG-ti DECK nscsr ) I he= 1.75 in. c,. = C,, = 0.75 in. ON THREADED ROD c,,2~t 1.5he.(.. taken as 1.5h) Calculate the factored resistance design strength in tension and equivalent allowable stress design load for the anchor in the given configuration. Calculation in accordance with ACI 318-11 and this report: Code Ref. Report Ref. Step 1. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance: h,, = 5.0 in. (2" topping thickness, lower flute) 'a h,,,,,= 4.5 in. (1.5" topping thickness, lower flute) .. OK 0.8 Table 3 5,, = N/A (not applicable) Figure 4C c,,1 = 0.75 in. ~ c,,,,,= 0.75 in. .. OK Step 2. Calculate steel strength of the anchor in tension: D.5.1.1 §4.1.2 Calculate ØN,,,,,,,,, and ØN,,,,,a and determine the controlling steel strength in tension D.5.1.2 Table 3 and Table 5 Step 2a. Calculate steel strength of the insert in tension: ØN,,,,.,,,,,,,, = 0.65 • 10,440 lbs. = 6,785 lbs. D.5.1.1 §4.1.2 D.5.1.2 Table 3 Step 2b. Calculate steel strength of the threaded rod in tension: ØN,,,,,odA36 = 0.75 • 4,525 lbs. = 3,395 lbs. 0.5.1.1 §4.1.2 0.5.1.2 Table 3 Step 2c. ØN,,aA36 < q5N,,,,,,,., .. threaded rod capacity controls steel strength in tension 0.5.1.1 §4.1.2 0.5.1.2 Step 3. Calculate concrete breakout strength of the anchor in tension: N,,b = D.5.2.1 (b) §4.1.3 AN,o Step 3a. Calculate AN,,, and AN, §4.1.3 AN,,, = 9h,,/ = 9 (1.75)2 = 27.6 in.' 0.5.2.1 (b) A,,,= (c,,i + (1.5h,,1)) • (c,,2 + 1.5hei) = (0.75 + 2.625).2.625 + 2.625)) = 17.7 in.' . AN, = 17.7 in.' Figure 4C Step 3b. Calculate tIJ,d,N = 1.0 if c,,,,,n~ 1.5h; (Ped,N = 0.7 + if C,,mj,, < 1.5h,f §4.1.3 1.5h,,j 0.5.2.5 Table 3 C,,,,,,, = 0.75 in. < 1.5h,,1.. lPedN = 0.7 + 0.3(0.75/2.625) = 0.79 Figure 4C Step 3c. Calculate tj,,N = 1.0 )for cracked concrete) 0.5.2.6 Table 3 Step 3d. Calculate tIJCP,N = 1.0 (for cast-in anchors) 0.5.2.7 - Step 3f. Calculate N5 = kcAa j7c hef'5 = 24 1.7515 = 2,587 lbs. 0.5.2.2 Table 3 0.3.6 Step 3g. Calculate concrete breakout strength of the anchor in tension: N,b = (17.7/27.6) • 0.79 • 1.0 • 1.0 • 2,587 = 1,310 lbs. D.5.2.1 (a) §4.1.3 Calculate concrete breakout capacity = ØN,b = 0.70 • 1,310 = 917 lbs. Step 4. Calculate nominal pullout strength of a single anchor in tension: N/A (not applicable) D.5.3.1 §4.1.1 Steps. Calculate nominal side-face blowout strength of the anchor: N/A (not applicable) D.5.4.1 §4.1.4 Step 6. Determine the controlling resistance strength of the anchor in tension: 0.4.1 §4.1.1 ØN,,= minIØNsa, q$Nc5 ) = ØN,5 = 917 lbs. Step 7. Calculate allowable stress design conversion factor for loading condition: Assume controlling load combination: 1.20 + 1.6L; 30% Dead Load, 70% Live Load 9.2 §4.2.1 a = 1.2)0.3) + 1.6)0.7) = 1.48 Step 8. Calculate allowable stress design value: ON~ 917 Tauo,a ie,.sø - - - - =6201bs. 9.2 §4.2.1 1.48 FIGURE 9-EXAMPLE STRENGTH DESIGN CALCULATION FOR TENSION CAPACITY OF BANG-IT+ ANCHOR IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK ASSEMBLIES I El I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I *SHOWN DIMENSION SAME \ FOR TOLCO FIG. 910 "2D" 1.652 /CONCRETE ANCHOR .950 7CONCRETE ANCHOR Seismic Brad Detail Per NFPA 13, 2013 Figures A.9.3.5.12.1 (a-c) and NFPA 13, 2016 Figures A.9.3.5.12.2 (a-c) & Annex Section E.1.2 TOLCO' Fig. 980 TOLCO" Fig. 909 Prying Factors Per NFPA 13, 2016 Section 9.3.5.12.8.2 (A) And Fig. 9.3.5.12.1 Designated Angle Category Tolco Fiqure 980 A B C D E F G H I Pr Pr Pr Pr Pr Pr Pr Pr Pr 3.275 1.156 0.844 1.461 1.156 1.891 3.478 2.459 2.008 Tolco Figure 909 Aj B Ic D E F G H I Pr Pr [T Pr Pr Pr Pr Pr Pr 2.626 1.002 0.873 1.513 1.002 1.516 2.460 1.740 1.420 All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton B-Line series Seismic Supports I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I VWMLI Fire Sprinkler Anchorage Design Tables April 2017 ENGINEERED By-?owers- DEWALT Wood Knocker and Wood Knocker 11+ Tolco Figure 980,909 and 910 I U 3000 psi Normal Weight Concrete - - Anchor Values Calculated In Accordance With AC1318-14 for use in Seismic Design Categories A through F Wood-Knocker in 3000 psi Normal Weight Concrete (lbs)1-2 Tolco igure 980 Nominal Embedment (in.) A B C D E F C H Pr 3.275 Pr 1.156 Pr 0.844 Pr 1.461 Pr 1.156 Pr 1.891 Pr 3.478 Pr 2.459 PT 2.008 318 2 180 335 384 222 35 312 135 12 235 112 2 204 431 516 298 431 1 354 155 233 286 5/8 2 204 1 431 516 298 431 1 354 1 165 1 233 286 3/4 1 2 1 204 1 431 516 298 431 354 1 155 1 233 286 1Vaiues calculated in accordance withNFPA13-15 Annex E.7 See [CC-ESR 3667 for complete product installation information 'Assumptions for table. seismic anthorin4conditions edge distance=3 slab thickness 5= hmnin, spacin)=3hef Wood-Knocker in 3000 psi Normal Weight Concrete (lbs.)La Tolco Figure 909 Dia. Nominal Embedment in. A B C D E F G H PT 2.626 PT 1.002 Pr 0.873 Pr 1.513 Pr 1.002 Pr 1.516 Pr 2.460 Pr 1.740 Pr 1.420 3/8 2 210 358 379 219 358 353 153 230 282 1/2 2 243 469 506 292 469 422 208 293 359 5/8 2 243 459 505 292 469 422 208 293 359 3/4 1 2 243 469 506 292 1 469 422 208 293 359 1Vaiues calculated in accordance with NFPA13-16 Annex E.75ee l-E5R 3.667 for complete product installation information 2 Assumptions for table: seismic anchoring conditions edge distarice)=8° siab thickness s= hmin, spacing 5= 3hef Wood-Knocker in 3000 psi Normal Weight Concrete (lbs.)1-2 Tolco Figure 910 Nominal Embedment (in.) A B C D E F G H Pr 3.275 Pr 1.156 Pr 0.844 Pr 1.461 Pr 1.156 Pr 1.891 Pr 3.478 Pr 2.459 PT 2.008 3/8 2 180 335 384 222 335 312 135 192 235 1/2 2 204 431 516 298 431 354 1 165 233 286 5/8 2 204 431 516 298 431 354 155 233 286 314 2 204 1 431 1 515 1 298 431 354 165 233 286 1Vaivas calculated in accordance with NFPA13-16 Annex E.7 See ICC-ESR 3557 for complete product installation information Assumptions for table-seismic anchoring conditions edge distance s=8", slab thickness 5= hmiri spacirrg5=3hef Powers Fasteners - a Stanley Black & Decker Company - www.uowers.com (914) 235 6300 Tolco - a Division of Eaton - www.toIco.com (800) 851-7415 Page 2 of 5 LI 1 [1 I I I GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION POWER-STUD® +S02 High Performance Wedge Expansion Anchor The Power-Stud+ SD2 anchor is a fully threaded, torque-controlled, wedge expansion anchor which is designed for consistent performance in cracked and uncracked concrete. Suitable base materials include normal-weight concrete, sand-lightweight concrete and concrete over steel deck. The anchor is manufactured with a zinc plated carbon steel body and stainless steel expansion clip for premium performance. SECTION CONTENTS General Information.........................1 Material Specifications...................1 Installation Specifications .............. 2 Installation Instructions..................3 Performance Data............................5 Ordering Information.....................10 Structural connections, i.e., beam and column anchorage Utility and safety-related attachments Interior applications / low level corrosion environment Tension zone applications, i.e., cable trays and strut, pipe supports, fire sprinklers Seismic and wind loading Medium to heavy duty purposes FEATURES1AND B + Consistent performance in high and low strength concrete + Nominal drill bit size is the same as the anchor diameter + Anchor can be installed through standard fixture holes + Length ID code and identifying marking stamped on head of each anchor + Anchor design allows for follow-up expansion after setting under tensile loading International Code Council, Evaluation Service (ICC-ES), ESR-2502 for cracked and uncracked concrete Code Compliant with the 2015, IBC, 2015 IRC, 2012 IBC, 2012 IRC, 2009 IBC, and 2009 IRC Tested in accordance with AC! 355.2 and ICC-ES AC193 for use in structural concrete under the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11/08 Appendix D Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for recognition in cracked and uncracked concrete including seismic and wind loading (Category 1 anchors) FM Global (Factory Mutual) - File No. 3033795, 3/8" and 1/2" diameters Pipe hanger components for automatic sprinkler systems Underwriters Laboratories (UL Listed) - File No. EX1 289 - See listing CSI Divisions: 03 16 00 - Concrete Anchors, 04 05 19.16 - Masonry Anchors and 05 05 09 - Post-Installed Concrete Anchors. Expansion anchors shall be Power-Stud+ SD2 as supplied by DEWALT, Towson, MD. Anchors shall be installed in accordance with published instructions and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Anchor component Specification Anchor Body Medium carbon steel Hex nut carbon steel, ASTM A 563, Grade A Washer Carbon Steel, ASTM F 844; meets dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.2. Type A Plain Expansion wedge (clip) Type 316 Stainless Steel Plating (anchor body, nut and wash:er)Zinc Plating (anchor body, nut and washer) plating according to ASTM B 633, SC1 Type Ill (Fe/Zn 5). Minimum plating requirements for Mild Service Condition. POWER-STUD+ SD2 ASSEMBLY THREAD VERSION UNC threaded stud ANCHOR MATERIALS Zinc plated carbon steel body with stainless steel expansion clip, zinc plated carbon steel nut and washer ANCHOR SIZE RANGE (TYI) 3/8" diameter through 3/4" diameter SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS Normal-weight concrete Sand-lightweight concrete Concrete over steel deck Grouted-filled concrete masonry (CMU) LODE LISTED CC-ES_ESR-2502 CONCRETE 1. vw.DEWALT.com I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Installation Table for Power-Stud+ S024 Anchor Nominal Anchor Size Setting Infonna1Ion Notation vs" Units 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" Anchor diameter d3 in. 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750 (mm) (5) (12,7) (15.9) (19.1) Minimum diameter of hole in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 clearance in fixture (mm) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6) Nominal drill bit diameter dbe in. 3/8 ANSI 1/2 ANSI 3/4 5/8 ANSI ANSI Minimum nominal h in. 2-3/8 2-1/2 3-3/4 3-7/8 4-7/8 4-1/2 5-3/4 embedment depth' (mm) (60) (64) (95) (98) (124) (114) (146) Effective embedment hel in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/4 4-1/4 3-3/4 5 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (83) (108) (95) (127) Minimum hole depth2 h0 in. 2-5/8 2-3/4 4 4-1/4 5-1/4 5 6-1/4 (mm) (67) (70) (102) (108) (133) (127) (159) Minimum concrete . in. 4 4-1/2 6 53'4 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/2 8 7 10 member thickness (mm) (102) 1 (114) (152) 1 (146) (146) (146) 1 (165) (203) (178) (254) Minimum overall anchor length' Lrh in. 3 3-3/4 4-1/2 4-3/4 6 5-1/2 7 (mm) (762) (95) (114) (121) (152) (140) (178) Minimum edge distance' c33 in. 2-1/2 4 2-3/4 4 2-3/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 5 4-1/2 (mm) (635) (102) (70) (102) (70) (108) (108) (127) (114) Minimum spacing distance' S233 in. 3-1/2 6 6 4 6 4-1/4 4-1/4 6 6 (mm) (89) (152) (152) (102) (152) (108) (108) (152) (152) Critical edge distance2 C.in. 6-1/2 8 10 8 153/41 10 12 12 (mm) (165.1) 1 (203) 1 (254) (203) (400) (254) (305) (305) Installation torque Time ft-lb. 20 40 60 110 (N-m) (27) (54) (81) (149) Torque wrench socket size - in. 9/16 3/4 15/16 1-1/8 Nut height - in. 21/64 7/16 35/64 41/64 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-w. The embedment depth, hess, is measured from the outside surface of the concrete member to the embedded end of the anchor prior to tightening. For installations through the soffit of steel deck into concrete see the installation details in Figure A, B, and C. In addition, anchors shall have an axial spacing along the flute equal to the greater of 31het or 1.5 times the flute width. The hole diameter in the steel deck must not exceed the hole diameter in the concrete by more than 1/8-inch (3.2 mm). The listed minimum overall anchor length is based on anchor sizes commercially available at the time of publication compared with the requirements to achieve the minimum nominal embedment depth and possible fixture attachment. The anchors may be installed in the topside of concrete-tilled steel deck floor and root assemblies in accordance with the installation specifications and design information provided the concrete thickness above the upper flute meets the minimum thicknesses specified in the tables; see Setting information for Installation on the Top of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies table and installation detail D. Anchor Settina Information for Installation on the Ton of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies'.' Anchor property, Notation Units Nominal Anchor SIze (Inch) 3/8" 1,2" Setting IntonnatIon Nominal drill bit diameter due in. 3/8 ANSI 1/2 ANSI Minimum nominal embedment depth' h30 in. (mm) . 2-3/8 (60) 2-1/2 (64) Effective embedment he in. (mm) 2.00 (51) 2.00 (51) Minimum concrete member thickness' hmC,deck in. (mm) 2-1/2 (64) 2-1/2 (64) Critical edge distance cae,desk,m in. (mm) 8 (203) 9 (229) Minimum edge distance c,deck,op in. (mm) 4 (102) 2-3/4 (70) 4 (102) I 8 I (203 Minimum spacing distance Smie,deck,top in. (mm) 3-1/2 (89) 6 (152) 8 (203) I I (102) Minimum hole depth h0 in. (mm) 2-1/2 (64) 2-1/2 (64) Installation torque Taxi ft-lb. (N-m( 20 (27) 40 (54) Torque wrench socket size - in. 9/16 3/4 Nut height - in. 21/64 7/16 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-M. The embedment depth, hes,, is measured from the outside surface of the concrete member to the embedded end of the anchor prior to tightening. The anchors may be installed in the topside of concrete-filled steel deck floor and root assemblies provided the concrete thickness above the upper flute meets the minimum thicknesses specified in this table. Minimum concrete member thickness refers to the concrete thickness above the upper flute (topping thickness). See Installation Detail D. For all other anchor diameters and embedment depths, refer to the installation table for applicable values of h3,, cci, and Sn,. Design capacities shall be based on calculations according to values in Tension and Shear Design information for Anchors in Concrete tables. WWW.DEWALT.com 12 1 1 I I I I 1 1 1 gj" Step 3 Position the washer on the anchor and thread on the nut. If installing through a fixture, drive the anchor through the fixture into the hole. Be sure the anchor is driven to the minimum required embedment depth, h. Step 4 Tighten the anchor with a torque wrench by applying the required installation torque, Tit. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Power-Stud+ S02 Anchor Detail Head Marking Legend 1 Letter Code = Length Identification Mark no - -. d, h0 '+' Symbol = Strength Design Compliant Anchor . Number Code = Carbon Steel Body and Stainless Steel Expansion Clip _ I I Before After Length Identification Mark I A I B I I D I E I F C I H I i I I K I L I M I N I 0 I P From 1-1/2 I 2' 2-1/2 3' 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2 5' 5-1/2 6" 6-1/2" 7" 7-1/2 8" I 8-1/2" I Up to but not including 2" 2-1/2 3" 3-1/2 4" 4-1/2 5" 5-1/2 6" 6-1/2 7" 7-1/2' 8' 8-1/2' I i I 9-1/2' I Length identification mark indicates overall length of anchor. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation Instructions for Power-Stud+ S02 Step 1 Step 2 Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole Remove dust and debris from the hole into the base material to the required during drilling, (e.g. dust extractor, depth. The tolerances of the drill bit hollow bit) or following drilling (e.g. used should meet the requirements of suction, forced air) to extract loose ANSI Standard 8212.15. particles created by drilling. ana HOOT ASsernones see uimensionai protiie Tel LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 3,000 PSI) I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1. Anchors may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with installation Detail A provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of installation Detail A profiles may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute, The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. 1. Anchors may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with Detail B provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of Detail B profiles may be installed with a maximum 15/16 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. Anchors may be placed in the lower flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with installation Detail C provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of installation Detail C profiles may be installed with a maximum 1/8-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. Anchors may be placed in the upper flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with installation Detail C provided the concrete thickness above the upper flute is minimum 3-1/4-inch and a minimum hole clearance of 3/4-inch is satisfied. Installation Detail D: Installation Detail for Anchors in the Top of Concrete Over Steel Deck Floor and ROOT Assemblies see dimensional profile requirements), LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 2,000 PSI) Power-alud* Anchor (Typ( MIn.2-I/2" Upper Flute (Valley) Min. Min. 3-1 to 11/2" Min 1-3/4'- Min. 6" (Typ) l (Typ( Lower flute (Ridge) Min. 2-1/2" ND 20 Gale Sleet Deck in.. Crypt Rule Edge Anchors may be placed in the top side of concrete over steel deck profiles in accordance with Detail D provided the minimum concrete thickness above the upper flute (topping thickness) is as illustrated and the minimum spacing distance and minimum edge distances are satisfied as given in Setting Information for Installation on the Top of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies Table. For anchors installed in the top of concrete over steel deck profiles with concrete thickness above the upper flute (topping thickness) greater than or equal to the minimum concrete member thicknesses specified in Installation Table for the Power-Stud+ SD2, the minimum spacing distance and minimum edge distances may be used from this table, as applicable. Installation Detail A: Power-Stud+ S02 Installed in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck Floor and ROOt Assemblies see dimensional profile require STRUCTURAL SAND-UGH1WEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 3,020 P01) Mb. 3-1/4 3/4 Clearance Mm. Upper Flute (Valley) 2' .:.( FOWte-SIad+\,'../ Mm 4-1/ST Min. 4-1/2" Mm, 12-1/2 (ryp) Mb. Lower Flute (Ridge) 1-1/4 No. 20 Gage Steel Deck Mb. Mute Edge Installation Detail B: Power-Stud+ SD2 Installed in the Soffit of Concrete Over Steel Deck Floor MIII. Lower Flute (Ridge)-1 Na. 211 Sage Steel Deck Mm. Flute Edge Installation Detail C: Power-Stud+ SD2 Installed in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck Floor and ROOT ASsernoues see uimensuonai rronue Hequire STRUCTURAL SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 3,0110 PSI) 1" Clearance Mm. Anchor a 2-Min. Min. 1/2" No. 20 Gage Steel Deck Mm. Lower flute Edge I www.DEWALT.com 4 I PERFORMANCE DATA Nominal Anchor Diameter (Inch) Design Characteristic Notation Units 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Anchor category 1,20r3 - 1 1 1 1 STEEL STRENGTH IN TENSION (ACI 18-14 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 D.5.1) Minimum specified yield strength (neck) f (N Minimum specified ultimate tensile strength (neck) fm ksi (N/n 120.0 (827) 106.0 (731) 106.0 (731) 90.0 (620) Effective tensile stress area (neck) 0. A, N in2 0.0552 15g?' 0.2359 (nin ee 5 reng in tension' Steel strength t N lb 6,625 10,445 13,080 21,230 (kN) )29.4) )46.5) )58.2) (94.4) Reduction factor for steel strength' 0 - 0.75 CONCRETE BREAKOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION (ACI 318-1417.4.2 or ACI 318-11 0.5.2) Effective embedment het in. 2.00 2.00 3.25 3.25 4.25 3.75 5.00 )mm) (51) (51) (83) (83) )108) )95) (127) Effectiveness factor for uncracked concrete kucr - 24 24 24 24 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete kr - 17 17 17 17 Modification factor for cracked and uncracked concrete' - 1.0 See 10 See note 6 See note 6 See note 6 Critical edge distance Car in,See Installation Table Reduction factor for concrete breakout strength' 0 - 0.65 (Condition B) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION (ACI 318-14 17.4.3 or ACI 318-110.5.3)1 Characteristic pullout strength, N lb 2,775 See 6,615 See See See See uncracked concrete )2,500 psi)' (kN) (12.3) note 8 (29.4) note 8 note 8 note 8 note 8 Characteristic pullout strength, N lb 2,165 See 4,375 See See See 7,795 cracked concrete (2,500 psi)' (kN) )9.6) note 8 (19.5) note 8 note 8 note 8 (35.1) Reduction factor for pullout strength' - 0.65 (Condition B) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS (ACI 318-1417.2.3.3 or ACI 318-110.5.3.3.3)1 Characteristic pullout strength, seismic (2,500 psi)r.O J Np,eq (kN) 2,165 (9.6) Ilb 8 (19) ee I t8 See 1 note 8 See note 8 I 7,795 )35) Reduction factor for pullout strength' - 0.65 (Condition B) Uncracked concrete j3 lbf/in 865,000 71700 569,000 420,000 Mean axial stiffness values (kN/rflfll) (151) (126) (100) (74) service load range Cracked concrete , lbf/in 49,500 57,000 64,500 72,000 )kN/mm) (9) (10) (11) (13) The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318 Appendix 0, as applicable; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318 0.3.3, as applicable, shall apply. Installation nest comply with published instructions and details. All values of 0 were determined from the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable. It the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, then the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.A.A. For reinforcement that meets ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 orACI 318 Appendix 0, as applicable, requirements for Condition A, see ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, for the appropriate 0 factor when the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable, are used. The Power-Stud+ SD2 is considered a ductile steel element in tension as defined by ACI 318-14 2.3 or ACI 318 D.1, as applicable. Tabulated values for steel strength in tension are based on test results per ACI 355.2 and mast be used for design in lieu of calculation, For all design cases use W,.N = 1.0. Select appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete (vr( or uncracked concrete (k,-). For all design cases use l/'v = 1.0. For concrete compressive strength greater than 2,500 psi, N63 = (pullout strength value from table(specified concrete compressive strergth/2500). For concrete over steel deck the value of 2500 must be replaced with the value of 3000. For all anchors n = 1/2 with the exception of the 3/8' anchor size for cracked concrete where n = 1/3. Pullout strength does not control design of indicated anchors. Do not calculate pullout strength for indicated anchor size and embedment. Anchors are permitted to be used in sand-lightweight concrete provided the modification factor Aa equal to 0.8A is applied to all valves of 4IFF affecting Nr and V3. A shall be determined in accordance with the corresponding version of ACI 318. Tabulated values for characteristic pullout strength in tension for seismic applications are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.5. Mean values shown; actual stiffness varies considerable depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application. Anchors are permitted for use in concrete-filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies; see installation details A, B, C and D. ri 1 5 WWW.DEWALT.com I I I I I PERFORMANCE DATA 8. Anchors are permitted for use in concrete-filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies; see installation details A, B, C and D. I I I I I I I Li I 'I] I Li I I w.DEWALT.com PERFORMANCE DATA Tension and Shear Design Data for Power-Stud+ S02 Anchors in the Soffit of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies' 2,7 I (ODE LISTEI) ICC-ES ESR-2502 19 I Nominal Anchor Size (inch) Design Characteristics Notation Units 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 Anchor Category 1,2or3 - 1 1 1 Effective Embedment he in. 2.00 2.00 3.25 3.25 4.25 3.75 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (83) (108) (95) Minimum N E D inimum Nominal Embedment Depth h in. 2-3/8 2-1/2 3-3/4 3-7/8 4-7/8 4-1/2 (mm) 1 (60) 1 (64) (83) (98) (124) (114) Minimum Hole Depth h0 in. 2-5/8 2-3/4 4 4-1/4 5-1/4 5 (mm) (67) (70) 1 (102) (108) (133) (27) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR ANCHORS IN SOFFIT OF SAND LIGHTWEIGHT AND NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECI According to Characteristic pullout strength, N lbf 1,855 2,065 3,930 4,665 7,365 4,900 Detail A uncracked concrete over steel deck' (kN) (8.3) (9.2) (17.5) (20.8) (32.8) (21.8) 4-1/2-inch-wide Characteristic pullout strength, Np,d3ck,cr lbf 1,445 1,465 2,600 3,305 5,215 3,470 deck flute cracked concrete over steel deck'.' )kN) (6.4) (6.5) (11.6) (14.7) (23.2) (15.4) According to Characteristic pullout strength, N lbf 2,235 2,785 5,600 4,480 7,265 Not Detail B uncracked concrete over steel deck' (kN) (9.9) (12.4) (24.9) (19.9) (32.3) Applicable 3-7/8-inch-wide Characteristic pullout strength, Np,deck,6r lbf 1,745 1,975 3,695 3,175 5,145 Not deck flute cracked concrete over steel deck23 )kN) (7.8) (8.8) (16.4) 1 (14.1) (22.9) Applicable According to Characteristic pullout strength, N lbf 1,600 2,025 Not Not Not Not Detail C uncracked concrete over steel deck2 (kN) (7.1) (9.0) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable 1-3/4-inch-wide Characteristic pullout strength, Np,deck,6r lbf 1,250 1,435 Not Not Not Not deck flute I cracked concrete over steel deck2'3 )kN) (5.6) (6.4) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable Reduction factor for pullout strength' - 0.65 STEEL STRENGTH IN SHEAR FOR ANCHORS IN SOFFIT OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT AND NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK'-' According to Steel strength in shear, lbf 2,170 3,815 5,040 4,015 6,670 4,325 Detail A concrete over steel deck )kN) (9.7) (17.0) (22.4) (17.9) (29.7) (19.2) 4-1/2-inch-wide Steel strength in shear, seismic, lbf 1,715 3,815 5,040 2,675 4,445 2,820 deck flute concrete over steel deck )kN) (7.6) (17.0) (22.4) (11.9) (19.8) (12.5) According to Steel strength in shear, svd6k lbf 3,040 2,675 4,930 Not Not Not Detail B concrete over steel deck (kN) (13.5) (11.9) (21.9) Applicable Applicable Applicable 3-7/8-inch-wide Steel strength in shear, seismic, V,6e6iu1i lbf 2,400 2,675 4,930 Not Not Not deck flute concrete over steel deck )kN) (10.6) 1 (11.9) (21.9) Applicable 1 Applicable Applicable According to Steel strength in shear, v lbf 2,170 2,880 Not Not Not Not Detail C concrete over steel deck )kN) (9.7) (12.8) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable 1-3/4-inch-wide Steel strength in shear, seismic, V,vew,eq lbf 1,715 2,880 Not Not Not Not deck flute concrete over steel deck )kN) (7.6) (12.8) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable Reduction factor for steel strength in shear, - 0.65 concrete over steel deck' , For all design cases (J,p 1.0. For concrete compressive strength greater than 3,000 psi, N,=(put sot strength value from table) (specified concrete compressive strength/2500)1. For all anchors n=1/2 with exception of the 3/8-inch-diameter anchor size, where n=1/3. Values for Np.deck are for sand-lightweight concrete (f'6, n = 3,000 psi) and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318 D.5.2, as applicable, is not required for anchors installed in the deck soffit (flute). Values for Np.k,c, are applicable for seismic loading. Shear loads for anchors installed through steel deck into concrete may be applied in any direction. Values for V,de6k and \ha.deck,eq are for sand-lightweight concrete (fc,,vn = 3,000 psi) and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2 or ACI 3180.6.2, as applicable and the pryout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 0.6.3, as applicable, is not required for anchors installed in the deck soffit (flute). All values of 0 were determined from the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, then the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.A.A. Anchors shall have an axial spacing along the flute soffit equal to the greater of 3h0f or 1.5 times the flute width. I 1 I I I [1 1 7 wwW.DEWALT.com - I I I I I PERFORMANCE DATA Factored Design Strength (N and ç5Vn) Calculated in Accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17: 1 - Tabular values are provided for illustration and are applicable for single anchors installed in normal-weight concrete with minimum slab thickness, ha = ham, and with the following conditions: - Cal is greater than or equal to the critical edge distance, Cac (table values based on Cal = Ccc). - ca,2 is greater than or equal to 1.5 times Cal. Calculations were performed according to ACI 318-18 Chapter 17. The load level corresponding to the - .; •.; . controlling failure mode is listed, (e.g. For tension: steel, concrete breakout and pullout; For shear: steel, Concrete breakout and pryout). Furthermore, the capacities for concrete breakout strength in tension and Cal piyout strength in shear are calculated using the effective embedment values, h, for the selected anchors ' as noted in the design information tables. Please also reference the installation specifications for more information. Strength reduction factors (0) were based on ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 for load combinations. Condition ii is assumed. 4 Tabular values are permitted for static loads only, seismic loading is not considered with these tables For designs that include combined tension and shear the interaction of tension and shear loads must be 9 calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. Interpolation is not permitted to be used with the tabular values. For intermediate base material compressive strengths please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. For other design conditions including seismic considerations please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Power-Stud+ S02 in Cracked Concrete Nominal Anchor (In.) Embed. Diameter f Nominal (in.) Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength Pc = 2,500 psi Pc = 3,000 psi t'c = 4.000 psi t'c = 6,000 psi f'c 8,000 psi 5Nn Tension abs.) q5Vn Shear abs.) q5Nn Tension abs.) I (bVn Shear (lbs.) 4Nn I Vn q5Nn Q5Vn Øn I (bill' Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear (lbs.) abs.) (lbs.) abs.) (lbs.) abs.) 3/8 2-3/8 1,405 1,685 1,495 1,845 1,645 I 1,885 I 2,07,- 1,565 1,685 1,710 1,975 2 -1/2 2,130 2,420 2,605 2,795 3,010 1/2 3-3/4 2,845 I 3,115 3,595 S 4,405 I 5,085 KS 3-7/8 3,235 4,220 3,545 4,095 5,305t6,125 5,335 5,015 6,535 5,790 . . I 5/8 4-7/8 4,840 JiL! . ¶jS 7,500 nh 8,660 • S 4-1/2 4,010 7,590 4,395 : 5,075 6,215 • 7,175 3/4 5-3/4 5,065 ;• 5,550 6,410 7,850 0 9,065 tat LI - Anchor Pullout/Piyout Strength Controls LI - Concrete Breakout Strength Controls • - Steel Strength Controls Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Power-Stud+ S02 in Uncracked Concrete Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength Nominal Anchor Nominal Embed. f'c = 2,500 psi t'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi t'c = 6,000 psi t'c = 8,000 psi (bVn Olin I (bun I Øn I (bVn I Øn I (bun I 4)Nn I (bVn - Diameter h on.) on.) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear (lbs.) abs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) 3/8 2-3/8 1,805 5 1,975 }!4. 2,280 l)tl. 2,795 'I 3,225 I 2-1/2 2,205 2,375 2,415 2,605 tII 3,005 3,420 S 3,945 1/2 3-3/4 4,300 5 4,710 Ku 5,440 S 6,660 5 7,690 3-7/8 4,570 5905 5,005 6,470 5,780 • I 7,080 . • I 8,175 • S 5/8 4-7/8 6,835 jS 7,485 •p 8,645 • I i;iis • I 10115 . 4-1/2 5,665 0 • 6,205 0 • 7,165 0 • 8,775 0 • 10,130 0 3/4 I 5-3/4 8,720 0 • 9,555 0 • 11,030 • 13,510 0 • 15,600 LI - Anchor PutouuPryout Strength Controls LI - Concrete Breakout Strength Controls U - Steel Strength Controls Factored design strengths may be converted to allowable loads using an appropriate conversion factor, o, for the controlling load combination. See ICC-ES ESR-2502 or contact DEWALT for more information regarding the procedure to convert factored design strengths to allowable loads. www.DEWALT.com 8 Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength Nomina l Anchor otnliI fc = 2,500 psi To = 3,000 psi t'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi fc = 8,000 psi size th- V,iow,e Taia,,na V,iuvoa,m Trar,,.,a,em V.-*=Tuia,,e V,ia,um T,iar Tension Shear Tension Shear Tendon Shear Tendon Shear Tension Shear (lbs.) fibs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) fibs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) 3/8 2-3/8 1,005 1,205 1,070 1,320 1,175 1 1,445 1,345 1,445 1,480 1,445 1/2 2-1/2 1,120 1,205 1,220 1,320 1,410 1,520 1,730 1,860 1,995 2,150 3-3/4 2,030 2,235 1 2,225 2,235 2,570 2,235 3,145 2,235 3,630 2,235 5/8 3-7/8 2,310 3015 2,530 3,300 2,925 31810 3,580 4,670 4,135 4,720 4-7/8 3,455 4,720 3,790 4,720 4,375 4,720 5,355 4,720 6,185 4,720 4-1/2 2,865 5,420 3,140 5,855 3,625 5,855 4,440 5,855 5,125 5,855 3/4 5-3/4 3,620 5,855 3,965 5,855 4,580 5,855 5,605 5,855 6,475 5,855 Allowable load values are calculated using a conversion factor, o, from Factored Design Strengths and conditions shown on the previous page. Tabulated allowable load values assume 50% dead load and 50% live load, with controlling load combination 1.2D + 1.6L. Calculated weighted average for the conversion factor, o:1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4. Converted Allowable Loads for Power-Stud+ S02 in Uncracked Concrete '2 Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength Nominal r Nominal Embed. t'c = 2,500 psi fc = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi t'c = 6.000 psi t'c = 8.000 psi size h- Truawo T,,ow,ae,pm Van,,aa,eso Tiaeau V,I,*oaeao T,,uvm,,aao Vam,,a,esD Taov.u,,usc Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear fibs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) fibs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) 3/8 2-3/8 1,290 1,445 1,410 1,445 1,630 1,445 1,995 1,445 2,305 1,445 2-1/2 1,575 1,695 1,725 1,860 1,995 21145 2,445 2,235 2,820 2,235 1/2 3-3/4 3,070 2,235 3,365 2,235 3,885 2,235 4,755 2,235 5,495 2,235 3-7/8 3,265 4,220 3,575 4,620 4,130 4,720 5,055 4,720 5,840 4,720 5/8 4-7/8 4,880 4,720 5,345 4,720 6,175 4,720 7,005 4,720 7,005 4,720 4-1/2 4,045 5,855 4,430 5,855 5,120 5,855 6,270 5,855 7,235 5,855 3/4 5-3/4 6,230 5,855 1 6,825 5,855 7,880 5,855 9,650 5,855 1 11,145 1 5,855 Allowable load values are calculated using a conversion factor, o, from Factored Design Strengths and conditions shown on the previous page, Tabulated allowable load values assume 50% dead load and 50% live load, with controlling load combination 1.2D + 1,61L. Calculated weighted average for the conversion factor, o:1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4. PERFORMANCE DATA Converted Allowable Loads for Power-Stud+ SD2 in Cracked Concrete',' (0 Ultimate and Allowable Load Capacities for Power-Stud+ S02 in Grouted Filled Concrete Masonry1'°'° 0 Minimum Masonry Compressive Strength, Nominal I'm = 1,500 psi (10.4 Ill __________ Anther SizeEmbedment Minimum installation H Ulimate Allowable Uiimate Allowable In. Depth Location' Load Load Load Load __ (mm) (mm) Tension Tension Shear Shear lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. (kN) (kill) (kN) (kN) I I I 3/8 2-1/2 Wall Face/End Mm, 2-1/2" Edge and 1,670 335 2,075 415 (9.5) (50.8) End Distances (7.4) (1.5) (9,2) (1.8) ________ _____________ _______ CS, Wa inn Face Shell 2-1/2 Wall Face/End Mm. 3' Edge and 2,295 460 1,310 260 1/2 (50,8) End Distances (10,2) (2.0) (5.8) (1.2) Permissible Anchor Locations (12,7) (Un-hatched Area / Through Face Shell) Top of Wall Mm. 1-3/4" Edge and 4' 3,320 665 1,140 230 (95,3) Edge Distances (14,8) (3.0) (5.1) (1,0) Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in minimum 6-inch wide, minimum Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight or normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90. Mortar must be minimum Type N. Masonry compressive strength must be at the specified minimum at the time of installation. Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using and applied safety factor of 5.0. Consideration of safety factors of 1001 higher maybe necessary depending upon the application such as life safety. Anchor installations into grouted masonry walls are limited to one per masonry cell. 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 I I U 1 ORDERING INFORMATION ORDERING INFORMATION Power-Stud+ S02 (Carbon Steel Body with Stainless Steel Exeansion Clio) Cat. No. Anchor Size Thread Length Box wy. Carton Qty. WtJ100 (lbs.) ANSI Carbide Will Bit Cat. No. Head Carbide SOS-PIUS Carbide SDS-Plus Carbide SOS-Max 741 3SD2 3/8 x 3' 1-3/4' 50 300 10 0W5527 0W5427 - 7414SD2 3/8 x 3-1/2' 2-1/4' 50 300 12 0W5527 DW5427 - 7415S02 3/8' a 3-3/4" 2-1/2' 50 300 13 0W5527 0W5427 - 7416SD2 3/8' x5" 3-3/4' 50 300 16 DW55300 0W5429 - 7422SD2 1/2' x 3-3/4" 2-1/8" 50 200 23 0W5537 0W5437 0W5803 7423SD2 1/2" x 4-1/2' 2-7/8" 50 200 28 0W5539 0W5438 0W5803 7424SD2 1/2' x5-1/2" 3-7/8' 50 150 32 0W5539 0W5438 DW5803 7426S02 1 1/2' x7" 5-3/8" 25 1 100 44 0W5539 DW5438 DW5803 7427S02 1/2 a 8-1/2" 6-7/8" 25 100 46 0W5539 0W5439 0W5804 7435S02 5/8" x 4-3/4' 2-7/8' 25 100 52 1 0W5446 0W5806 7433S02 5/8' a 5' 3-1/8' 25 50 57 - 0W5446 0W5806 7434S02 5/8" a 6' 4-1/8' 25 75 64 - DW5446 0W5806 7436S02 5/8' x 7" 5-1/8' 25 75 72 - 0W5447 0W5806 7438S02 5/8' x 8-1/2' 6-5/8" 25 75 84 - 0W5447 0W5809 7442SD2 3/4" x 5-1/2" 3-1/4' 20 60 88 - 0W5453 DW5810 7444S02 3/4' x 6-1/4' 4' 20 60 90 1 DW5455 0W5810 7446S02 3/4's 7' 4-3/4' 20 60 95 - DW5455 0W5810 7448S02 3/4's 8-1/2' 6-1/4' 10 40 95 - DW5455 0W5812 The published size includes the diameter and the overall length of the anchor. All anchors are packaged with nuts and washers. Installation Accessories Cat. No. Description Box Qty 08280 Hand pump / dust blower 1 www.DEWALT.com 10